18 Million Doses of Malaria Vaccine Due to Be Distributed Soon to 12 Countries in Africa 05/07/2023 Megha Kaveri A resident of Tanzania tucked into a mosquito net, to protect himself from mosquito bites. Twenty-two months after the world’s first malaria vaccine RTS,S was approved by the World Health Organization (WHO), 12 countries in Africa will soon receive 18 million doses. A second, arguably more efficient, vaccine against malaria is currently in the queue for WHO approval. Meanwhile, distribution of the 18 million RTS,S doses is to be carried out jointly by WHO, Gavi and UNICEF, according to WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, speaking at a media briefing Wednesday from WHO’s Geneva headquarters. “At least 28 African countries have expressed interest in receiving the RTS,S vaccine,” Tedros said. “The second vaccine is currently under review for prequalification, and if successful, provides additional supply in the short term.” At the briefing, the WHO Director General also condemned the rising incidents of gender-based violence in Sudan, including conflict-related sexual violence against women and girls who have been internally displaced due to the clashes. “I’m appalled by attacks on healthcare as well as increasing gender-based violence in the country,” Tedros said. His comments coincided with a joint statement, several UN agencies called for an immediate end to the use of such instances of gender-based violence as tactics to terrorize people. The malaria vaccine race Tedros said that the RTS,S vaccine has already been administered to over 1.6 million children in Ghana, Kenya, and Malawi and has proven to be safe and effective. The initial shipment of RTS,S vaccines will go to Benin, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Liberia, Niger, Sierra Leone and Uganda, in addition to Ghana, Kenya, and Malawi, according to a WHO statement. Developed by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK), the vaccine was initially tested between 2019-2021 in a pilot study in Ghana, Kenya, and Malawi, in which 800,000 children aged 5-17 months received the vaccine. The study found that severe malaria infections were reduced by 30% and hospitalizations 21%, while mortality declined by 10% among children receiving the vaccine. The other vaccine, R21/MM, developed by Oxford University, has achieved much higher rates of efficacy – as much as 75%. But that was in smaller Phase 2B trials, while a larger Phase 3 trial is still underway. Even so, the vaccine was recently approved by Ghana and Nigeria, which hope to begin manufacturing the vaccine soon. However, it has not yet been approved by WHO under its “Prequalification programme” insofar as the trials performed so far were notably smaller in comparison to the massive real-world trials conducted on the GSK vaccine. Already, more than 1.5 million children in these countries have received over 4.5 million doses of the GSK vaccine, according to Dr Kate O’Brien, head of WHO’s Immunization Department. She flagged the lack of adequate supply of the GSK vaccine, however, saying that the time is ripe for a second malaria vaccine. “We’re very much looking forward to the review of the second malaria vaccine through both our regulatory processes and our policy processes,” O’Brien said. “And, if that review of the evidence leads to recommendations, we would expect a significant increase in the supply in the short term.” Sudan conflict: increase in sexual violence Since April 2023, the UN Human Rights office in Sudan has received credible reports of 21 incidents of conflict-related sexual violence against at least 57 women and girls. The victims include at least 10 girls. In one case, as many as 20 women were reportedly raped in the same attack, the statement revealed. The office added that Sudan’s ministry of social development also has received at least 42 alleged cases of conflict-related sexual violence in the capital Khartoum, and 46 such cases in the Darfur region. Given that sexual violence is severely underreported, it is feared that the actual number of cases is much higher. “I’m appalled by attacks on healthcare as well as increasing gender-based violence in the country,” Tedros remarked, adding that the ongoing violence is preventing survivors of gender-based violence from accessing much-needed healthcare services. “Women and girls must have unhindered access to the care they need, particularly survivors of sexual violence and women that need support through pregnancy and birth health.” There have been 50 attacks on healthcare infrastructure in Sudan, in which 10 people were killed and 21 injured since April 2023, when clashes erupted in Khartoum. The current conflict in Sudan has internally displaced over 800,000 people, and over 220,000 more have fled the country. On Monday, violence escalated in Sudan’s Darfur region, where a group of armed forces and the Rapid Support Forces (RSF) clashed with each other. The region borders Chad, and the recent clashes have resulted in thousands of people fleeing to Sudan’s western neighbor seeking refuge in camps. This situation has made providing health support to the affected persons difficult, according to Dr Olivier le Polain, WHO’s incident manager for Sudan. He said that the flow of information from the region to the WHO is limited due to the security situation currently in place. “We are very concerned about the situation in Darfur which, by all accounts, is very dire. We also have very limited information in Darfur given the security situation at the moment… We know that conflict is intensifying, some of which is along ethnic lines,” he said, adding that the agency along with its partners is trying to provide the necessary medical and healthcare support to people on either side of the border – Chad and Darfur. Image Credits: Peter Mgongo. European and Central Asian Nations Pledge to Reduce Climate Change and Pollution Responsible for 1.4 Million Deaths Annually 05/07/2023 Disha Shetty & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Air pollution is the 10th leading cause of death in the European Union. Ministers of Health and Environment from WHO’s European Region, meeting this week in Budapest, are poised to adopt a Declaration pledging to tackle climate, pollution and biodiversity risks that account for about 15% of disease burden in the 53-nation region. Health and environment ministers from WHO’s 53-member strong WHO European Region are meeting in Budapest this week to agree on an agenda that aims to redouble action on health challenges related to climate change, pollution and biodiversity loss. A ‘Budapest Declaration’, set to be adopted on Friday, contains a set of new commitments by countries to tackle the environmental causes of ill health, which lead to some 1.4 million deaths annually, according to a new WHO report released Wednesday on the opening day of the three-day conference. “Everyone has the right to a clean, healthy and sustainable environment. Yet the triple environmental crisis – climate change, pollution, and biodiversity loss – threatens our very existence and that of our planet, our home,” said Dr Hans Henri P. Kluge, WHO Regional Director for Europe, at a press conference announcing the commitments at the Budapest event. “The Budapest Declaration offers concrete actions to improve the environments people live in, decrease the disease burden, reduce health inequalities, relieve pressured health systems and enhance our collective resilience to future pandemics,” he added. Air pollution tops list of pollution-related deaths Press conference on the first day of the ministerial conference of WHO’s European Region to discuss policies to tackle the health impacts of environmental and climate issues. The new WHO report, “A healthy environment in the WHO European Region” provides a breakdown of the estimated 1.4 million environment-related deaths in the WHO European Region – which extends from the United Kingdom to the borders of China. Air pollution tops the list with an estimated 570,000 deaths. Other key quantifiable risks include: 269,500 deaths from toxic chemicals exposure 150 000+ deaths due to household air pollution from smokey coal, kerosene and biomass cookstoves; 33,500 deaths from unsafe water, sanitation and hygiene amongst the more than 77 million people lacking access to safely managed drinking water; 24,600 deaths from lung cancer caused by emissions of radon, a naturally-occuring radioactive gas leaking into homes. Global warming, biodiversity and greenspace loss are growing factors People crowded in a fountain in central Berlin during a heatwave in summer 2018. The report also points to climate change and biodiversity as growing factors in disease risks – whose health impacts have not yet been fully assessed. However, in 2022 alone, at least 20 000 people died from extreme heat in what was the hottest summer ever recorded in Europe, the new WHO report states. And over the past 50 years, some 148 000 lives were lost from extreme temperatures – comprising most of the 159 000 deaths attributable to climate-related storms, floods and extreme weather. In urban areas, almost two-thirds of populations lack adequate access to green space close to their homes. By providing shade for cooling and filtering the air, green spaces have a protective health effect that can reduce natural-cause mortality by nearly 1%, the report notes. Roadmap of actions A tram stopped in front of Budapest central station in 1988. As part of the Budapest Declaration, countries will be pledging to take a series of actions to reduce harmful pollution emissions and mitigate climate impacts. The actions range from safer waste management and switching to zero-emission transport systems to greener and healthier built environments. Actions in the health sector, including decarbonizing health systems and improving the climate literacy of health workers. There is a special emphasis on including youth voices and empowering youth organizations. The 10 million disability adjusted life years in 2019 caused by ambient air pollution in Europe every year. “The [Budapest] declaration is accompanied by a roadmap of actions. Member states can choose which things to focus on but we actually are urgently asking every country: Please take all actions aboard as much as you can,” said Brigit Staatsen, Chair of the European Environment and Health Task Force, at the briefing. “The current and future generations are and will be affected by the triple crisis (climate change, biodiversity loss and pollution) and the effects of climate change on physical and mental health,” said Sara Cozzone, youth representative, Associazione A Sud – Ecologia e Cooperazione (Association South – Ecology and Cooperation). She added that tackling climate and eco-anxiety, which is increasingly being felt by young people, has to be a matter of urgency on the agenda of European institutions. Environment and Health Process Partnerships for knowledge sharing My remarks at @WHO_Europe Ministerial Conference on Environment and Health. #7MCEH https://t.co/QKinufzkip — Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (@DrTedros) July 5, 2023 A new mechanism – Environment and Health Process Partnerships – will also be launched to facilitate collaborations and share knowledge on specific environmental and health challenges. Apart from challenges due to the changing climate, European countries are also facing a rapidly aging population, rising chronic diseases, and health workforce shortages as well as energy, cost of living, and geopolitical crises. Together the issues are exerting tremendous pressure on the healthcare systems. This week’s meeting in Budapest is the seventh such environment and health ministerial conference, whose aim is to devise and promote innovative policies to support long-term health and well-being of people in the WHO European Region. The Conference was convened by the WHO Regional Office for Europe in collaboration with the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) and the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). Image Credits: Mariordo, CC, CC. Sentenced to Tuberculosis: How Prisoners Are Denied the Right to Health 05/07/2023 Stefan Anderson The entrance of Sun City Prison in Johannesburg, South Africa. Karabo Rafube was born to a single mother in 1982 in Soweto, a sprawling township south of Johannesburg, South Africa. His mother abandoned him three months later, and Rafube was taken to live with his father. In the final years of apartheid, Soweto was a harsh place to grow up. His father already had an existing family, and Rafube says he was never welcome in his new home. “About fifteen people lived under the same roof,” Rafube recalled in an interview with Health Policy Watch. “There were two bedrooms, one kitchen, and one TV room. It was very crowded.” His father and stepmother had both died of diabetes by the time he turned fourteen. After his stepmother passed away, Rafube was adopted by a prominent local businesswoman who ran a fish and chip spot, a neighbourhood liquor store and a butcher shop. “My life started to change,” Rafube said. “Even in school I was able to concentrate.” But one winter’s day in July 2001, after returning home from playing football in Pretoria, Rafube was arrested. He was accused of providing information on how to access the businesswomen’s house to two people who had been caught breaking in earlier that day. Rafube denies knowing the two individuals involved. Soweto Township was established by South Africa’s apartheid government in the 1930s to separate blacks from the white population of Johannesburg. Today, it is the largest black urban settlement in Africa, home to over 2 million people. At 19 years old, Rafube was taken to prison to await trial. His bail was set at 3000 Rand, worth around $500 today. With no family to turn to for help, Rafube awaited trial in prison for the next two years. “I was all alone,” he recalled. “Awaiting trial, that’s when hell broke loose.” Rafube was squeezed for space from the moment he entered the transport van that first carried him to Sun City Prison on the outskirts of Johannesburg. He was placed in a cell with 150 other inmates on arrival at the prison. “Our cell was overcrowded, it was packed. There was one shower, one toilet, it was so small,” said Rafube. “We were not screened for anything.” A few months into his incarceration, still awaiting trial, Rafube started to feel weak. “I saw myself losing weight dramatically, and suddenly I had sores all over my body from head to toe,” said Rafube. “I didn’t know what was going on.” Rafube sought help from the prison nurse, but he was turned away. His condition worsened over the coming months, and several of his cellmates started to develop symptoms. As their health deteriorated and numbers climbed, the prison hired a new nurse who would change the course of their lives. “She made sure that I was screened for TB and HIV,” said Rafube. “She actually cared about me.” When the test results arrived, Rafube was finally diagnosed: he had TB. After months of suffering, he was put on a six-month treatment course that set him on the road to recovery. New Study First to Track Prison TB Globally Estimated tuberculosis incidence in prisons by country in 2019. Prisons have been associated with tuberculosis for decades. But unlike other high-risk groups such as people with HIV, global and regional data on the incidence of TB in prisoners has never been systematically collected – until now. In a sprawling global study of TB in prisons in 193 countries published in the Lancet last week, researchers from the Boston University School of Public Health (BUSPH) found prisoners are nearly ten times more likely to contract TB than people living on the outside. Around 125,000 of the 11 million incarcerated people worldwide developed TB in 2019. Nearly half of all cases in prisons are undiagnosed. “Prisons are closed settings where we should be detecting 100% of those with TB,” said Anthony Harries, senior advisor at the International Union Against Tuberculosis and Lung Disease. “If you go to prison, you should not also have to contend with a high risk of getting TB.” Estimated new tuberculosis cases and notifications among incarcerated individuals in 2019 for countries with the highest number of incarcerated people. Undiagnosed TB in prisons can have serious health consequences for both prisoners and the communities they return to, as prisoners who are unable to access medication or diagnosis may spread the disease to others when they are released. Incarceration periods can be very short, and many people frequently cycle between prison and the general population. Incarcerated people can also be transferred between prisons, increasing the risk of infections spreading to new communities beyond their walls. “Deceptively, this is not an immobile population,” Dr Leonardo Martinez, an epidemiologist at BUSPH and lead author of the study said in an interview. “If around 50% of cases are undiagnosed in prison, and then people are released, they are spreading TB to the general population.” In Ciudad del Este and Asunción, Paraguay, a recent study found that around 30% of non-incarcerated individuals in both cities were culture-positive for the strain of TB circulating in each city’s prisons. Another study conducted in Brazil found that 50.6% of individuals with no incarceration history were part of infection clusters that included recently incarcerated people. “It’s really important to show that mass incarceration has an impact on infectious diseases and health in general,” said Martinez. Squeezed for space Inmates crammed together in an El Salvador prison during a cell check at the height of the COVID-19 pandemic. As an airborne disease that spreads through close contact, TB is right at home in crowded, poorly ventilated prison cells. This is reflected in the numbers of the BUSPH study, which show that countries whose prisons are overcrowded also have the highest rates of TB incidence for incarcerated people. The story of mass incarceration’s relationship to TB incidence in prisons is legible everywhere. The Philippines prison system is the most overcrowded in the world, jailing over five times its official capacity. The country’s TB incidence in prisons – 3,829 cases per 100,000 people – is the highest in the world as a result, coming in at 30 times the rate observed in the general population and over three times the rate in prisons globally. In Brazil, the prison population has skyrocketed in recent decades to over 800,000 people, up from just 230,000 in 2002. The country led the world in prison TB cases in 2019. “The incarcerated population is increasing, crowding is increasing, and as a consequence TB rates are increasing as well,” said Martinez, who spent years working in Brazilian prisons. “There is a really strong relationship between the two.” The South African prison system has one of the highest TB incidence rates in the world, clocking in at 20 times the risk faced by the global general population. This comes as no surprise to Rafube. “Whether it was in the cells or the trucks on the way to trial, there was no space,” he said. “I was coughing on people when I was sick.” Prisoners in Africa were twice as likely to contract tuberculosis than prisoners in other parts of the world in 2019. The Americas region had the largest total number of tuberculosis cases in prison that year, driven by the recent surge in mass incarceration in Central and South America. “Our hope is that this data is the first step in saying: this is a huge problem, this is the amount of undiagnosed cases we have,” said Martinez. “Larger global health organizations should be collecting this data systematically, every year. I shouldn’t be doing this.” Sentenced to tuberculosis The constitution of the World Health Organization recognizes the right to the “highest attainable standard of health” as a fundamental human right. Life behind bars can be excruciating for the 50% of prisoners who never receive a TB diagnosis. To the people behind the numbers, the high rates of tuberculosis in prisons raise an ethical question: Do we have the same right to health as everyone else? Rafube is certain the nurse who oversaw his diagnosis saved his life. “When I started to take my treatment, my life started to change,” said Rafube. “I was picking up strength, I was gaining weight. “If it wasn’t for this woman, I wouldn’t be speaking with you now,” he said. “If she had arrived a month later, I would be gone.” Today, Rafube is a “TB teacher” in South African prisons. He makes regular visits to the correctional facilities he almost died in to convince those suffering from TB that life is still worth living. “Irrespective of your criminal record, irrespective of what you have done, make sure your health is okay, and you can be okay,” Rafube tells inmates on his visits. He emphasizes the importance of sticking to the six-month medical schedule, as many prisoners choose to crush their medications into powder to sell or smoke. The COVID-19 pandemic hit TB prevention efforts like a wrecking ball, leaving people suffering from TB more vulnerable than at any time in the last decade. Deaths from TB jumped by over 100,000 worldwide in 2021 – the first increase in fatal TB cases since 2005 – and the World Health Organization estimated that disruptions to TB treatment may have caused an additional half a million deaths that year. The BUSPH study data is limited to the pre-pandemic era. The impact of the pandemic on people suffering from TB behind bars is not yet known. “We can’t end TB without treating everyone,” said Rafube. “That includes prisoners.” Image Credits: Ye Jinghan, CC, CC, CC. What Would Make the Next UN Climate Conference (COP28) the First True “Health COP”? 04/07/2023 Jess Beagley & Jeni Miller UN Climate Change Conference, June 2023, Bonn, Germany. The United Arab Emirates, hosts of the upcoming UN Climate Conference (COP28), have promised to deliver the first COP with a health focus. In addition to focusing attention on the existential human health risks of climate change, it is vital that a “Health COP” delivers commitments that maximize the health gains that can be obtained from more aggressive mitigation and adaptation. However, stalemates on finance and mitigation negotiations during the recent COP28 preparatory talks in Bonn (SB58) have left this December’s conference with a mountain to climb. The annual June UN climate meeting in Bonn in preparation for COP28 stalled, with tensions stemming from the failure of wealthy countries to deliver on their commitment to provide $100 billion per year to support low-income countries’ action on climate change. Meanwhile, major fossil fuel-producing countries took advantage of this impasse to oppose constructive discussion on climate change mitigation, and to block progress towards phase-out of the fossil fuels responsible for dangerous warming trends. In Bonn, governments came close to failing to agree even on the proposed agenda for the Bonn meeting itself. When finally set, the agenda omitted any mention of the crucial Mitigation Work Programme, where agreement is urgently needed on more rapid reductions of emissions of CO2, as well as short-lived, but powerful, climate change drivers like methane. In order to ensure the necessary time and attention is directed to negotiating solutions to the monumental threats our planet faces at COP28, these same delays cannot occur in Dubai at COP 28 (30 November-12 December). Willingness to meet commitments on climate finance, and to enter constructive discussions on mitigation, will be prerequisites for the talks to begin in earnest. Worsening trends These political developments are all the more worrisome in light of recent trends. A recent report from the World Health Organization noted that if our high emissions trajectory continues, nine million people per year will die annually from climate-related causes by the end of the century. People around the world are already enduring climate impacts, from heatwaves, wildfires and air pollution, to floods and extreme storms. Climate change is also exacerbating crop losses and the spread of infectious diseases, as well as migration. The extraction and use of oil, gas, and coal harms people’s health, and is incompatible with a healthy climate future. That’s all the more reason that COP28 must deliver a commitment to phase out all fossil fuels, and a just transition to renewable energy for all. Health considerations gaining more traction Due to warmer climates, international travel and urbanization, one or more of the leading arboviruses are now present in most countries of the world. While Bonn has left COP28 with plenty to do, the United Arab Emirates, host of this year’s climate negotiations, has committed to elevate attention to health. The country will deliver an official, Presidency-level health programme, including an official “Health Day” for the first time ever, as well as an inter-ministerial meeting on climate and health. This is welcome. For years, the health community has hammered at the door of climate summits, exhorting delegations to acknowledge how health and climate are intertwined, and to protect people’s health from the impacts of a warming climate. The 2015 Paris Agreement invoked the “right to health” as a fundamental rationale for climate action. Even so, language about the “right to a clean, healthy and sustainable environment,” was nearly deleted from the final outcome text of COP27, only to be reinstated at the last minute. Despite these kinds of setbacks, it was clear at the Bonn meeting that health is at last penetrating deeper into the global climate negotiations. Country delegates integrated health references into discussions on the Global Stocktake, the Global Goal on Adaptation, and Loss and Damage in meaningful ways. This is unprecedented. We have argued that health and climate are connected, and must be addressed together. Our persistence is bearing fruit: we are now seeing the beginning of a crucial cross-pollination between the climate and health worlds – good news for people, and for the planet. Health needs to be a driver for meaningful action, including mitigation and finance However, as health gets further integrated into climate talks, it is essential that it serves as a driver for faster, more collective, and more meaningful action – including on critical mitigation and finance elements – as action in both of these areas is essential to protect and support people’s health in this era of multiplying climate crises. Greater investment in health systems and health adaptation, both vitally important steps, are not by themselves enough to protect people’s health. If COP28 is to be the Health COP, it must do better than Bonn The COP28 negotiations, and all those to follow, must go further than Health Days if people are truly to be at the centre of the climate agenda. Most of all, for COP28 to really achieve “Health COP” status, it must steer us away from dangerous tipping points and catastrophic levels of warming. Concretely this means a number of things, all of which must be supported by adequate finance and means of implementation: phase-out of fossil fuels; a just transition to renewable energy; and maximizing health gains of ambitious climate actions across sectors, spanning mitigation, adaptation and loss and damage. Full phase-out of fossil fuels COP28 must deliver the full phase-out of fossil fuels, and a just energy transition that does not saddle developing countries with outdated energy technologies and health-harming pollution. And it must deliver climate finance that enables all countries to make the necessary transitions to have clean energy access for all, and adapt and respond to climate impacts. Oil and gas projects in Africa are set to quadruple; projects in the Congo Basin, the world´s second largest rainforest, pose a major risk to regional and global climate stability. Energy access is essential for health: governments must incentivize, invest in, and support a just clean energy transition, rapidly ramping up renewables to expand energy access, even while we simultaneously kick our fossil fuel addiction. Renewable energy can help overcome the lack of electricity access currently experienced by over 750 million people worldwide, positively influencing social determinants of health with reliable and clean cooking, heating, lighting, healthcare services, and education-related technology. Governments must also take fast action to cut methane emissions – a short-lived super-pollutant with more than 80 times the warming effect of CO2 (in the short term) – as part of the swift energy, food system, and waste system transitions needed to limit warming. Fossil fuel lobbyists have no place at COP Delegates at COP27 included over 600 corporate lobbyists from fossil fuel companies. Fossil fuel corporate lobbyists have no place at COP28 or in the climate policy-making space. Fossil fuel companies with the highest overshoot of the IEA’s net zero emissions scenario, in terms of planned oil and gas extraction. For decades, these same fossil fuel companies have sown doubt and hidden evidence about climate change, and reaped massive profits, while people around the world have paid the price with our health and our lives. Governments banned the tobacco industry from involvement in decision-making on controls to protect people from the health harms of tobacco; they should just as firmly not allow the fossil fuel industry to dictate our climate and health policies. In response to growing concerns, the UNFCCC will, for the first time this year, require all participants – including lobbyists at COP28 – to disclose their affiliation. This is a small step in the right direction. Addressing “co-morbidities of climate change” COP28 should also address the many “comorbidities of climate change”, such as unsustainable agriculture, urban sprawl, biodiversity loss, and air pollution. The recent forest fires in Canada are but one example of the vicious cycle we are in: climate change drives extreme events, which in turn both contribute to worsening climate change and intersect with and aggravate other serious environmental and health impacts. Climate change is impacting people’s health now. At COP28, governments must invest in adaptation measures, including building greater resilience of healthcare and public health systems, and in integrating health considerations into adaptation across other sectors. Leaders must also grasp that while adaptation is essential, adapting to a world that has warmed by 2.8°C will prove well nigh impossible – so they must hold fast to their commitments to limit warming to as close to 1.5°C as possible. Integrating health into finance for adaptation and mitigation COP28 must integrate health into financing for adaptation, mitigation and loss and damage, with substantial new and additional funding across these areas. Between 2018 and 2020, only 0.3% (14 million USD) of climate adaptation finance was allocated to health sector adaptation, though 13.9% of adaptation was allocated to sectors benefiting health. Meanwhile, according to donor tracking, approximately 7% of bilateral health Official Development Assistance, (ODA) (US$1.58 billion) contributes to climate adaptation, though figures may be lower in reality due to misreporting. Very little synergistic investment is made in health and climate mitigation. Finance and technical assistance for low-income countries are critical for protecting people’s health through climate preparation and response, and to make the system transformations required for a healthy, sustainable future. It’s unclear whether or not the recent Summit for a New Global Financing Pact in Paris made meaningful progress in this direction. Within the health sector, health civil society and ministries of health are increasingly discussing climate action, from local and national to regional and global levels. With a health focus at COP28, we hope to witness a record number of health ministers in attendance. The health community is working to make health systems low-carbon and climate-resilient and to integrate climate change into health professional and health worker education and training. We must go further, divesting health associations and organizations from fossil fuels, and addressing climate change in global health investments and programmes. We are also using our influence to push for effective climate action that protects people’s health, and for climate solutions that secure a stable, livable, and equitable future for humanity. We need a true Health COP What should world leaders do to make COP28 a true Health COP? It’s a welcome start to have a Health Day and an inter-ministerial meeting that brings health ministers to COP as part of their national delegations. To be a true Health COP, however, COP28 must deliver an end to the fossil fuel era, deliver financial and technical support to countries most impacted and least responsible for climate change, and bring climate progress centred on people’s health and well-being. Dr Jeni Miller is the Executive Director of the Global Climate and Health Alliance, an alliance of more than 150 health professional and health civil society organizations addressing climate change. Jess Beagley is the Policy Lead of the Global Climate and Health Alliance, an alliance of more than 150 health professional and health civil society organizations addressing climate change. Image Credits: Pixabay, Jess Beagley, Rainforest Foundation and Earth Insight, 2022. Marburg, Ebola Sudan Vaccines Might Get Share of COVAX Surplus 04/07/2023 Megha Kaveri A COVAX vaccine delivery to Africa in April 2021. Some of the $2.6 billion that remains in a COVID-19 vaccine delivery scheme, COVAX, could be redirected into investment into investigational vaccine candidates for Marburg Virus Disease (MVD) and Ebola Sudan strain virus, as well as over half a dozen other vaccine programmes that were suspended due to the pandemic or delays in product development, a spokesperson for the Global Vaccine Alliance (Gavi) told Health Policy Watch. COVAX is a COVID vaccine initiative jointly run by Gavi, the World Health Organization (WHO), and the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) co-sponsored by WHO and financed by donations from high-income countries. 92 low- and middle-income countries can participate through COVAX Advanced Market Commitment [AMC], a financing instrument launched by Gavi. Pilot trials for new MVD and Ebola vaccines were among a series of new investments approved by the Gavi Board last week, in part with the support of the surplus funds from unused COVID vaccine delivery to low-income countries. The board also approved new investments into a hexavalent vaccine which will offer protection against six diseases–- diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis (whooping cough), hepatitis B and Haemophilus influenzae type b, and the inactivated polio vaccine (IPV). However, the Board remains committed to making COVID-19 vaccines available to high-risk groups in eligible low-income countries until 2025, a Gavi press statement underlined. Restarting programmes in new vaccinations The agency is also taking advantage of the lull in COVID vaccine demand to restart programmes introducing approved vaccines against hepatitis B, DTP boosters, a post-exposure prophylaxis for rabies, maternal RSV, and a multivalent meningococcal conjugate vaccine. “Decisions taken by our Board will help countries fight disease more cost-effectively, be better equipped to fight back against emerging threats and continue to protect those most at risk from COVID-19,” said Professor José Manuel Barroso, chair of the Gavi Board. He said the decisions will bolster Gavi’s record as “an innovator and a disrupter in global health.” “The next steps in this process are to continue working with Alliance partners, particularly the WHO, UNICEF and countries to create timelines, technical guidance for introduction of these new products, and outline the parameters of these new programmes,” the press statement added. In its meeting, the Board also approved a long list of vaccines to be considered in the agency’s next vaccine investment strategy, which is expected to be finalized in 2024. Those include licensed or pipeline products against hepatitis E, Mpox, dengue, COVID-19, tuberculosis, group B streptococcus, chikungunya and shigella. Investment in the global stockpile of vaccines The Gavi board described its allocation to global stockpiles of vaccine candidates against MVD and Ebola Sudan virus as a “time-limited investment”, pending recommendations by “scientific expert groups”. “The concept of Global Virtual Pool Inventories (GVPIs) is to establish small reserves of investigational vaccine candidates, which would be ready for use [condition] in the event of an outbreak,” the press statement said. Opportunities to jumpstart a clinical trial of vaccine candidates for Ebola Sudan Virus were missed late last year because it took time to get the vaccines into place in Uganda, at which point the outbreak was already in decline, and was finally declared over in early 2023. In early 2023, 2000 doses of MVD vaccine candidates were made available for administration as part of a planned “ring trial” among those diagnosed with the disease during the recent outbreak in Africa. However, the WHO couldn’t proceed with the trials due to lack of sufficient participants, followed by the eventual declaration that the MVD outbreak was over in late March. There are no global stockpiles of vaccines for MVD and Ebola Sudan virus at present, partly because the vaccines have not been approved by regulators. But experts have emphasized that having stockpiles available and ready for more rapid deployment could facilitate trials that demonstrate vaccine efficacy – or lack thereof. Image Credits: WHO. WHO Launches New Guideline for Protecting Children from Unhealthy Food Marketing 03/07/2023 Stefan Anderson The World Health Organization (WHO) launched a new guideline on Monday in a bid to push governments to adopt more stringent regulations on the marketing of unhealthy foods high in saturated fatty acids, trans-fatty acids, free sugars or salt (HFSS) to children. The UN health body has hardened its stance on what it describes as predatory practices used by fast food companies. This is the first time the WHO has advised countries that only mandatory regulations to curb the industry’s ability to target children will address the problem. WHO added that the ubiquity of advertising means the measures must also “go beyond children’s media”. “Marketing is done to promote products, and promoting products is done to improve profits,” Francesco Branca, WHO Director of Nutrition and Food Safety told reporters on Monday. “This is a classic situation where there is a conflict between the objectives of private entities and the interests of public health.” The updated guidance follows over a decade of stalled progress since the World Health Assembly first endorsed recommendations to protect children from harmful food marketing in 2010. Thirteen years on, policy coverage around the world remains poor, with just 60 countries worldwide adopting policies restricting food marketing to children. Only 20 of them have passed mandatory legislation. And the laws that are in place often have holes. For example, policies currently in place often only protect young children under the age of five, and many do not cover digital marketing, the main source of ad exposure for children in a digitized world. “It is an increasing worry for all of us that children are now exposed to harmful food marketing in digital spaces,” said Dr Ailan Li, Assistant Director-General for Healthier Populations at WHO. “Digital marketing is the most important now, and for the future.” Guideline’s goal is to stem childhood obesity Almost no progress has been made in reducing childhood obesity in two decades. WHO’s drive to limit the power of unhealthy foods marketing to children is grounded in concern around the childhood obesity epidemic gripping the world, especially low- and middle-income countries. Almost no progress has been made in batting back childhood obesity rates in over two decades. Nearly 40 million children under the age of 5 were estimated to be overweight or obese in 2020 – 41% them living in low- and lower-middle-income countries – and another 337 million children aged 5-19 suffered the same conditions in 2016, the most recent year for which data is available. Efforts by industry to address the negative health effects of their food products exist, but continue to fall short. Interference in policymaking by the food industry through lobby groups remains commonplace, Li said, often resulting in “weakened, delayed or defeated policies”. With no sign industry will voluntarily restrict itself in more meaningful ways, WHO officials say it is time to accept the market realities and impose regulations from the top down. “The obligation of commercial actors is to continue practices that prioritize profit over health unless required to do otherwise,” said Juliette McHardy, a legal expert consulting on the commercial determinants of health at WHO. “Certain health-harming industries are by the very nature of their business models misaligned with the public health interests … including those segments of the food industry whose product portfolio largely comprises unhealthy options,” she said. “The principal profit generating products and services of these industries require they grow their markets by shaping our preferences and knowledge in favour of harmful products and behaviours.” Children’s right to health threatened Mother and son in Usolanga, Tanzania. Childhood fat is traditionally seen as a sign of abundance, but too much of it can lead to obesity and related diseases later in life. Marketing harmful foods to children is not just a question of healthy diets: it is a question of children’s rights. This is the conclusion arrived at by WHO based on the nearly 200 studies of children’s exposure to food marketing and its influence on eating-related attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors in children reviewed to estblish its updated guidance. “Arguments in defense of marketing fade when the marketed products harm health and when marketing poses a threat to children’s rights,” WHO said. “Marketing is a recognized means to promote products that are harmful to health.” The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, ratified in 1989, recognizes the right of children to health, the achievement of their full developmental potential, privacy and freedom from exploitation. The omnipresence of marketing for unhealthy foods in the day to day lives of children – whether on television, at school, on social media or at sports clubs – violates those rights, as does the non-consensual exposure of children to advertisements that have the power to dictate health outcomes for them when they are adults, WHO said. “Countries that are State Parties to the Convention are obliged to take action toward the fulfilment and realization of children’s rights,” said WHO. “This should include actions to protect children from marketing of HFSS foods as such marketing negatively affects children’s rights, such as the rights to health, adequate and nutritious food, privacy and freedom from exploitation.” Dietary risks caused nearly 8 million deaths and over 10% of all disability-adjusted life years lost to NCDs in 2019. The evidence conclusively shows that marketing foods high in saturated fats, sugars and salt can influence children’s dietary preferences, and governments must do what they can to prevent children from becoming one of those statistics, WHO experts said. “A core part of regulating health-harming markets and market segments is narrowing in on the core business models of relevant commercial actors and reducing their ability to use marketing and other tactics to shape public preferences and undermine public knowledge of harms,” said McHardy. “Building up public sector capacity in this way reduces those asymmetries in power which undermine political will and capacity to effectively devise, adopt and enforce marketing and other regulations,” she said. For the younger generations accustomed to seeing their futures overlooked for the sake of profit in the climate debate, the financial motive behind the marketing of unhealthy foods strikes a personal chord. “By allowing predatory marketing to infiltrate our schools, our media and our communities, we are really jeopardising the rights of our children to grow, learn and develop free from exploitation,” said Pierre Cook Jr., Technical Advisor for Youth Voices at the Healthy Caribbean Coalition. “Profit often trumps the well-being of our children. We need to be steadfast in our resolve to challenge this pervasive culture of exploitation.” Image Credits: World Obesity, Jen Wen Luoh. India Introduces ‘Green Credit’ Scheme to Drive Clean Development – But Feasibility of Plan Unclear 30/06/2023 Jyoti Pande Lavakare Santragachi Lake near Kolkata is heavily polluted, as are many waterways in India. India this week published the draft of a Green Credit Programme aimed at incentivising environmentally conscious practices to promote a sustainable lifestyle as part of the broader Indian initiative, Lifestyle for Environment (LiFE). The new Green Credit Programme aims to lay the foundation for a market-based mechanism to promote “a grassroot mass movement for combating climate change, enhancing environment actions to propagate a healthy and sustainable way of living based on traditions and values of conservation and moderation, and for sustainable and environment-friendly development.” The official Gazette notification from the Ministry of Environment and Forests was published on Tuesday, five months after the plan was announced in Parliament. However, climate and environmental activists have generally taken a “wait-and-see” attitude to the initiative, saying it would be difficult to assess until the value of the credits is established – along with a mechanism for awarding them efficiently and with integrity. Key areas overlooked The Green Credits Programme will be implemented through pilots in eight sectors, primarily affecting rural areas. These, according to the text of the government gazette, will include: tree planting; water conservation, water harvesting and water use efficiency, including treatment and reuse of wastewater; regenerative agricultural practices and land restoration to improve productivity, soil health and nutritional value of food produced; sustainable and improved practices for waste management, including collection, segregation and treatment; conservation and restoration of mangroves; measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities; construction of buildings and other infrastructure using sustainable technologies and materials. But electricity production and transport – two of the biggest sources of pollution in India – are not mentioned at all. The initiative does, however, make reference to credits for “measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities.” India currently suffers from some of the highest air pollution levels in the world – with peaks regularly recorded in late autumn when rural crop waste burning by farmers, a spike in household heating, and weather conditions all combine to make the Delhi region, in particular, an air pollution sinkhole. So far the central government has failed to make serious efforts to incentivize alternatives to crop stubble burning, one of the leading drivers of seasonal air pollution emergencies. Punja, India – Crop burning reduces crop yield and worsens air pollution Budget allocation unclear The government first proposed the Green Credit initiative on 1 February as part of its 2023-2024 budget, describing it as a national voluntary market mechanism. Although funds weren’t allocated explicitly for this, any administrative costs for this initiative are likely to come from the increased budget allocation for the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, which went up from a revised estimate of Rs 2,478 crore ($301million) in the last budget to Rs 3,079.4 crore ($375 million) this year. Alternatively, funds could come from the Rs 35,000 crore allocated to achieve energy transition and net zero emissions. By leveraging a “competitive market-based approach for Green Credits,” the government said it aims to motivate individuals, private sector producers, farmers, small-scale industries, cooperatives, urban and rural local bodies, forestry enterprises and any organisations that generate positive environmental actions by “ incentivising voluntary environmental actions of various stakeholders”. Green credits will be tradable and those earning them will be able to sell these on a proposed domestic market platform. However, the mechanisms for assigning value to credits, awarding credit and enabling their transfer have yet to be created. Bureaucratic structure The initiative will be managed by a steering committee headed by the environment secretary and comprise officials across the ministries and departments concerned. To administer such an ambitious programme, the government envisages an Accredited Green Credit Verifier, an entity accredited and authorised by the Green Credit Programme Administrator to monitor and assess activities under the umbrella of India’s Environment Protection Act. Entities will have to register to qualify to generate Green Credits through an electronic database system maintained by the Green Credit Programme Administrator or its accredited agency to record the issuance and exchange of Green Credits. The government has appointed the Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education as the programme administrator responsible for implementing the Green Credit Programme including its management, monitoring and operation. The administrator will develop all guidelines, processes and procedures for implementation of the programme, constitute technical or sectoral committees for each activity to facilitate in developing methodologies and processes for registration of Green Credit activities and issuance of Green Credits and help set up a credible trading platform and generate demand for such credits. According to the draft policy, anyone engaged in positive environmental interventions can earn Green Credits. For example, a company which undertakes water harvesting and reuse or invests in restoring mangrove forests in a state can earn Green Credits, which can subsequently be sold at the trading platform once a steering committee has validated them. Each Green Credit would have a monetary value assigned to it and can be traded, but there is no indication of how the different activities will be weighed. In addition, there is a danger of too much bureaucracy. Industry associations will be included in the steering committee that governs the implementation of the Green Credit policy – meaning that pressures from polluting industries could overwhelm the programme. The various parties mentioned by the notice –a steering committee of officials from different ministries, accredited Green Credit verifiers, third-party certifiers and many other committees – could have very different views on environmental issues. It would complicate its implementation “It’s a work-in-progress, well-intentioned, using all the correct words, but without financial details,” said a Delhi-based scientist who spoke with Health Policy Watch, but declined to be named. “It appears quite subjective. Let us see how this policy comes up. Its actual impact will depend on many factors.” A polluted water canal in India Incentivising farmers The emphasis on farmland and forests could, however, be at least an entry point to incentivising farmers to adopt alternatives to crop stubble burning – which creates devastating pollution in northern India every autumn. Conversely, however, there isn’t much emphasis at all on fostering alternatives to the other two leading drivers of air pollution and climate change – through clean power production and green mobility. In addition, it could be used by dirty industries to greenwash their environmentally unsound projects. However, it is still early days to evaluate this policy. The draft policy will be finalised in two months’ time after comments and objections are received and reviewed. Following that, the Ministry of Environment and Forests is supposed to begin to establish mechanisms for implementation, including technical committees for each sector to develop methodologies, standards and processes for registration of projects granting the credits. The technical committees will also determine the value of green credit to be awarded and more detailed eligibility criteria. The Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education (ICFRE) will also accredit a provider who will set up the trading platform for the exchange of Green Credit Certificates, as well as decide what entities can act as green credit verifiers. An environmental activity generating Green Credits may also generate climate co-benefits, the government noted. Therefore, many activities eligible for Green Credits may also be eligible for Carbon Credits, under a carbon credit trading scheme that is currently being developed by the Bureau of Energy Efficiency in the Ministry of Power, along with Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change. Jyoti Pande Lavakare is co-founder of the Indian clean air non-profit Care for Air. Her memoir, Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health on the human cost of air pollution simplifies and amplifies the science behind air pollution. Image Credits: Biswarup Ganguly, Neil Palmer, MacKay Savage. Haitian Gangs Use Rape as Weapon of Terror – And There is Little Support for Survivors 30/06/2023 André Paultre & Daniela Mohor Some 80% of the neighbourhoods of Haiti’s capital city, Port-au-Prince, are controlled by gangs who rape with impunity. PORT-AU-PRINCE – In Haiti, rape has become a weapon of war for gangs. What happens in the hours and days after women and girls are raped can determine their future, but most survivors face insurmountable obstacles before they can start recovering physically and mentally. And that’s if they aren’t raped a second time or third time. Once a woman is raped in Haiti, she faces a maze of other challenges. These are just a few: Gang-controlled streets To reach safety, she must first traverse urban areas that have become battlefields. Roughly 80% of Port-au-Prince’s neighbourhoods are controlled by gangs. Hundreds of people have been killed or injured by stray bullets since the start of the year. Transport – Cost and access: Finding transport to reach a clinic or hospital outside of her neighbourhood can be challenging and expensive. Transport options have been reduced due to rolling fuel shortages, inflation, and fears of kidnappings. Prices for some trips have quadrupled in the past year. Healthcare – Shuttered clinics Several clinics and hospitals have suspended some of their services or closed due to gang violence; others are full because of the cholera outbreak. Staff shortages are chronic. Although most of Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) hospitals are now open, some are not operating at full capacity. The MSF clinic in Cité Soleil, one of the neighbourhoods most impacted by the gang violence, closed between March and the end of May due to insecurity. The organisation continues to run mobile clinics in some areas. Pregnancies and STDs Prophylactics for HIV and other sexually transmitted diseases are usually available. Emergency contraception is also available, but many women fail to reach a clinic within the 72-hour window. Abortion is still illegal in Haiti. For women who can afford it, Misoprostol – sold as Cytotec in Haiti – is often used to induce abortions and can be found in pharmacies or with street-sellers. Follow-up care is another story. Unsafe abortions contribute to Haiti’s high maternal morbidity rate, already the highest in the western hemisphere. Trauma counselling Even if a woman manages to access emergency healthcare, it is less likely she will be given long-term counselling for trauma after rape. Haiti has long had a shortage of mental healthcare workers, and therapy has often been viewed as a luxury most can’t afford when the urgency of basic survival needs are the priority. The social stigma of sexual violence also leads many rape survivors to carry the burden in silence. Police Most rapes go unreported, and with good reason. Many police stations have been abandoned after being torched and looted by gangs. Dozens of police officers have also been violently killed or kidnapped by gang members. With little money left in Haiti’s coffers, dozens of officers held protests earlier this year. More than 3,000 have left the force since 2021. Housing Women often flee their homes and neighbourhoods after rapes. More than 160,000 people have been displaced. With scant government support and a lack of protected displacement sites, some women have reported being raped again in these insecure environments. Legal system Even when Haiti had a functioning government, very few rape cases ever made it to trial. With no remaining elected officials left, many of Haiti’s institutions – including the courts – have screeched to a halt. Clerks are often on strike, and limited governmental funding means many court offices are run down or closed. Although victims technically have access to the justice system, many can’t afford attorneys. Three survivors from Cité Soleil, a shantytown on the outskirts of the capital that is entirely controlled by gangs, tell their stories. For safety reasons, their names have been changed, but their testimonies (which they voice themselves in the short video clips below) are all too real, and their experiences reflect those of an untold number of women who, just like them, confront impossible challenges and dangers every day just to keep themselves and their children alive. There is little support for rape survivors. Kari: ‘We can’t find support. It’s war everywhere.’ Kari, 39, had already lost her baby and her husband to gang violence before she was raped, then later kidnapped. While held captive, she was beaten and raped again repeatedly over three days before being released naked into the streets. She sees no point in reporting any of it to the police. Struggling psychologically and physically from an infection due to the rapes, and trying to look after five children on her own, Kari has received no assistance, bar some food from a local priest and some support from a women’s community organisation. Kari’s testimony: First, Kari, a 39-year-old resident of Cité Soleil, lost her baby to a stray bullet. Less than a year later, in June 2021, her husband was shot by criminals while fishing on his canoe. Kari was still trying to recover from those tragedies when the bloody events of July 2022 unfolded. That month, 10 days of heavy gang warfare in the seaside shantytown left nearly 500 people wounded, missing, or dead; multiple sexual assaults were registered; and 3,000 people fled their homes, Kari and four of her children among them. “I started to live badly on 8 July 2022. [Gang members] burned my house down and were violent to me. I wasn’t a victim of sexual violence, but they raped a young woman who was living in the house. I lost all my important documents,” she said. Since the death of her husband, Kari had been struggling to meet her children´s needs. She made money selling goods – fish, rice, dried baby shrimps – but the attack of July 2022 left her with nothing. Helpless, she fled the neighbourhood with a group of people. To do so, they had to cross an area called dèyè mi (“behind the wall” in Krèyol), known to be the frontier between two gangs ́ territory. It is also the only way in and out of the Brooklyn neighbourhood of Cité Soleil where she lived. “As I was walking in dèyè mi with other people because there was no public transportation, men from the area grabbed us and raped us,” she said. “I was also hit by a bullet and my leg still hasn’t healed. When it rains, the pain dominates me.” Kari spent some time living in the Plaza Hugo Chávez, a public square in the centre of Port-au-Prince where thousands of Haitians fleeing from violence had settled in an improvised camp. She had managed to take a few things from her house to sell, but the precarity of her situation pushed her to leave for the Dominican Republic with her two youngest children, aged 17 and 11. She didn’t last long in the neighbouring country – Haiti and the Dominican Republic share the Caribbean island of Hispaniola – as her children couldn’t get proper schooling there. Three months later, they returned to Port-au-Prince. Back home, she started trading again, as many women do to survive. On Tuesday 14 March, she took a bus with 16 other women she used to sell products with. Their destination was Arcahaie, a town 25 miles northwest of the capital. Travelling out of Cité-Soleil is not safe, but Kari didn’t have a choice. Business had started to slow, and she had borrowed the equivalent of $140, only managing to give $18 back. “While I was going to Arcahaie, arriving at Source Matelas (a neighbourhood north of the capital where there have been a series of violent gang raids in the past few months), people stopped the bus I was on and ordered us to get down and follow a funeral,” Kari said. After the funeral, she and other women were kidnapped by the men who had forced them out of the bus. “We entered a house. They asked for our identification documents. I told them that I had come to sell, that I had no ID with me,” she said. “They pushed us and said that we surely live in the area of Ti Gabriel (one of Cité Soleil´s gang leaders). ´You are thieves, we are going to kill you,’ they told us.” The men kept them captives for three days, beating and raping them repeatedly. “They did everything they shouldn’t do to us,” Kari recalled. “When I was still conscious, I counted seven men. I am asthmatic, and although I had an asthma attack, they kept beating me,” she said. She ended up passing out, but that didn’t stop her assailants either. “When I regained consciousness, I saw young men who could have been my children raping me. I told them: ´If you want to kill me, you can do it, even if I have young children; God will continue to watch over them. It’s better to kill me.’” During those three days, the women had to do the gang members‘ laundry. They barely ate. The men constantly told their captives they would kill them and continued to rape them, until the fourth night came. “After all that, they changed the dialogue and asked us if we wanted to stay with them. I told them that I have four children without a father. We spoke to them at length. In the end, they released us, naked. As we left, people of goodwill in the area gave us clothes to put on.” It took Kari eight hours to reach her mother for help. Kari´s mother bought medicinal leaves to take care of her wounds. The window to take medication to prevent unwanted pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases is 72 hours, but 15 days passed before a friend convinced Kari to go to the hospital. There, she received medication for an infection, but she still hasn’t fully recovered. Kari hasn’t been to the police to file a complaint. She doesn’t believe it will make a difference. “There is no justice,” she said. Since the kidnapping, Kari lives in extreme poverty. The gang members stole all the goods she planned to sell, which means she has no money to resume her business. She still has to pay her debt and is now also responsible for her fifth child as well – a six-year-old girl who hadn’t been living with her before. Kari doesn’t have enough money to pay for rent, so they live in a camp set up in a school. When it rains, they must spend the night standing or sleep under the water. To eat, they depend on a priest who distributes food; for water, they rely on rain. Pressed by their desperation even for basic food needs, her 20-year-old son, the eldest, dropped his studies to go fishing. Kari blames authorities for her situation, and for leaving her no other option than risking her life to survive. “We, who are from Brooklyn, have never had the Haitian state saying ‘no, [these violent attacks] shouldn’t take place. If we had enough money, I don’t think we would be in the streets. We know that if [the gang members] take us, they will kill us.” Since the rape of last March, Kari has been struggling psychologically. The only support she has found is at the women’s organisation Nègès Mawon. But in the past few weeks, the rise in gang-related violence has prevented her from reaching the organisation, which is located in a neighbourhood out of Cité Soleil. She says she feels ashamed of what happened to her, and can´t overcome the trauma of her assaults. “I intended to hurt myself because I saw that I was living in bad circumstances. The violence I suffered in Source Matelas is the one affecting me the most,” she told The New Humanitarian. When she remembers what happened to her, she can’t hold back her tears. “I was a fat person; I became small as you see me. They took my business; they beat me, and they raped me”, she said. “I demand justice from [the authorities]. We who are unfortunate are asking for more security. In Cité Soleil, we suffer more. We can’t find support; it’s war everywhere.” Madeline: ‘My mother keeps crying – she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do.’ Madeline, 16, was heading home to Cité Soleil after trying to make some money reselling food in the city when armed men stopped her bus, killed some people on board, and took others hostage. Raped and beaten, she found herself covered in blood when she regained consciousness. An unknown number of men raped her over several days before she was released, again, naked. Later, at hospital, she learned she was pregnant from the rape. Feeling trapped by the rising tide of gang violence and the possibility of being raped again, Madeline has repeatedly tried to take her own life. Madeline’s testimony: The day she was raped, Madeline, a 16-year-old girl from Cité Soleil, had decided it was time to help her parents make some money. The situation was desperate for them. They barely had any food or clean water, and her school had been closed after several students got hit by bullets on their way back home after classes. “My parents had set aside money to pay for my education. But the school had to stop; that’s why I asked them for the money,” she said. They gave her 2,500 gourdes, the equivalent of $18. With that she bought cloves and dried baby shrimp to sell out of the capital, in Arcahaie, with a group of women. They reached the town and spent the day working. Then came the trip back to Port-au-Prince. “That day, we had been walking in the sun, selling all day and we were thirsty. After we finished, we were heading home when a group of armed men stopped the bus we were on. It was 28 March 2023,” Madeline recalled. “They drove the bus in the undergrowth. Afterward they beat us, some of us were killed, and we asked to be spared. They took us, they tore the clothes we were wearing, and they raped us. They abused us so much that I lost consciousness. When I woke up, I saw that I was soaked in blood.” Madeline and her companions were taken hostage for three days. She told The New Humanitarian she doesn’t remember how many men sexually abused her; they took turns. Following what appears to be a common modus operandi when the gangs in Haiti kidnap women, the perpetrators had their captives do their laundry and later released them naked. After the rape, Madeline was taken to the hospital, but not soon enough to be given emergency contraception. They told her she was pregnant. “I am very sad and in a lot of pain. I am now pregnant, and I have no relief. My mother has no money, nor does my father,” Madeline said. “My mother keeps crying; she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do. My father has not said a word. They are sad… Where I live, if it is blocked, we will not find water – there is only one road for access. Even for food, we cannot eat well.” Since the rape, Madeline has been feeling dizzy and having suicidal thoughts. “Several times I took water with Clorox [bleach] to drink. There is always someone who sees me and takes it from my hands to throw it away and advise me on it,” she said, adding that if she finds help, she will move somewhere else. “I hope in the future I can leave where I live to have another life. I have this in mind,” she said. “As long as you live in Cité Soleil, you always think that a bullet could hit you, that you could be a victim. I hope one day I will be free, that I will no longer be under (the gangs´) control.” Tamara: ‘I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.’ Tamara, 24, was raped by two gang members. When she regained consciousness, she found her husband had been killed and his body burnt. Two months later, she was raped again by three men after being set up by someone pretending to help her. She took her three children to a main square in the capital, Port-au-Prince, where she begged to survive until they were thrown out by the authorities. More recently, her nine-year-old daughter was also raped by a gang member. Tamara became pregnant from her ordeal and continues to suffer physically after drinking something on purpose to make herself abort. Tamara’s testimony: At 24, Tamara never had an easy life. She has taken care of herself since the age of 15, when she had her first child. She managed to get by. By the time she met her husband, she was already a mother of two. She started a new life with him, had another child, and he supported them all. They lived in Cité Soleil. On the night of 8 July 2022, they were woken up by violent clashes that erupted between gangs in the area. Her husband didn’t want to try to flee because he thought it wasn´t safe, but she convinced him that they needed to go. “The men invaded our neighbourhood. People were shot dead. They also set houses on fire. People were running everywhere. I didn’t want to die in the house; I had to leave,” Tamara said. They took their children and left their home with the little clothing they had on. They walked for hours. But when they reached dèyè mi, gang members stopped them. Tamara, in tears, recalled what happened next when they spoke to her husband. “The men said: ´Here is someone who has put his gun on the ground; he is running away because he sees that he is going to die´… While they were talking to him, some of them took me aside and two of them raped me on the grass. I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.” After that, Tamara asked for her husband; they told her to follow them. She found him severely beaten and could barely recognise him. When she went to him, the gang members hit her in the head and she lost consciousness. What she saw when she woke up is a trauma she will never overcome: Her husband’s body was completely burnt into charred remains. “Then, I took the three children and left… I went to Hugo Chávez square. I stayed there for four months in misery. I was selling water, begging for money. I worked with food vendors near the airport. I was doing things to be able to live,” she recalled. On 25 September 2022, Tamara was raped again. That day, her children – who are now nine, six, and one – had not eaten and were crying. “They were hungry; the baby had fallen ill because of the rain, so I arranged a bed for her and told the older ones to watch over her. It must have been 6 or 7pm. I went out and spoke to a man who asked me what my problem was and if he could help me”. Tamara explained her situation, and the man offered to buy her food and give her some money. She followed him until four different men stopped them and the original man ran away. She would later understand that it was all part of a set-up. When her captors took her to the nearby undergrowth, the man who had originally offered her to help was waiting for them. “He was sitting down and asked me: ´Am I your father to feed you? I don’t even know you.’ He started insulting me,” Tamara said. “They asked me to undress, and one said he would put a knife on my neck. Facing five men, I couldn’t fight and there was no help around.” Three of them brutally raped her. “After all of this, I told myself I had to die,” said Tamara. “I heard several voices [in my head] while I was looking for a place to do it. Some voices told me to kill myself; others told me that life was not over. I finally got dressed and left.” Three months later, she found out that she was pregnant and decided, despite her beliefs, to terminate her pregnancy. “I said I cannot be pregnant… I am in a country where I will find no support. I already have three children without a dad, so I was forced to make a sacrifice. I drank a liquid that led me to lose the child. I almost died, and everything is a problem. I had to do things I never agreed with in my life.” Tamara still struggles with the medical consequences of her self-managed abortion. Nègès Mawon has helped her by providing medication. But women victims of sexual violence in Haiti find no protection. Nor do their children. One night in November 2022, she recalled how the mayor of Tabarré – the municipality that has jurisdiction over Hugo Chávez Square – decided to evict the people living there and close the square. Civil protection brigadiers and police officers didn’t give them much time to take their belongings. Tamara lost the little she had. The state, she said, did’t help after this happened: “Some people received 5,000 Haitian gourdes ($35.5], while I received a coupon for food, but no money. Why?” Last February, Tamara suffered a new blow when her nine-year-old daughter was raped on her way to buy water in Cité Soleil. Two gang members held her down tightly, while a third raped her. “Since she was a victim, she has not been the same anymore. She has seemed absent; sometimes, she sits alone. When I call her, she reacts only when I am close to her,” Tamara said. “At the clinic, she has seen a psychologist, but I still need psychological support [for her] and support for her schooling.” To this day, she hasn’t filed a police report for any of the rapes. She says she doesn’t want “to face the bandits”, that she has been able to manage, even though it is sometimes difficult, especially since she is living back in Cité Soleil “I’m having a hard time. I can’t eat. I can’t send my children to school and I can’t even cross the entrance to my neighbourhood,” she said. Every time she needs to go near dèyè mi, or go through that area to exit Cité Soleil, she is terrified. Last time she tried to go through dèyè mi despite her fear, she was sexually abused again. Gang members stopped her at 11am and forced her to take all her clothes off. “I thought they were going to rape me,” she said. But they didn’t. Instead, they told her to stay face down on the pavement with her legs apart, for hours. The sun was hitting hard. “They made me lie down with my vagina directly on the ground, which was very hot,” Tamara said. “They told us they had raped us enough times, and that since we have AIDS they had decided not to”. Tamara did not contract AIDS, but for gang members, bringing up STDs is another way to aggress women, by denigrating them. “At around 2pm, they told us we could leave and go give infections to other thieves”, Tamara recalled. “Since then, I haven’t felt well. I can’t bear all this anymore.” Data difficulties: Even assessing the scale and needs is hard Data on gender-based violence, and rape by gang members specifically, is very limited in Haiti because attacks so often go unreported. However, a recent UN study and records kept by Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) do shed some light on its scale, at least in the capital. The study, which surveyed 591 women and girls from in and around Cité Soleil in December 2022, showed that areas with lower levels of gang warfare registered fewer cases of GBV and that sexual violence was concentrated in the Brooklyn neighborhood, where the three survivors come from. The area was the scene of intense gang conflict in 2022. Eighty percent of the women and girls who participated in this research had been victims of one or multiple forms of sexual violence by one or more perpetrators. In 33% of the cases, the assailants were described as bandits, gang members, or kidnappers. Fourteen percent of the victims were only 10 to 18 years old. Eighty-four percent of the study respondents did not report the attacks they were victims of. When the perpetrator was a stranger, most said that they believed, “it would put them in danger from the gangs, including risk of death; that they did not trust the local authorities, fearing retaliation; that they did not know where or how to report; or they felt in general that there was no state presence”. Forty percent of the women and girls interviewed said they did not have access to healthcare after their assault; the reasons for that were either that there was no staff, that the health services were too far away, that reaching them was too dangerous, or that they did not want to be identified. The vast majority of those who had access to healthcare (83%) said it had been beneficial. Sixty-nine percent of respondents said they most would want to see a psychologist, psychotherapist, or psychiatrist. Alarming statistics The three survivors interviewed by The New Humanitarian have all received support from Nègès Mawon, one of the few Haitian NGOs assisting victims of rape. The feminist organisation assigns rape survivors a sponsor who takes them to medical services (MSF, AHF Haiti, and Zanmi Lasante) for medical care, treatment, or follow-ups. The sponsor, who is usually a survivor of sexual violence herself, helps them with the legal process as well. If the victim doesn’t want to report the rape, the information is sent to the National Network of Human Rights Defense (RNDDH) to keep a record of each case and document it, in the hope that the information could still be used for prosecution if the justice system improves. Nègès Mawon also has a psychologist available for the victims and provides them with the money for transportation to reach its offices, or to get to the different centres giving them support. Between May 2022 and March 2023, the organisation registered 652 cases of women and girl rape victims in just four neighbourhoods of Port-au-Prince, including Cité Soleil. Fourteen of them became pregnant as a result of the rape, eight had complications from self-managed abortions, 90 contracted STDs, and nine were murdered. MSF also has alarming statistics. In the first five months of 2023, the organisation assisted 1,005 survivors of sexual violence in Port-au-Prince – almost twice the number they registered during the same period of 2022. Michele Trainiti, MSF’s head of mission in Haiti, told The New Humanitarian that the profile of perpetrators has changed. While victims used to be predominantly assaulted by someone from their family or intimate circle, now only 20% of the perpetrators belong to that category. MSF records, however, do not entirely reflect the reality, Trainiti explained. “The trend is increasing, but we don’t have access everywhere in Haiti, and the patients also have challenges in accessing our services,” he said. “Our data has to be taken only as the tip of the iceberg; it does not reflect the extent of the needs, which are way higher.” This story was originally published by The New Humanitarian. ‘Impossible to Have Healthy People on a Sick Planet’: Fighting Back Against Air Pollution 30/06/2023 Maayan Hoffman The World Health Organization (WHO) estimates that some 99% of the world’s population lives where the WHO air quality guidelines are not met. Air pollution poses one of the most significant environmental risks to health in the modern world, and in the latest episode of the “Global Health Matters” podcast, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with two grassroots advocates about their experiences in dealing with the impact of air pollution on their communities. “We have poor black communities that were never intended and were never allowed to reach any other potential other than unskilled or low-skilled workers,” Rico Euripidou, Campaign Coordinator for GroundWork, an environmental justice NGO working primarily in southern Africa, said. Referencing what he sees in poorer South African communities, Euripidou stated, “These people bear a disproportionate burden from the environmental determinants of health. They have higher levels of air pollution.” Speaking of her own experiences working in Indian communities, Shweta Narayan, Global Climate & Health Campaigner of Health Care Without Harm, told Aslanyan that “fence-line communities in India are also in a similar position. They are economically, socially, and politically marginalised. The most polluted sites in the country are away from their policy-makers. They are far from where you see. They are just invisibilized. So a lot of our work with fence-line communities is to make visible this invisible.” South Asia and India have suffered from lack of investments in clean transport and energy generation that would reduce outdoor air pollution sources It is widely acknowledged that government policies and investments supporting cleaner transport, renewable power generation, more energy-efficient homes, industry, and better municipal waste management would reduce key sources of outdoor air pollution. South Africa and India have long suffered from poorer implementation of legislation. South Africa brought in a Clean Air Act in 2004, but Euripidou stated that actual implementation has been difficult. “Those plans were never, ever put into effect. So municipalities in South Africa that are struggling with service delivery just didn’t have the wherewithal; they didn’t have the budgets to appoint air quality officers, to maintain the air pollution monitoring equipment in their jurisdictions, or to do sufficient investigations for exceedances of ambient air quality.” Narayan has had some success in engaging local government in India, referencing a project working with the Health Department in the State of Chhattisgarh, where local health workers “have trained themselves in the science of air pollution, and they have been able to use low-cost devices to identify what the air quality is like so that they can use that information to advise vulnerable populations.” As for what the future holds, both Naryan and Euripidou are optimistic that the situation is still reversible as long as governments take immediate action. And immediate action is needed: the WHO estimates that between seven and nine million people die annually from health complications caused by air pollution. The tipping point of no return is not too far in the future though, as Narayan states: “It is impossible to have healthy people on a sick planet. The blatant disregard for the environment, which is entrenched in our current economic and social models, has pushed the natural world to its limits.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters. Image Credits: TDR. TB Vaccine Candidate Receives $550M Boost for Phase 3 Trial 29/06/2023 Megha Kaveri The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and SouthEast Asia. A tuberculosis (TB) vaccine candidate that has shown modest efficacy rates received a $550 million boost from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and Wellcome Trust, which announced on Tuesday that they will cover its Phase 3 clinical trials. The candidate vaccine, M72, showed modest 54% efficacy in preventing the development of symptomatic TB in a Phase 2b trial involving over 3500 adults with latent TB. The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and Southeast Asia. If this phase of the trials returns effective results, M72 will be the first vaccine targeting adults and adolescents, protecting those who already have latent TB infection from developing severe infection. Around 5%-10% of those with latent TB infection go on to develop TB disease. People with weak immune systems, especially those living with HIV, are at a higher risk for developing the disease. Although M72’s efficacy is modest, a TB vaccine for adults with at least 50% efficacy can avert up to 8.5 million TB deaths and up to 76 million new infections by 2050. “To support the M72 Phase III clinical trial, which will cost an estimated US$550 million, Wellcome is providing up to $150 million and the Gates Foundation will fund the remainder, about $400 million,” a press release from BMGF said. “TB remains one of the world’s deadliest infectious diseases,” said Julia Gillard, chair of the Board of Governors at Wellcome. “Sustainable progress against TB and wider disease threats will depend on global collaboration, financial backing, and political will.” The only TB vaccine in use today, Bacille Calmette-Guérin (BCG), was first given to people in 1921. It helps protect babies and young children against severe systemic forms of TB but offers limited protection against pulmonary TB among adolescents and adults. “With TB cases and deaths on the rise, the need for new tools has never been more urgent,” said Bill Gates, co-chair of the BMGF. “Greater investment in safe and effective TB vaccines alongside a suite of new diagnostics and treatments could transform TB care for millions of people, saving lives and lowering the burden of this devastating and costly disease.” M72 was initially developed by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in partnership with Aeras and the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative (IAVI), but GSK has since transferred the vaccine’s license to the Gates Medical Research Institute (Gates MRI), an affiliate of the BMGF. M72 is one of 17 TB vaccine candidates currently in the development pipeline. Image Credits: Photo by Diana Polekhina on Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
European and Central Asian Nations Pledge to Reduce Climate Change and Pollution Responsible for 1.4 Million Deaths Annually 05/07/2023 Disha Shetty & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Air pollution is the 10th leading cause of death in the European Union. Ministers of Health and Environment from WHO’s European Region, meeting this week in Budapest, are poised to adopt a Declaration pledging to tackle climate, pollution and biodiversity risks that account for about 15% of disease burden in the 53-nation region. Health and environment ministers from WHO’s 53-member strong WHO European Region are meeting in Budapest this week to agree on an agenda that aims to redouble action on health challenges related to climate change, pollution and biodiversity loss. A ‘Budapest Declaration’, set to be adopted on Friday, contains a set of new commitments by countries to tackle the environmental causes of ill health, which lead to some 1.4 million deaths annually, according to a new WHO report released Wednesday on the opening day of the three-day conference. “Everyone has the right to a clean, healthy and sustainable environment. Yet the triple environmental crisis – climate change, pollution, and biodiversity loss – threatens our very existence and that of our planet, our home,” said Dr Hans Henri P. Kluge, WHO Regional Director for Europe, at a press conference announcing the commitments at the Budapest event. “The Budapest Declaration offers concrete actions to improve the environments people live in, decrease the disease burden, reduce health inequalities, relieve pressured health systems and enhance our collective resilience to future pandemics,” he added. Air pollution tops list of pollution-related deaths Press conference on the first day of the ministerial conference of WHO’s European Region to discuss policies to tackle the health impacts of environmental and climate issues. The new WHO report, “A healthy environment in the WHO European Region” provides a breakdown of the estimated 1.4 million environment-related deaths in the WHO European Region – which extends from the United Kingdom to the borders of China. Air pollution tops the list with an estimated 570,000 deaths. Other key quantifiable risks include: 269,500 deaths from toxic chemicals exposure 150 000+ deaths due to household air pollution from smokey coal, kerosene and biomass cookstoves; 33,500 deaths from unsafe water, sanitation and hygiene amongst the more than 77 million people lacking access to safely managed drinking water; 24,600 deaths from lung cancer caused by emissions of radon, a naturally-occuring radioactive gas leaking into homes. Global warming, biodiversity and greenspace loss are growing factors People crowded in a fountain in central Berlin during a heatwave in summer 2018. The report also points to climate change and biodiversity as growing factors in disease risks – whose health impacts have not yet been fully assessed. However, in 2022 alone, at least 20 000 people died from extreme heat in what was the hottest summer ever recorded in Europe, the new WHO report states. And over the past 50 years, some 148 000 lives were lost from extreme temperatures – comprising most of the 159 000 deaths attributable to climate-related storms, floods and extreme weather. In urban areas, almost two-thirds of populations lack adequate access to green space close to their homes. By providing shade for cooling and filtering the air, green spaces have a protective health effect that can reduce natural-cause mortality by nearly 1%, the report notes. Roadmap of actions A tram stopped in front of Budapest central station in 1988. As part of the Budapest Declaration, countries will be pledging to take a series of actions to reduce harmful pollution emissions and mitigate climate impacts. The actions range from safer waste management and switching to zero-emission transport systems to greener and healthier built environments. Actions in the health sector, including decarbonizing health systems and improving the climate literacy of health workers. There is a special emphasis on including youth voices and empowering youth organizations. The 10 million disability adjusted life years in 2019 caused by ambient air pollution in Europe every year. “The [Budapest] declaration is accompanied by a roadmap of actions. Member states can choose which things to focus on but we actually are urgently asking every country: Please take all actions aboard as much as you can,” said Brigit Staatsen, Chair of the European Environment and Health Task Force, at the briefing. “The current and future generations are and will be affected by the triple crisis (climate change, biodiversity loss and pollution) and the effects of climate change on physical and mental health,” said Sara Cozzone, youth representative, Associazione A Sud – Ecologia e Cooperazione (Association South – Ecology and Cooperation). She added that tackling climate and eco-anxiety, which is increasingly being felt by young people, has to be a matter of urgency on the agenda of European institutions. Environment and Health Process Partnerships for knowledge sharing My remarks at @WHO_Europe Ministerial Conference on Environment and Health. #7MCEH https://t.co/QKinufzkip — Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (@DrTedros) July 5, 2023 A new mechanism – Environment and Health Process Partnerships – will also be launched to facilitate collaborations and share knowledge on specific environmental and health challenges. Apart from challenges due to the changing climate, European countries are also facing a rapidly aging population, rising chronic diseases, and health workforce shortages as well as energy, cost of living, and geopolitical crises. Together the issues are exerting tremendous pressure on the healthcare systems. This week’s meeting in Budapest is the seventh such environment and health ministerial conference, whose aim is to devise and promote innovative policies to support long-term health and well-being of people in the WHO European Region. The Conference was convened by the WHO Regional Office for Europe in collaboration with the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) and the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). Image Credits: Mariordo, CC, CC. Sentenced to Tuberculosis: How Prisoners Are Denied the Right to Health 05/07/2023 Stefan Anderson The entrance of Sun City Prison in Johannesburg, South Africa. Karabo Rafube was born to a single mother in 1982 in Soweto, a sprawling township south of Johannesburg, South Africa. His mother abandoned him three months later, and Rafube was taken to live with his father. In the final years of apartheid, Soweto was a harsh place to grow up. His father already had an existing family, and Rafube says he was never welcome in his new home. “About fifteen people lived under the same roof,” Rafube recalled in an interview with Health Policy Watch. “There were two bedrooms, one kitchen, and one TV room. It was very crowded.” His father and stepmother had both died of diabetes by the time he turned fourteen. After his stepmother passed away, Rafube was adopted by a prominent local businesswoman who ran a fish and chip spot, a neighbourhood liquor store and a butcher shop. “My life started to change,” Rafube said. “Even in school I was able to concentrate.” But one winter’s day in July 2001, after returning home from playing football in Pretoria, Rafube was arrested. He was accused of providing information on how to access the businesswomen’s house to two people who had been caught breaking in earlier that day. Rafube denies knowing the two individuals involved. Soweto Township was established by South Africa’s apartheid government in the 1930s to separate blacks from the white population of Johannesburg. Today, it is the largest black urban settlement in Africa, home to over 2 million people. At 19 years old, Rafube was taken to prison to await trial. His bail was set at 3000 Rand, worth around $500 today. With no family to turn to for help, Rafube awaited trial in prison for the next two years. “I was all alone,” he recalled. “Awaiting trial, that’s when hell broke loose.” Rafube was squeezed for space from the moment he entered the transport van that first carried him to Sun City Prison on the outskirts of Johannesburg. He was placed in a cell with 150 other inmates on arrival at the prison. “Our cell was overcrowded, it was packed. There was one shower, one toilet, it was so small,” said Rafube. “We were not screened for anything.” A few months into his incarceration, still awaiting trial, Rafube started to feel weak. “I saw myself losing weight dramatically, and suddenly I had sores all over my body from head to toe,” said Rafube. “I didn’t know what was going on.” Rafube sought help from the prison nurse, but he was turned away. His condition worsened over the coming months, and several of his cellmates started to develop symptoms. As their health deteriorated and numbers climbed, the prison hired a new nurse who would change the course of their lives. “She made sure that I was screened for TB and HIV,” said Rafube. “She actually cared about me.” When the test results arrived, Rafube was finally diagnosed: he had TB. After months of suffering, he was put on a six-month treatment course that set him on the road to recovery. New Study First to Track Prison TB Globally Estimated tuberculosis incidence in prisons by country in 2019. Prisons have been associated with tuberculosis for decades. But unlike other high-risk groups such as people with HIV, global and regional data on the incidence of TB in prisoners has never been systematically collected – until now. In a sprawling global study of TB in prisons in 193 countries published in the Lancet last week, researchers from the Boston University School of Public Health (BUSPH) found prisoners are nearly ten times more likely to contract TB than people living on the outside. Around 125,000 of the 11 million incarcerated people worldwide developed TB in 2019. Nearly half of all cases in prisons are undiagnosed. “Prisons are closed settings where we should be detecting 100% of those with TB,” said Anthony Harries, senior advisor at the International Union Against Tuberculosis and Lung Disease. “If you go to prison, you should not also have to contend with a high risk of getting TB.” Estimated new tuberculosis cases and notifications among incarcerated individuals in 2019 for countries with the highest number of incarcerated people. Undiagnosed TB in prisons can have serious health consequences for both prisoners and the communities they return to, as prisoners who are unable to access medication or diagnosis may spread the disease to others when they are released. Incarceration periods can be very short, and many people frequently cycle between prison and the general population. Incarcerated people can also be transferred between prisons, increasing the risk of infections spreading to new communities beyond their walls. “Deceptively, this is not an immobile population,” Dr Leonardo Martinez, an epidemiologist at BUSPH and lead author of the study said in an interview. “If around 50% of cases are undiagnosed in prison, and then people are released, they are spreading TB to the general population.” In Ciudad del Este and Asunción, Paraguay, a recent study found that around 30% of non-incarcerated individuals in both cities were culture-positive for the strain of TB circulating in each city’s prisons. Another study conducted in Brazil found that 50.6% of individuals with no incarceration history were part of infection clusters that included recently incarcerated people. “It’s really important to show that mass incarceration has an impact on infectious diseases and health in general,” said Martinez. Squeezed for space Inmates crammed together in an El Salvador prison during a cell check at the height of the COVID-19 pandemic. As an airborne disease that spreads through close contact, TB is right at home in crowded, poorly ventilated prison cells. This is reflected in the numbers of the BUSPH study, which show that countries whose prisons are overcrowded also have the highest rates of TB incidence for incarcerated people. The story of mass incarceration’s relationship to TB incidence in prisons is legible everywhere. The Philippines prison system is the most overcrowded in the world, jailing over five times its official capacity. The country’s TB incidence in prisons – 3,829 cases per 100,000 people – is the highest in the world as a result, coming in at 30 times the rate observed in the general population and over three times the rate in prisons globally. In Brazil, the prison population has skyrocketed in recent decades to over 800,000 people, up from just 230,000 in 2002. The country led the world in prison TB cases in 2019. “The incarcerated population is increasing, crowding is increasing, and as a consequence TB rates are increasing as well,” said Martinez, who spent years working in Brazilian prisons. “There is a really strong relationship between the two.” The South African prison system has one of the highest TB incidence rates in the world, clocking in at 20 times the risk faced by the global general population. This comes as no surprise to Rafube. “Whether it was in the cells or the trucks on the way to trial, there was no space,” he said. “I was coughing on people when I was sick.” Prisoners in Africa were twice as likely to contract tuberculosis than prisoners in other parts of the world in 2019. The Americas region had the largest total number of tuberculosis cases in prison that year, driven by the recent surge in mass incarceration in Central and South America. “Our hope is that this data is the first step in saying: this is a huge problem, this is the amount of undiagnosed cases we have,” said Martinez. “Larger global health organizations should be collecting this data systematically, every year. I shouldn’t be doing this.” Sentenced to tuberculosis The constitution of the World Health Organization recognizes the right to the “highest attainable standard of health” as a fundamental human right. Life behind bars can be excruciating for the 50% of prisoners who never receive a TB diagnosis. To the people behind the numbers, the high rates of tuberculosis in prisons raise an ethical question: Do we have the same right to health as everyone else? Rafube is certain the nurse who oversaw his diagnosis saved his life. “When I started to take my treatment, my life started to change,” said Rafube. “I was picking up strength, I was gaining weight. “If it wasn’t for this woman, I wouldn’t be speaking with you now,” he said. “If she had arrived a month later, I would be gone.” Today, Rafube is a “TB teacher” in South African prisons. He makes regular visits to the correctional facilities he almost died in to convince those suffering from TB that life is still worth living. “Irrespective of your criminal record, irrespective of what you have done, make sure your health is okay, and you can be okay,” Rafube tells inmates on his visits. He emphasizes the importance of sticking to the six-month medical schedule, as many prisoners choose to crush their medications into powder to sell or smoke. The COVID-19 pandemic hit TB prevention efforts like a wrecking ball, leaving people suffering from TB more vulnerable than at any time in the last decade. Deaths from TB jumped by over 100,000 worldwide in 2021 – the first increase in fatal TB cases since 2005 – and the World Health Organization estimated that disruptions to TB treatment may have caused an additional half a million deaths that year. The BUSPH study data is limited to the pre-pandemic era. The impact of the pandemic on people suffering from TB behind bars is not yet known. “We can’t end TB without treating everyone,” said Rafube. “That includes prisoners.” Image Credits: Ye Jinghan, CC, CC, CC. What Would Make the Next UN Climate Conference (COP28) the First True “Health COP”? 04/07/2023 Jess Beagley & Jeni Miller UN Climate Change Conference, June 2023, Bonn, Germany. The United Arab Emirates, hosts of the upcoming UN Climate Conference (COP28), have promised to deliver the first COP with a health focus. In addition to focusing attention on the existential human health risks of climate change, it is vital that a “Health COP” delivers commitments that maximize the health gains that can be obtained from more aggressive mitigation and adaptation. However, stalemates on finance and mitigation negotiations during the recent COP28 preparatory talks in Bonn (SB58) have left this December’s conference with a mountain to climb. The annual June UN climate meeting in Bonn in preparation for COP28 stalled, with tensions stemming from the failure of wealthy countries to deliver on their commitment to provide $100 billion per year to support low-income countries’ action on climate change. Meanwhile, major fossil fuel-producing countries took advantage of this impasse to oppose constructive discussion on climate change mitigation, and to block progress towards phase-out of the fossil fuels responsible for dangerous warming trends. In Bonn, governments came close to failing to agree even on the proposed agenda for the Bonn meeting itself. When finally set, the agenda omitted any mention of the crucial Mitigation Work Programme, where agreement is urgently needed on more rapid reductions of emissions of CO2, as well as short-lived, but powerful, climate change drivers like methane. In order to ensure the necessary time and attention is directed to negotiating solutions to the monumental threats our planet faces at COP28, these same delays cannot occur in Dubai at COP 28 (30 November-12 December). Willingness to meet commitments on climate finance, and to enter constructive discussions on mitigation, will be prerequisites for the talks to begin in earnest. Worsening trends These political developments are all the more worrisome in light of recent trends. A recent report from the World Health Organization noted that if our high emissions trajectory continues, nine million people per year will die annually from climate-related causes by the end of the century. People around the world are already enduring climate impacts, from heatwaves, wildfires and air pollution, to floods and extreme storms. Climate change is also exacerbating crop losses and the spread of infectious diseases, as well as migration. The extraction and use of oil, gas, and coal harms people’s health, and is incompatible with a healthy climate future. That’s all the more reason that COP28 must deliver a commitment to phase out all fossil fuels, and a just transition to renewable energy for all. Health considerations gaining more traction Due to warmer climates, international travel and urbanization, one or more of the leading arboviruses are now present in most countries of the world. While Bonn has left COP28 with plenty to do, the United Arab Emirates, host of this year’s climate negotiations, has committed to elevate attention to health. The country will deliver an official, Presidency-level health programme, including an official “Health Day” for the first time ever, as well as an inter-ministerial meeting on climate and health. This is welcome. For years, the health community has hammered at the door of climate summits, exhorting delegations to acknowledge how health and climate are intertwined, and to protect people’s health from the impacts of a warming climate. The 2015 Paris Agreement invoked the “right to health” as a fundamental rationale for climate action. Even so, language about the “right to a clean, healthy and sustainable environment,” was nearly deleted from the final outcome text of COP27, only to be reinstated at the last minute. Despite these kinds of setbacks, it was clear at the Bonn meeting that health is at last penetrating deeper into the global climate negotiations. Country delegates integrated health references into discussions on the Global Stocktake, the Global Goal on Adaptation, and Loss and Damage in meaningful ways. This is unprecedented. We have argued that health and climate are connected, and must be addressed together. Our persistence is bearing fruit: we are now seeing the beginning of a crucial cross-pollination between the climate and health worlds – good news for people, and for the planet. Health needs to be a driver for meaningful action, including mitigation and finance However, as health gets further integrated into climate talks, it is essential that it serves as a driver for faster, more collective, and more meaningful action – including on critical mitigation and finance elements – as action in both of these areas is essential to protect and support people’s health in this era of multiplying climate crises. Greater investment in health systems and health adaptation, both vitally important steps, are not by themselves enough to protect people’s health. If COP28 is to be the Health COP, it must do better than Bonn The COP28 negotiations, and all those to follow, must go further than Health Days if people are truly to be at the centre of the climate agenda. Most of all, for COP28 to really achieve “Health COP” status, it must steer us away from dangerous tipping points and catastrophic levels of warming. Concretely this means a number of things, all of which must be supported by adequate finance and means of implementation: phase-out of fossil fuels; a just transition to renewable energy; and maximizing health gains of ambitious climate actions across sectors, spanning mitigation, adaptation and loss and damage. Full phase-out of fossil fuels COP28 must deliver the full phase-out of fossil fuels, and a just energy transition that does not saddle developing countries with outdated energy technologies and health-harming pollution. And it must deliver climate finance that enables all countries to make the necessary transitions to have clean energy access for all, and adapt and respond to climate impacts. Oil and gas projects in Africa are set to quadruple; projects in the Congo Basin, the world´s second largest rainforest, pose a major risk to regional and global climate stability. Energy access is essential for health: governments must incentivize, invest in, and support a just clean energy transition, rapidly ramping up renewables to expand energy access, even while we simultaneously kick our fossil fuel addiction. Renewable energy can help overcome the lack of electricity access currently experienced by over 750 million people worldwide, positively influencing social determinants of health with reliable and clean cooking, heating, lighting, healthcare services, and education-related technology. Governments must also take fast action to cut methane emissions – a short-lived super-pollutant with more than 80 times the warming effect of CO2 (in the short term) – as part of the swift energy, food system, and waste system transitions needed to limit warming. Fossil fuel lobbyists have no place at COP Delegates at COP27 included over 600 corporate lobbyists from fossil fuel companies. Fossil fuel corporate lobbyists have no place at COP28 or in the climate policy-making space. Fossil fuel companies with the highest overshoot of the IEA’s net zero emissions scenario, in terms of planned oil and gas extraction. For decades, these same fossil fuel companies have sown doubt and hidden evidence about climate change, and reaped massive profits, while people around the world have paid the price with our health and our lives. Governments banned the tobacco industry from involvement in decision-making on controls to protect people from the health harms of tobacco; they should just as firmly not allow the fossil fuel industry to dictate our climate and health policies. In response to growing concerns, the UNFCCC will, for the first time this year, require all participants – including lobbyists at COP28 – to disclose their affiliation. This is a small step in the right direction. Addressing “co-morbidities of climate change” COP28 should also address the many “comorbidities of climate change”, such as unsustainable agriculture, urban sprawl, biodiversity loss, and air pollution. The recent forest fires in Canada are but one example of the vicious cycle we are in: climate change drives extreme events, which in turn both contribute to worsening climate change and intersect with and aggravate other serious environmental and health impacts. Climate change is impacting people’s health now. At COP28, governments must invest in adaptation measures, including building greater resilience of healthcare and public health systems, and in integrating health considerations into adaptation across other sectors. Leaders must also grasp that while adaptation is essential, adapting to a world that has warmed by 2.8°C will prove well nigh impossible – so they must hold fast to their commitments to limit warming to as close to 1.5°C as possible. Integrating health into finance for adaptation and mitigation COP28 must integrate health into financing for adaptation, mitigation and loss and damage, with substantial new and additional funding across these areas. Between 2018 and 2020, only 0.3% (14 million USD) of climate adaptation finance was allocated to health sector adaptation, though 13.9% of adaptation was allocated to sectors benefiting health. Meanwhile, according to donor tracking, approximately 7% of bilateral health Official Development Assistance, (ODA) (US$1.58 billion) contributes to climate adaptation, though figures may be lower in reality due to misreporting. Very little synergistic investment is made in health and climate mitigation. Finance and technical assistance for low-income countries are critical for protecting people’s health through climate preparation and response, and to make the system transformations required for a healthy, sustainable future. It’s unclear whether or not the recent Summit for a New Global Financing Pact in Paris made meaningful progress in this direction. Within the health sector, health civil society and ministries of health are increasingly discussing climate action, from local and national to regional and global levels. With a health focus at COP28, we hope to witness a record number of health ministers in attendance. The health community is working to make health systems low-carbon and climate-resilient and to integrate climate change into health professional and health worker education and training. We must go further, divesting health associations and organizations from fossil fuels, and addressing climate change in global health investments and programmes. We are also using our influence to push for effective climate action that protects people’s health, and for climate solutions that secure a stable, livable, and equitable future for humanity. We need a true Health COP What should world leaders do to make COP28 a true Health COP? It’s a welcome start to have a Health Day and an inter-ministerial meeting that brings health ministers to COP as part of their national delegations. To be a true Health COP, however, COP28 must deliver an end to the fossil fuel era, deliver financial and technical support to countries most impacted and least responsible for climate change, and bring climate progress centred on people’s health and well-being. Dr Jeni Miller is the Executive Director of the Global Climate and Health Alliance, an alliance of more than 150 health professional and health civil society organizations addressing climate change. Jess Beagley is the Policy Lead of the Global Climate and Health Alliance, an alliance of more than 150 health professional and health civil society organizations addressing climate change. Image Credits: Pixabay, Jess Beagley, Rainforest Foundation and Earth Insight, 2022. Marburg, Ebola Sudan Vaccines Might Get Share of COVAX Surplus 04/07/2023 Megha Kaveri A COVAX vaccine delivery to Africa in April 2021. Some of the $2.6 billion that remains in a COVID-19 vaccine delivery scheme, COVAX, could be redirected into investment into investigational vaccine candidates for Marburg Virus Disease (MVD) and Ebola Sudan strain virus, as well as over half a dozen other vaccine programmes that were suspended due to the pandemic or delays in product development, a spokesperson for the Global Vaccine Alliance (Gavi) told Health Policy Watch. COVAX is a COVID vaccine initiative jointly run by Gavi, the World Health Organization (WHO), and the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) co-sponsored by WHO and financed by donations from high-income countries. 92 low- and middle-income countries can participate through COVAX Advanced Market Commitment [AMC], a financing instrument launched by Gavi. Pilot trials for new MVD and Ebola vaccines were among a series of new investments approved by the Gavi Board last week, in part with the support of the surplus funds from unused COVID vaccine delivery to low-income countries. The board also approved new investments into a hexavalent vaccine which will offer protection against six diseases–- diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis (whooping cough), hepatitis B and Haemophilus influenzae type b, and the inactivated polio vaccine (IPV). However, the Board remains committed to making COVID-19 vaccines available to high-risk groups in eligible low-income countries until 2025, a Gavi press statement underlined. Restarting programmes in new vaccinations The agency is also taking advantage of the lull in COVID vaccine demand to restart programmes introducing approved vaccines against hepatitis B, DTP boosters, a post-exposure prophylaxis for rabies, maternal RSV, and a multivalent meningococcal conjugate vaccine. “Decisions taken by our Board will help countries fight disease more cost-effectively, be better equipped to fight back against emerging threats and continue to protect those most at risk from COVID-19,” said Professor José Manuel Barroso, chair of the Gavi Board. He said the decisions will bolster Gavi’s record as “an innovator and a disrupter in global health.” “The next steps in this process are to continue working with Alliance partners, particularly the WHO, UNICEF and countries to create timelines, technical guidance for introduction of these new products, and outline the parameters of these new programmes,” the press statement added. In its meeting, the Board also approved a long list of vaccines to be considered in the agency’s next vaccine investment strategy, which is expected to be finalized in 2024. Those include licensed or pipeline products against hepatitis E, Mpox, dengue, COVID-19, tuberculosis, group B streptococcus, chikungunya and shigella. Investment in the global stockpile of vaccines The Gavi board described its allocation to global stockpiles of vaccine candidates against MVD and Ebola Sudan virus as a “time-limited investment”, pending recommendations by “scientific expert groups”. “The concept of Global Virtual Pool Inventories (GVPIs) is to establish small reserves of investigational vaccine candidates, which would be ready for use [condition] in the event of an outbreak,” the press statement said. Opportunities to jumpstart a clinical trial of vaccine candidates for Ebola Sudan Virus were missed late last year because it took time to get the vaccines into place in Uganda, at which point the outbreak was already in decline, and was finally declared over in early 2023. In early 2023, 2000 doses of MVD vaccine candidates were made available for administration as part of a planned “ring trial” among those diagnosed with the disease during the recent outbreak in Africa. However, the WHO couldn’t proceed with the trials due to lack of sufficient participants, followed by the eventual declaration that the MVD outbreak was over in late March. There are no global stockpiles of vaccines for MVD and Ebola Sudan virus at present, partly because the vaccines have not been approved by regulators. But experts have emphasized that having stockpiles available and ready for more rapid deployment could facilitate trials that demonstrate vaccine efficacy – or lack thereof. Image Credits: WHO. WHO Launches New Guideline for Protecting Children from Unhealthy Food Marketing 03/07/2023 Stefan Anderson The World Health Organization (WHO) launched a new guideline on Monday in a bid to push governments to adopt more stringent regulations on the marketing of unhealthy foods high in saturated fatty acids, trans-fatty acids, free sugars or salt (HFSS) to children. The UN health body has hardened its stance on what it describes as predatory practices used by fast food companies. This is the first time the WHO has advised countries that only mandatory regulations to curb the industry’s ability to target children will address the problem. WHO added that the ubiquity of advertising means the measures must also “go beyond children’s media”. “Marketing is done to promote products, and promoting products is done to improve profits,” Francesco Branca, WHO Director of Nutrition and Food Safety told reporters on Monday. “This is a classic situation where there is a conflict between the objectives of private entities and the interests of public health.” The updated guidance follows over a decade of stalled progress since the World Health Assembly first endorsed recommendations to protect children from harmful food marketing in 2010. Thirteen years on, policy coverage around the world remains poor, with just 60 countries worldwide adopting policies restricting food marketing to children. Only 20 of them have passed mandatory legislation. And the laws that are in place often have holes. For example, policies currently in place often only protect young children under the age of five, and many do not cover digital marketing, the main source of ad exposure for children in a digitized world. “It is an increasing worry for all of us that children are now exposed to harmful food marketing in digital spaces,” said Dr Ailan Li, Assistant Director-General for Healthier Populations at WHO. “Digital marketing is the most important now, and for the future.” Guideline’s goal is to stem childhood obesity Almost no progress has been made in reducing childhood obesity in two decades. WHO’s drive to limit the power of unhealthy foods marketing to children is grounded in concern around the childhood obesity epidemic gripping the world, especially low- and middle-income countries. Almost no progress has been made in batting back childhood obesity rates in over two decades. Nearly 40 million children under the age of 5 were estimated to be overweight or obese in 2020 – 41% them living in low- and lower-middle-income countries – and another 337 million children aged 5-19 suffered the same conditions in 2016, the most recent year for which data is available. Efforts by industry to address the negative health effects of their food products exist, but continue to fall short. Interference in policymaking by the food industry through lobby groups remains commonplace, Li said, often resulting in “weakened, delayed or defeated policies”. With no sign industry will voluntarily restrict itself in more meaningful ways, WHO officials say it is time to accept the market realities and impose regulations from the top down. “The obligation of commercial actors is to continue practices that prioritize profit over health unless required to do otherwise,” said Juliette McHardy, a legal expert consulting on the commercial determinants of health at WHO. “Certain health-harming industries are by the very nature of their business models misaligned with the public health interests … including those segments of the food industry whose product portfolio largely comprises unhealthy options,” she said. “The principal profit generating products and services of these industries require they grow their markets by shaping our preferences and knowledge in favour of harmful products and behaviours.” Children’s right to health threatened Mother and son in Usolanga, Tanzania. Childhood fat is traditionally seen as a sign of abundance, but too much of it can lead to obesity and related diseases later in life. Marketing harmful foods to children is not just a question of healthy diets: it is a question of children’s rights. This is the conclusion arrived at by WHO based on the nearly 200 studies of children’s exposure to food marketing and its influence on eating-related attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors in children reviewed to estblish its updated guidance. “Arguments in defense of marketing fade when the marketed products harm health and when marketing poses a threat to children’s rights,” WHO said. “Marketing is a recognized means to promote products that are harmful to health.” The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, ratified in 1989, recognizes the right of children to health, the achievement of their full developmental potential, privacy and freedom from exploitation. The omnipresence of marketing for unhealthy foods in the day to day lives of children – whether on television, at school, on social media or at sports clubs – violates those rights, as does the non-consensual exposure of children to advertisements that have the power to dictate health outcomes for them when they are adults, WHO said. “Countries that are State Parties to the Convention are obliged to take action toward the fulfilment and realization of children’s rights,” said WHO. “This should include actions to protect children from marketing of HFSS foods as such marketing negatively affects children’s rights, such as the rights to health, adequate and nutritious food, privacy and freedom from exploitation.” Dietary risks caused nearly 8 million deaths and over 10% of all disability-adjusted life years lost to NCDs in 2019. The evidence conclusively shows that marketing foods high in saturated fats, sugars and salt can influence children’s dietary preferences, and governments must do what they can to prevent children from becoming one of those statistics, WHO experts said. “A core part of regulating health-harming markets and market segments is narrowing in on the core business models of relevant commercial actors and reducing their ability to use marketing and other tactics to shape public preferences and undermine public knowledge of harms,” said McHardy. “Building up public sector capacity in this way reduces those asymmetries in power which undermine political will and capacity to effectively devise, adopt and enforce marketing and other regulations,” she said. For the younger generations accustomed to seeing their futures overlooked for the sake of profit in the climate debate, the financial motive behind the marketing of unhealthy foods strikes a personal chord. “By allowing predatory marketing to infiltrate our schools, our media and our communities, we are really jeopardising the rights of our children to grow, learn and develop free from exploitation,” said Pierre Cook Jr., Technical Advisor for Youth Voices at the Healthy Caribbean Coalition. “Profit often trumps the well-being of our children. We need to be steadfast in our resolve to challenge this pervasive culture of exploitation.” Image Credits: World Obesity, Jen Wen Luoh. India Introduces ‘Green Credit’ Scheme to Drive Clean Development – But Feasibility of Plan Unclear 30/06/2023 Jyoti Pande Lavakare Santragachi Lake near Kolkata is heavily polluted, as are many waterways in India. India this week published the draft of a Green Credit Programme aimed at incentivising environmentally conscious practices to promote a sustainable lifestyle as part of the broader Indian initiative, Lifestyle for Environment (LiFE). The new Green Credit Programme aims to lay the foundation for a market-based mechanism to promote “a grassroot mass movement for combating climate change, enhancing environment actions to propagate a healthy and sustainable way of living based on traditions and values of conservation and moderation, and for sustainable and environment-friendly development.” The official Gazette notification from the Ministry of Environment and Forests was published on Tuesday, five months after the plan was announced in Parliament. However, climate and environmental activists have generally taken a “wait-and-see” attitude to the initiative, saying it would be difficult to assess until the value of the credits is established – along with a mechanism for awarding them efficiently and with integrity. Key areas overlooked The Green Credits Programme will be implemented through pilots in eight sectors, primarily affecting rural areas. These, according to the text of the government gazette, will include: tree planting; water conservation, water harvesting and water use efficiency, including treatment and reuse of wastewater; regenerative agricultural practices and land restoration to improve productivity, soil health and nutritional value of food produced; sustainable and improved practices for waste management, including collection, segregation and treatment; conservation and restoration of mangroves; measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities; construction of buildings and other infrastructure using sustainable technologies and materials. But electricity production and transport – two of the biggest sources of pollution in India – are not mentioned at all. The initiative does, however, make reference to credits for “measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities.” India currently suffers from some of the highest air pollution levels in the world – with peaks regularly recorded in late autumn when rural crop waste burning by farmers, a spike in household heating, and weather conditions all combine to make the Delhi region, in particular, an air pollution sinkhole. So far the central government has failed to make serious efforts to incentivize alternatives to crop stubble burning, one of the leading drivers of seasonal air pollution emergencies. Punja, India – Crop burning reduces crop yield and worsens air pollution Budget allocation unclear The government first proposed the Green Credit initiative on 1 February as part of its 2023-2024 budget, describing it as a national voluntary market mechanism. Although funds weren’t allocated explicitly for this, any administrative costs for this initiative are likely to come from the increased budget allocation for the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, which went up from a revised estimate of Rs 2,478 crore ($301million) in the last budget to Rs 3,079.4 crore ($375 million) this year. Alternatively, funds could come from the Rs 35,000 crore allocated to achieve energy transition and net zero emissions. By leveraging a “competitive market-based approach for Green Credits,” the government said it aims to motivate individuals, private sector producers, farmers, small-scale industries, cooperatives, urban and rural local bodies, forestry enterprises and any organisations that generate positive environmental actions by “ incentivising voluntary environmental actions of various stakeholders”. Green credits will be tradable and those earning them will be able to sell these on a proposed domestic market platform. However, the mechanisms for assigning value to credits, awarding credit and enabling their transfer have yet to be created. Bureaucratic structure The initiative will be managed by a steering committee headed by the environment secretary and comprise officials across the ministries and departments concerned. To administer such an ambitious programme, the government envisages an Accredited Green Credit Verifier, an entity accredited and authorised by the Green Credit Programme Administrator to monitor and assess activities under the umbrella of India’s Environment Protection Act. Entities will have to register to qualify to generate Green Credits through an electronic database system maintained by the Green Credit Programme Administrator or its accredited agency to record the issuance and exchange of Green Credits. The government has appointed the Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education as the programme administrator responsible for implementing the Green Credit Programme including its management, monitoring and operation. The administrator will develop all guidelines, processes and procedures for implementation of the programme, constitute technical or sectoral committees for each activity to facilitate in developing methodologies and processes for registration of Green Credit activities and issuance of Green Credits and help set up a credible trading platform and generate demand for such credits. According to the draft policy, anyone engaged in positive environmental interventions can earn Green Credits. For example, a company which undertakes water harvesting and reuse or invests in restoring mangrove forests in a state can earn Green Credits, which can subsequently be sold at the trading platform once a steering committee has validated them. Each Green Credit would have a monetary value assigned to it and can be traded, but there is no indication of how the different activities will be weighed. In addition, there is a danger of too much bureaucracy. Industry associations will be included in the steering committee that governs the implementation of the Green Credit policy – meaning that pressures from polluting industries could overwhelm the programme. The various parties mentioned by the notice –a steering committee of officials from different ministries, accredited Green Credit verifiers, third-party certifiers and many other committees – could have very different views on environmental issues. It would complicate its implementation “It’s a work-in-progress, well-intentioned, using all the correct words, but without financial details,” said a Delhi-based scientist who spoke with Health Policy Watch, but declined to be named. “It appears quite subjective. Let us see how this policy comes up. Its actual impact will depend on many factors.” A polluted water canal in India Incentivising farmers The emphasis on farmland and forests could, however, be at least an entry point to incentivising farmers to adopt alternatives to crop stubble burning – which creates devastating pollution in northern India every autumn. Conversely, however, there isn’t much emphasis at all on fostering alternatives to the other two leading drivers of air pollution and climate change – through clean power production and green mobility. In addition, it could be used by dirty industries to greenwash their environmentally unsound projects. However, it is still early days to evaluate this policy. The draft policy will be finalised in two months’ time after comments and objections are received and reviewed. Following that, the Ministry of Environment and Forests is supposed to begin to establish mechanisms for implementation, including technical committees for each sector to develop methodologies, standards and processes for registration of projects granting the credits. The technical committees will also determine the value of green credit to be awarded and more detailed eligibility criteria. The Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education (ICFRE) will also accredit a provider who will set up the trading platform for the exchange of Green Credit Certificates, as well as decide what entities can act as green credit verifiers. An environmental activity generating Green Credits may also generate climate co-benefits, the government noted. Therefore, many activities eligible for Green Credits may also be eligible for Carbon Credits, under a carbon credit trading scheme that is currently being developed by the Bureau of Energy Efficiency in the Ministry of Power, along with Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change. Jyoti Pande Lavakare is co-founder of the Indian clean air non-profit Care for Air. Her memoir, Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health on the human cost of air pollution simplifies and amplifies the science behind air pollution. Image Credits: Biswarup Ganguly, Neil Palmer, MacKay Savage. Haitian Gangs Use Rape as Weapon of Terror – And There is Little Support for Survivors 30/06/2023 André Paultre & Daniela Mohor Some 80% of the neighbourhoods of Haiti’s capital city, Port-au-Prince, are controlled by gangs who rape with impunity. PORT-AU-PRINCE – In Haiti, rape has become a weapon of war for gangs. What happens in the hours and days after women and girls are raped can determine their future, but most survivors face insurmountable obstacles before they can start recovering physically and mentally. And that’s if they aren’t raped a second time or third time. Once a woman is raped in Haiti, she faces a maze of other challenges. These are just a few: Gang-controlled streets To reach safety, she must first traverse urban areas that have become battlefields. Roughly 80% of Port-au-Prince’s neighbourhoods are controlled by gangs. Hundreds of people have been killed or injured by stray bullets since the start of the year. Transport – Cost and access: Finding transport to reach a clinic or hospital outside of her neighbourhood can be challenging and expensive. Transport options have been reduced due to rolling fuel shortages, inflation, and fears of kidnappings. Prices for some trips have quadrupled in the past year. Healthcare – Shuttered clinics Several clinics and hospitals have suspended some of their services or closed due to gang violence; others are full because of the cholera outbreak. Staff shortages are chronic. Although most of Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) hospitals are now open, some are not operating at full capacity. The MSF clinic in Cité Soleil, one of the neighbourhoods most impacted by the gang violence, closed between March and the end of May due to insecurity. The organisation continues to run mobile clinics in some areas. Pregnancies and STDs Prophylactics for HIV and other sexually transmitted diseases are usually available. Emergency contraception is also available, but many women fail to reach a clinic within the 72-hour window. Abortion is still illegal in Haiti. For women who can afford it, Misoprostol – sold as Cytotec in Haiti – is often used to induce abortions and can be found in pharmacies or with street-sellers. Follow-up care is another story. Unsafe abortions contribute to Haiti’s high maternal morbidity rate, already the highest in the western hemisphere. Trauma counselling Even if a woman manages to access emergency healthcare, it is less likely she will be given long-term counselling for trauma after rape. Haiti has long had a shortage of mental healthcare workers, and therapy has often been viewed as a luxury most can’t afford when the urgency of basic survival needs are the priority. The social stigma of sexual violence also leads many rape survivors to carry the burden in silence. Police Most rapes go unreported, and with good reason. Many police stations have been abandoned after being torched and looted by gangs. Dozens of police officers have also been violently killed or kidnapped by gang members. With little money left in Haiti’s coffers, dozens of officers held protests earlier this year. More than 3,000 have left the force since 2021. Housing Women often flee their homes and neighbourhoods after rapes. More than 160,000 people have been displaced. With scant government support and a lack of protected displacement sites, some women have reported being raped again in these insecure environments. Legal system Even when Haiti had a functioning government, very few rape cases ever made it to trial. With no remaining elected officials left, many of Haiti’s institutions – including the courts – have screeched to a halt. Clerks are often on strike, and limited governmental funding means many court offices are run down or closed. Although victims technically have access to the justice system, many can’t afford attorneys. Three survivors from Cité Soleil, a shantytown on the outskirts of the capital that is entirely controlled by gangs, tell their stories. For safety reasons, their names have been changed, but their testimonies (which they voice themselves in the short video clips below) are all too real, and their experiences reflect those of an untold number of women who, just like them, confront impossible challenges and dangers every day just to keep themselves and their children alive. There is little support for rape survivors. Kari: ‘We can’t find support. It’s war everywhere.’ Kari, 39, had already lost her baby and her husband to gang violence before she was raped, then later kidnapped. While held captive, she was beaten and raped again repeatedly over three days before being released naked into the streets. She sees no point in reporting any of it to the police. Struggling psychologically and physically from an infection due to the rapes, and trying to look after five children on her own, Kari has received no assistance, bar some food from a local priest and some support from a women’s community organisation. Kari’s testimony: First, Kari, a 39-year-old resident of Cité Soleil, lost her baby to a stray bullet. Less than a year later, in June 2021, her husband was shot by criminals while fishing on his canoe. Kari was still trying to recover from those tragedies when the bloody events of July 2022 unfolded. That month, 10 days of heavy gang warfare in the seaside shantytown left nearly 500 people wounded, missing, or dead; multiple sexual assaults were registered; and 3,000 people fled their homes, Kari and four of her children among them. “I started to live badly on 8 July 2022. [Gang members] burned my house down and were violent to me. I wasn’t a victim of sexual violence, but they raped a young woman who was living in the house. I lost all my important documents,” she said. Since the death of her husband, Kari had been struggling to meet her children´s needs. She made money selling goods – fish, rice, dried baby shrimps – but the attack of July 2022 left her with nothing. Helpless, she fled the neighbourhood with a group of people. To do so, they had to cross an area called dèyè mi (“behind the wall” in Krèyol), known to be the frontier between two gangs ́ territory. It is also the only way in and out of the Brooklyn neighbourhood of Cité Soleil where she lived. “As I was walking in dèyè mi with other people because there was no public transportation, men from the area grabbed us and raped us,” she said. “I was also hit by a bullet and my leg still hasn’t healed. When it rains, the pain dominates me.” Kari spent some time living in the Plaza Hugo Chávez, a public square in the centre of Port-au-Prince where thousands of Haitians fleeing from violence had settled in an improvised camp. She had managed to take a few things from her house to sell, but the precarity of her situation pushed her to leave for the Dominican Republic with her two youngest children, aged 17 and 11. She didn’t last long in the neighbouring country – Haiti and the Dominican Republic share the Caribbean island of Hispaniola – as her children couldn’t get proper schooling there. Three months later, they returned to Port-au-Prince. Back home, she started trading again, as many women do to survive. On Tuesday 14 March, she took a bus with 16 other women she used to sell products with. Their destination was Arcahaie, a town 25 miles northwest of the capital. Travelling out of Cité-Soleil is not safe, but Kari didn’t have a choice. Business had started to slow, and she had borrowed the equivalent of $140, only managing to give $18 back. “While I was going to Arcahaie, arriving at Source Matelas (a neighbourhood north of the capital where there have been a series of violent gang raids in the past few months), people stopped the bus I was on and ordered us to get down and follow a funeral,” Kari said. After the funeral, she and other women were kidnapped by the men who had forced them out of the bus. “We entered a house. They asked for our identification documents. I told them that I had come to sell, that I had no ID with me,” she said. “They pushed us and said that we surely live in the area of Ti Gabriel (one of Cité Soleil´s gang leaders). ´You are thieves, we are going to kill you,’ they told us.” The men kept them captives for three days, beating and raping them repeatedly. “They did everything they shouldn’t do to us,” Kari recalled. “When I was still conscious, I counted seven men. I am asthmatic, and although I had an asthma attack, they kept beating me,” she said. She ended up passing out, but that didn’t stop her assailants either. “When I regained consciousness, I saw young men who could have been my children raping me. I told them: ´If you want to kill me, you can do it, even if I have young children; God will continue to watch over them. It’s better to kill me.’” During those three days, the women had to do the gang members‘ laundry. They barely ate. The men constantly told their captives they would kill them and continued to rape them, until the fourth night came. “After all that, they changed the dialogue and asked us if we wanted to stay with them. I told them that I have four children without a father. We spoke to them at length. In the end, they released us, naked. As we left, people of goodwill in the area gave us clothes to put on.” It took Kari eight hours to reach her mother for help. Kari´s mother bought medicinal leaves to take care of her wounds. The window to take medication to prevent unwanted pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases is 72 hours, but 15 days passed before a friend convinced Kari to go to the hospital. There, she received medication for an infection, but she still hasn’t fully recovered. Kari hasn’t been to the police to file a complaint. She doesn’t believe it will make a difference. “There is no justice,” she said. Since the kidnapping, Kari lives in extreme poverty. The gang members stole all the goods she planned to sell, which means she has no money to resume her business. She still has to pay her debt and is now also responsible for her fifth child as well – a six-year-old girl who hadn’t been living with her before. Kari doesn’t have enough money to pay for rent, so they live in a camp set up in a school. When it rains, they must spend the night standing or sleep under the water. To eat, they depend on a priest who distributes food; for water, they rely on rain. Pressed by their desperation even for basic food needs, her 20-year-old son, the eldest, dropped his studies to go fishing. Kari blames authorities for her situation, and for leaving her no other option than risking her life to survive. “We, who are from Brooklyn, have never had the Haitian state saying ‘no, [these violent attacks] shouldn’t take place. If we had enough money, I don’t think we would be in the streets. We know that if [the gang members] take us, they will kill us.” Since the rape of last March, Kari has been struggling psychologically. The only support she has found is at the women’s organisation Nègès Mawon. But in the past few weeks, the rise in gang-related violence has prevented her from reaching the organisation, which is located in a neighbourhood out of Cité Soleil. She says she feels ashamed of what happened to her, and can´t overcome the trauma of her assaults. “I intended to hurt myself because I saw that I was living in bad circumstances. The violence I suffered in Source Matelas is the one affecting me the most,” she told The New Humanitarian. When she remembers what happened to her, she can’t hold back her tears. “I was a fat person; I became small as you see me. They took my business; they beat me, and they raped me”, she said. “I demand justice from [the authorities]. We who are unfortunate are asking for more security. In Cité Soleil, we suffer more. We can’t find support; it’s war everywhere.” Madeline: ‘My mother keeps crying – she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do.’ Madeline, 16, was heading home to Cité Soleil after trying to make some money reselling food in the city when armed men stopped her bus, killed some people on board, and took others hostage. Raped and beaten, she found herself covered in blood when she regained consciousness. An unknown number of men raped her over several days before she was released, again, naked. Later, at hospital, she learned she was pregnant from the rape. Feeling trapped by the rising tide of gang violence and the possibility of being raped again, Madeline has repeatedly tried to take her own life. Madeline’s testimony: The day she was raped, Madeline, a 16-year-old girl from Cité Soleil, had decided it was time to help her parents make some money. The situation was desperate for them. They barely had any food or clean water, and her school had been closed after several students got hit by bullets on their way back home after classes. “My parents had set aside money to pay for my education. But the school had to stop; that’s why I asked them for the money,” she said. They gave her 2,500 gourdes, the equivalent of $18. With that she bought cloves and dried baby shrimp to sell out of the capital, in Arcahaie, with a group of women. They reached the town and spent the day working. Then came the trip back to Port-au-Prince. “That day, we had been walking in the sun, selling all day and we were thirsty. After we finished, we were heading home when a group of armed men stopped the bus we were on. It was 28 March 2023,” Madeline recalled. “They drove the bus in the undergrowth. Afterward they beat us, some of us were killed, and we asked to be spared. They took us, they tore the clothes we were wearing, and they raped us. They abused us so much that I lost consciousness. When I woke up, I saw that I was soaked in blood.” Madeline and her companions were taken hostage for three days. She told The New Humanitarian she doesn’t remember how many men sexually abused her; they took turns. Following what appears to be a common modus operandi when the gangs in Haiti kidnap women, the perpetrators had their captives do their laundry and later released them naked. After the rape, Madeline was taken to the hospital, but not soon enough to be given emergency contraception. They told her she was pregnant. “I am very sad and in a lot of pain. I am now pregnant, and I have no relief. My mother has no money, nor does my father,” Madeline said. “My mother keeps crying; she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do. My father has not said a word. They are sad… Where I live, if it is blocked, we will not find water – there is only one road for access. Even for food, we cannot eat well.” Since the rape, Madeline has been feeling dizzy and having suicidal thoughts. “Several times I took water with Clorox [bleach] to drink. There is always someone who sees me and takes it from my hands to throw it away and advise me on it,” she said, adding that if she finds help, she will move somewhere else. “I hope in the future I can leave where I live to have another life. I have this in mind,” she said. “As long as you live in Cité Soleil, you always think that a bullet could hit you, that you could be a victim. I hope one day I will be free, that I will no longer be under (the gangs´) control.” Tamara: ‘I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.’ Tamara, 24, was raped by two gang members. When she regained consciousness, she found her husband had been killed and his body burnt. Two months later, she was raped again by three men after being set up by someone pretending to help her. She took her three children to a main square in the capital, Port-au-Prince, where she begged to survive until they were thrown out by the authorities. More recently, her nine-year-old daughter was also raped by a gang member. Tamara became pregnant from her ordeal and continues to suffer physically after drinking something on purpose to make herself abort. Tamara’s testimony: At 24, Tamara never had an easy life. She has taken care of herself since the age of 15, when she had her first child. She managed to get by. By the time she met her husband, she was already a mother of two. She started a new life with him, had another child, and he supported them all. They lived in Cité Soleil. On the night of 8 July 2022, they were woken up by violent clashes that erupted between gangs in the area. Her husband didn’t want to try to flee because he thought it wasn´t safe, but she convinced him that they needed to go. “The men invaded our neighbourhood. People were shot dead. They also set houses on fire. People were running everywhere. I didn’t want to die in the house; I had to leave,” Tamara said. They took their children and left their home with the little clothing they had on. They walked for hours. But when they reached dèyè mi, gang members stopped them. Tamara, in tears, recalled what happened next when they spoke to her husband. “The men said: ´Here is someone who has put his gun on the ground; he is running away because he sees that he is going to die´… While they were talking to him, some of them took me aside and two of them raped me on the grass. I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.” After that, Tamara asked for her husband; they told her to follow them. She found him severely beaten and could barely recognise him. When she went to him, the gang members hit her in the head and she lost consciousness. What she saw when she woke up is a trauma she will never overcome: Her husband’s body was completely burnt into charred remains. “Then, I took the three children and left… I went to Hugo Chávez square. I stayed there for four months in misery. I was selling water, begging for money. I worked with food vendors near the airport. I was doing things to be able to live,” she recalled. On 25 September 2022, Tamara was raped again. That day, her children – who are now nine, six, and one – had not eaten and were crying. “They were hungry; the baby had fallen ill because of the rain, so I arranged a bed for her and told the older ones to watch over her. It must have been 6 or 7pm. I went out and spoke to a man who asked me what my problem was and if he could help me”. Tamara explained her situation, and the man offered to buy her food and give her some money. She followed him until four different men stopped them and the original man ran away. She would later understand that it was all part of a set-up. When her captors took her to the nearby undergrowth, the man who had originally offered her to help was waiting for them. “He was sitting down and asked me: ´Am I your father to feed you? I don’t even know you.’ He started insulting me,” Tamara said. “They asked me to undress, and one said he would put a knife on my neck. Facing five men, I couldn’t fight and there was no help around.” Three of them brutally raped her. “After all of this, I told myself I had to die,” said Tamara. “I heard several voices [in my head] while I was looking for a place to do it. Some voices told me to kill myself; others told me that life was not over. I finally got dressed and left.” Three months later, she found out that she was pregnant and decided, despite her beliefs, to terminate her pregnancy. “I said I cannot be pregnant… I am in a country where I will find no support. I already have three children without a dad, so I was forced to make a sacrifice. I drank a liquid that led me to lose the child. I almost died, and everything is a problem. I had to do things I never agreed with in my life.” Tamara still struggles with the medical consequences of her self-managed abortion. Nègès Mawon has helped her by providing medication. But women victims of sexual violence in Haiti find no protection. Nor do their children. One night in November 2022, she recalled how the mayor of Tabarré – the municipality that has jurisdiction over Hugo Chávez Square – decided to evict the people living there and close the square. Civil protection brigadiers and police officers didn’t give them much time to take their belongings. Tamara lost the little she had. The state, she said, did’t help after this happened: “Some people received 5,000 Haitian gourdes ($35.5], while I received a coupon for food, but no money. Why?” Last February, Tamara suffered a new blow when her nine-year-old daughter was raped on her way to buy water in Cité Soleil. Two gang members held her down tightly, while a third raped her. “Since she was a victim, she has not been the same anymore. She has seemed absent; sometimes, she sits alone. When I call her, she reacts only when I am close to her,” Tamara said. “At the clinic, she has seen a psychologist, but I still need psychological support [for her] and support for her schooling.” To this day, she hasn’t filed a police report for any of the rapes. She says she doesn’t want “to face the bandits”, that she has been able to manage, even though it is sometimes difficult, especially since she is living back in Cité Soleil “I’m having a hard time. I can’t eat. I can’t send my children to school and I can’t even cross the entrance to my neighbourhood,” she said. Every time she needs to go near dèyè mi, or go through that area to exit Cité Soleil, she is terrified. Last time she tried to go through dèyè mi despite her fear, she was sexually abused again. Gang members stopped her at 11am and forced her to take all her clothes off. “I thought they were going to rape me,” she said. But they didn’t. Instead, they told her to stay face down on the pavement with her legs apart, for hours. The sun was hitting hard. “They made me lie down with my vagina directly on the ground, which was very hot,” Tamara said. “They told us they had raped us enough times, and that since we have AIDS they had decided not to”. Tamara did not contract AIDS, but for gang members, bringing up STDs is another way to aggress women, by denigrating them. “At around 2pm, they told us we could leave and go give infections to other thieves”, Tamara recalled. “Since then, I haven’t felt well. I can’t bear all this anymore.” Data difficulties: Even assessing the scale and needs is hard Data on gender-based violence, and rape by gang members specifically, is very limited in Haiti because attacks so often go unreported. However, a recent UN study and records kept by Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) do shed some light on its scale, at least in the capital. The study, which surveyed 591 women and girls from in and around Cité Soleil in December 2022, showed that areas with lower levels of gang warfare registered fewer cases of GBV and that sexual violence was concentrated in the Brooklyn neighborhood, where the three survivors come from. The area was the scene of intense gang conflict in 2022. Eighty percent of the women and girls who participated in this research had been victims of one or multiple forms of sexual violence by one or more perpetrators. In 33% of the cases, the assailants were described as bandits, gang members, or kidnappers. Fourteen percent of the victims were only 10 to 18 years old. Eighty-four percent of the study respondents did not report the attacks they were victims of. When the perpetrator was a stranger, most said that they believed, “it would put them in danger from the gangs, including risk of death; that they did not trust the local authorities, fearing retaliation; that they did not know where or how to report; or they felt in general that there was no state presence”. Forty percent of the women and girls interviewed said they did not have access to healthcare after their assault; the reasons for that were either that there was no staff, that the health services were too far away, that reaching them was too dangerous, or that they did not want to be identified. The vast majority of those who had access to healthcare (83%) said it had been beneficial. Sixty-nine percent of respondents said they most would want to see a psychologist, psychotherapist, or psychiatrist. Alarming statistics The three survivors interviewed by The New Humanitarian have all received support from Nègès Mawon, one of the few Haitian NGOs assisting victims of rape. The feminist organisation assigns rape survivors a sponsor who takes them to medical services (MSF, AHF Haiti, and Zanmi Lasante) for medical care, treatment, or follow-ups. The sponsor, who is usually a survivor of sexual violence herself, helps them with the legal process as well. If the victim doesn’t want to report the rape, the information is sent to the National Network of Human Rights Defense (RNDDH) to keep a record of each case and document it, in the hope that the information could still be used for prosecution if the justice system improves. Nègès Mawon also has a psychologist available for the victims and provides them with the money for transportation to reach its offices, or to get to the different centres giving them support. Between May 2022 and March 2023, the organisation registered 652 cases of women and girl rape victims in just four neighbourhoods of Port-au-Prince, including Cité Soleil. Fourteen of them became pregnant as a result of the rape, eight had complications from self-managed abortions, 90 contracted STDs, and nine were murdered. MSF also has alarming statistics. In the first five months of 2023, the organisation assisted 1,005 survivors of sexual violence in Port-au-Prince – almost twice the number they registered during the same period of 2022. Michele Trainiti, MSF’s head of mission in Haiti, told The New Humanitarian that the profile of perpetrators has changed. While victims used to be predominantly assaulted by someone from their family or intimate circle, now only 20% of the perpetrators belong to that category. MSF records, however, do not entirely reflect the reality, Trainiti explained. “The trend is increasing, but we don’t have access everywhere in Haiti, and the patients also have challenges in accessing our services,” he said. “Our data has to be taken only as the tip of the iceberg; it does not reflect the extent of the needs, which are way higher.” This story was originally published by The New Humanitarian. ‘Impossible to Have Healthy People on a Sick Planet’: Fighting Back Against Air Pollution 30/06/2023 Maayan Hoffman The World Health Organization (WHO) estimates that some 99% of the world’s population lives where the WHO air quality guidelines are not met. Air pollution poses one of the most significant environmental risks to health in the modern world, and in the latest episode of the “Global Health Matters” podcast, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with two grassroots advocates about their experiences in dealing with the impact of air pollution on their communities. “We have poor black communities that were never intended and were never allowed to reach any other potential other than unskilled or low-skilled workers,” Rico Euripidou, Campaign Coordinator for GroundWork, an environmental justice NGO working primarily in southern Africa, said. Referencing what he sees in poorer South African communities, Euripidou stated, “These people bear a disproportionate burden from the environmental determinants of health. They have higher levels of air pollution.” Speaking of her own experiences working in Indian communities, Shweta Narayan, Global Climate & Health Campaigner of Health Care Without Harm, told Aslanyan that “fence-line communities in India are also in a similar position. They are economically, socially, and politically marginalised. The most polluted sites in the country are away from their policy-makers. They are far from where you see. They are just invisibilized. So a lot of our work with fence-line communities is to make visible this invisible.” South Asia and India have suffered from lack of investments in clean transport and energy generation that would reduce outdoor air pollution sources It is widely acknowledged that government policies and investments supporting cleaner transport, renewable power generation, more energy-efficient homes, industry, and better municipal waste management would reduce key sources of outdoor air pollution. South Africa and India have long suffered from poorer implementation of legislation. South Africa brought in a Clean Air Act in 2004, but Euripidou stated that actual implementation has been difficult. “Those plans were never, ever put into effect. So municipalities in South Africa that are struggling with service delivery just didn’t have the wherewithal; they didn’t have the budgets to appoint air quality officers, to maintain the air pollution monitoring equipment in their jurisdictions, or to do sufficient investigations for exceedances of ambient air quality.” Narayan has had some success in engaging local government in India, referencing a project working with the Health Department in the State of Chhattisgarh, where local health workers “have trained themselves in the science of air pollution, and they have been able to use low-cost devices to identify what the air quality is like so that they can use that information to advise vulnerable populations.” As for what the future holds, both Naryan and Euripidou are optimistic that the situation is still reversible as long as governments take immediate action. And immediate action is needed: the WHO estimates that between seven and nine million people die annually from health complications caused by air pollution. The tipping point of no return is not too far in the future though, as Narayan states: “It is impossible to have healthy people on a sick planet. The blatant disregard for the environment, which is entrenched in our current economic and social models, has pushed the natural world to its limits.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters. Image Credits: TDR. TB Vaccine Candidate Receives $550M Boost for Phase 3 Trial 29/06/2023 Megha Kaveri The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and SouthEast Asia. A tuberculosis (TB) vaccine candidate that has shown modest efficacy rates received a $550 million boost from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and Wellcome Trust, which announced on Tuesday that they will cover its Phase 3 clinical trials. The candidate vaccine, M72, showed modest 54% efficacy in preventing the development of symptomatic TB in a Phase 2b trial involving over 3500 adults with latent TB. The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and Southeast Asia. If this phase of the trials returns effective results, M72 will be the first vaccine targeting adults and adolescents, protecting those who already have latent TB infection from developing severe infection. Around 5%-10% of those with latent TB infection go on to develop TB disease. People with weak immune systems, especially those living with HIV, are at a higher risk for developing the disease. Although M72’s efficacy is modest, a TB vaccine for adults with at least 50% efficacy can avert up to 8.5 million TB deaths and up to 76 million new infections by 2050. “To support the M72 Phase III clinical trial, which will cost an estimated US$550 million, Wellcome is providing up to $150 million and the Gates Foundation will fund the remainder, about $400 million,” a press release from BMGF said. “TB remains one of the world’s deadliest infectious diseases,” said Julia Gillard, chair of the Board of Governors at Wellcome. “Sustainable progress against TB and wider disease threats will depend on global collaboration, financial backing, and political will.” The only TB vaccine in use today, Bacille Calmette-Guérin (BCG), was first given to people in 1921. It helps protect babies and young children against severe systemic forms of TB but offers limited protection against pulmonary TB among adolescents and adults. “With TB cases and deaths on the rise, the need for new tools has never been more urgent,” said Bill Gates, co-chair of the BMGF. “Greater investment in safe and effective TB vaccines alongside a suite of new diagnostics and treatments could transform TB care for millions of people, saving lives and lowering the burden of this devastating and costly disease.” M72 was initially developed by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in partnership with Aeras and the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative (IAVI), but GSK has since transferred the vaccine’s license to the Gates Medical Research Institute (Gates MRI), an affiliate of the BMGF. M72 is one of 17 TB vaccine candidates currently in the development pipeline. Image Credits: Photo by Diana Polekhina on Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Sentenced to Tuberculosis: How Prisoners Are Denied the Right to Health 05/07/2023 Stefan Anderson The entrance of Sun City Prison in Johannesburg, South Africa. Karabo Rafube was born to a single mother in 1982 in Soweto, a sprawling township south of Johannesburg, South Africa. His mother abandoned him three months later, and Rafube was taken to live with his father. In the final years of apartheid, Soweto was a harsh place to grow up. His father already had an existing family, and Rafube says he was never welcome in his new home. “About fifteen people lived under the same roof,” Rafube recalled in an interview with Health Policy Watch. “There were two bedrooms, one kitchen, and one TV room. It was very crowded.” His father and stepmother had both died of diabetes by the time he turned fourteen. After his stepmother passed away, Rafube was adopted by a prominent local businesswoman who ran a fish and chip spot, a neighbourhood liquor store and a butcher shop. “My life started to change,” Rafube said. “Even in school I was able to concentrate.” But one winter’s day in July 2001, after returning home from playing football in Pretoria, Rafube was arrested. He was accused of providing information on how to access the businesswomen’s house to two people who had been caught breaking in earlier that day. Rafube denies knowing the two individuals involved. Soweto Township was established by South Africa’s apartheid government in the 1930s to separate blacks from the white population of Johannesburg. Today, it is the largest black urban settlement in Africa, home to over 2 million people. At 19 years old, Rafube was taken to prison to await trial. His bail was set at 3000 Rand, worth around $500 today. With no family to turn to for help, Rafube awaited trial in prison for the next two years. “I was all alone,” he recalled. “Awaiting trial, that’s when hell broke loose.” Rafube was squeezed for space from the moment he entered the transport van that first carried him to Sun City Prison on the outskirts of Johannesburg. He was placed in a cell with 150 other inmates on arrival at the prison. “Our cell was overcrowded, it was packed. There was one shower, one toilet, it was so small,” said Rafube. “We were not screened for anything.” A few months into his incarceration, still awaiting trial, Rafube started to feel weak. “I saw myself losing weight dramatically, and suddenly I had sores all over my body from head to toe,” said Rafube. “I didn’t know what was going on.” Rafube sought help from the prison nurse, but he was turned away. His condition worsened over the coming months, and several of his cellmates started to develop symptoms. As their health deteriorated and numbers climbed, the prison hired a new nurse who would change the course of their lives. “She made sure that I was screened for TB and HIV,” said Rafube. “She actually cared about me.” When the test results arrived, Rafube was finally diagnosed: he had TB. After months of suffering, he was put on a six-month treatment course that set him on the road to recovery. New Study First to Track Prison TB Globally Estimated tuberculosis incidence in prisons by country in 2019. Prisons have been associated with tuberculosis for decades. But unlike other high-risk groups such as people with HIV, global and regional data on the incidence of TB in prisoners has never been systematically collected – until now. In a sprawling global study of TB in prisons in 193 countries published in the Lancet last week, researchers from the Boston University School of Public Health (BUSPH) found prisoners are nearly ten times more likely to contract TB than people living on the outside. Around 125,000 of the 11 million incarcerated people worldwide developed TB in 2019. Nearly half of all cases in prisons are undiagnosed. “Prisons are closed settings where we should be detecting 100% of those with TB,” said Anthony Harries, senior advisor at the International Union Against Tuberculosis and Lung Disease. “If you go to prison, you should not also have to contend with a high risk of getting TB.” Estimated new tuberculosis cases and notifications among incarcerated individuals in 2019 for countries with the highest number of incarcerated people. Undiagnosed TB in prisons can have serious health consequences for both prisoners and the communities they return to, as prisoners who are unable to access medication or diagnosis may spread the disease to others when they are released. Incarceration periods can be very short, and many people frequently cycle between prison and the general population. Incarcerated people can also be transferred between prisons, increasing the risk of infections spreading to new communities beyond their walls. “Deceptively, this is not an immobile population,” Dr Leonardo Martinez, an epidemiologist at BUSPH and lead author of the study said in an interview. “If around 50% of cases are undiagnosed in prison, and then people are released, they are spreading TB to the general population.” In Ciudad del Este and Asunción, Paraguay, a recent study found that around 30% of non-incarcerated individuals in both cities were culture-positive for the strain of TB circulating in each city’s prisons. Another study conducted in Brazil found that 50.6% of individuals with no incarceration history were part of infection clusters that included recently incarcerated people. “It’s really important to show that mass incarceration has an impact on infectious diseases and health in general,” said Martinez. Squeezed for space Inmates crammed together in an El Salvador prison during a cell check at the height of the COVID-19 pandemic. As an airborne disease that spreads through close contact, TB is right at home in crowded, poorly ventilated prison cells. This is reflected in the numbers of the BUSPH study, which show that countries whose prisons are overcrowded also have the highest rates of TB incidence for incarcerated people. The story of mass incarceration’s relationship to TB incidence in prisons is legible everywhere. The Philippines prison system is the most overcrowded in the world, jailing over five times its official capacity. The country’s TB incidence in prisons – 3,829 cases per 100,000 people – is the highest in the world as a result, coming in at 30 times the rate observed in the general population and over three times the rate in prisons globally. In Brazil, the prison population has skyrocketed in recent decades to over 800,000 people, up from just 230,000 in 2002. The country led the world in prison TB cases in 2019. “The incarcerated population is increasing, crowding is increasing, and as a consequence TB rates are increasing as well,” said Martinez, who spent years working in Brazilian prisons. “There is a really strong relationship between the two.” The South African prison system has one of the highest TB incidence rates in the world, clocking in at 20 times the risk faced by the global general population. This comes as no surprise to Rafube. “Whether it was in the cells or the trucks on the way to trial, there was no space,” he said. “I was coughing on people when I was sick.” Prisoners in Africa were twice as likely to contract tuberculosis than prisoners in other parts of the world in 2019. The Americas region had the largest total number of tuberculosis cases in prison that year, driven by the recent surge in mass incarceration in Central and South America. “Our hope is that this data is the first step in saying: this is a huge problem, this is the amount of undiagnosed cases we have,” said Martinez. “Larger global health organizations should be collecting this data systematically, every year. I shouldn’t be doing this.” Sentenced to tuberculosis The constitution of the World Health Organization recognizes the right to the “highest attainable standard of health” as a fundamental human right. Life behind bars can be excruciating for the 50% of prisoners who never receive a TB diagnosis. To the people behind the numbers, the high rates of tuberculosis in prisons raise an ethical question: Do we have the same right to health as everyone else? Rafube is certain the nurse who oversaw his diagnosis saved his life. “When I started to take my treatment, my life started to change,” said Rafube. “I was picking up strength, I was gaining weight. “If it wasn’t for this woman, I wouldn’t be speaking with you now,” he said. “If she had arrived a month later, I would be gone.” Today, Rafube is a “TB teacher” in South African prisons. He makes regular visits to the correctional facilities he almost died in to convince those suffering from TB that life is still worth living. “Irrespective of your criminal record, irrespective of what you have done, make sure your health is okay, and you can be okay,” Rafube tells inmates on his visits. He emphasizes the importance of sticking to the six-month medical schedule, as many prisoners choose to crush their medications into powder to sell or smoke. The COVID-19 pandemic hit TB prevention efforts like a wrecking ball, leaving people suffering from TB more vulnerable than at any time in the last decade. Deaths from TB jumped by over 100,000 worldwide in 2021 – the first increase in fatal TB cases since 2005 – and the World Health Organization estimated that disruptions to TB treatment may have caused an additional half a million deaths that year. The BUSPH study data is limited to the pre-pandemic era. The impact of the pandemic on people suffering from TB behind bars is not yet known. “We can’t end TB without treating everyone,” said Rafube. “That includes prisoners.” Image Credits: Ye Jinghan, CC, CC, CC. What Would Make the Next UN Climate Conference (COP28) the First True “Health COP”? 04/07/2023 Jess Beagley & Jeni Miller UN Climate Change Conference, June 2023, Bonn, Germany. The United Arab Emirates, hosts of the upcoming UN Climate Conference (COP28), have promised to deliver the first COP with a health focus. In addition to focusing attention on the existential human health risks of climate change, it is vital that a “Health COP” delivers commitments that maximize the health gains that can be obtained from more aggressive mitigation and adaptation. However, stalemates on finance and mitigation negotiations during the recent COP28 preparatory talks in Bonn (SB58) have left this December’s conference with a mountain to climb. The annual June UN climate meeting in Bonn in preparation for COP28 stalled, with tensions stemming from the failure of wealthy countries to deliver on their commitment to provide $100 billion per year to support low-income countries’ action on climate change. Meanwhile, major fossil fuel-producing countries took advantage of this impasse to oppose constructive discussion on climate change mitigation, and to block progress towards phase-out of the fossil fuels responsible for dangerous warming trends. In Bonn, governments came close to failing to agree even on the proposed agenda for the Bonn meeting itself. When finally set, the agenda omitted any mention of the crucial Mitigation Work Programme, where agreement is urgently needed on more rapid reductions of emissions of CO2, as well as short-lived, but powerful, climate change drivers like methane. In order to ensure the necessary time and attention is directed to negotiating solutions to the monumental threats our planet faces at COP28, these same delays cannot occur in Dubai at COP 28 (30 November-12 December). Willingness to meet commitments on climate finance, and to enter constructive discussions on mitigation, will be prerequisites for the talks to begin in earnest. Worsening trends These political developments are all the more worrisome in light of recent trends. A recent report from the World Health Organization noted that if our high emissions trajectory continues, nine million people per year will die annually from climate-related causes by the end of the century. People around the world are already enduring climate impacts, from heatwaves, wildfires and air pollution, to floods and extreme storms. Climate change is also exacerbating crop losses and the spread of infectious diseases, as well as migration. The extraction and use of oil, gas, and coal harms people’s health, and is incompatible with a healthy climate future. That’s all the more reason that COP28 must deliver a commitment to phase out all fossil fuels, and a just transition to renewable energy for all. Health considerations gaining more traction Due to warmer climates, international travel and urbanization, one or more of the leading arboviruses are now present in most countries of the world. While Bonn has left COP28 with plenty to do, the United Arab Emirates, host of this year’s climate negotiations, has committed to elevate attention to health. The country will deliver an official, Presidency-level health programme, including an official “Health Day” for the first time ever, as well as an inter-ministerial meeting on climate and health. This is welcome. For years, the health community has hammered at the door of climate summits, exhorting delegations to acknowledge how health and climate are intertwined, and to protect people’s health from the impacts of a warming climate. The 2015 Paris Agreement invoked the “right to health” as a fundamental rationale for climate action. Even so, language about the “right to a clean, healthy and sustainable environment,” was nearly deleted from the final outcome text of COP27, only to be reinstated at the last minute. Despite these kinds of setbacks, it was clear at the Bonn meeting that health is at last penetrating deeper into the global climate negotiations. Country delegates integrated health references into discussions on the Global Stocktake, the Global Goal on Adaptation, and Loss and Damage in meaningful ways. This is unprecedented. We have argued that health and climate are connected, and must be addressed together. Our persistence is bearing fruit: we are now seeing the beginning of a crucial cross-pollination between the climate and health worlds – good news for people, and for the planet. Health needs to be a driver for meaningful action, including mitigation and finance However, as health gets further integrated into climate talks, it is essential that it serves as a driver for faster, more collective, and more meaningful action – including on critical mitigation and finance elements – as action in both of these areas is essential to protect and support people’s health in this era of multiplying climate crises. Greater investment in health systems and health adaptation, both vitally important steps, are not by themselves enough to protect people’s health. If COP28 is to be the Health COP, it must do better than Bonn The COP28 negotiations, and all those to follow, must go further than Health Days if people are truly to be at the centre of the climate agenda. Most of all, for COP28 to really achieve “Health COP” status, it must steer us away from dangerous tipping points and catastrophic levels of warming. Concretely this means a number of things, all of which must be supported by adequate finance and means of implementation: phase-out of fossil fuels; a just transition to renewable energy; and maximizing health gains of ambitious climate actions across sectors, spanning mitigation, adaptation and loss and damage. Full phase-out of fossil fuels COP28 must deliver the full phase-out of fossil fuels, and a just energy transition that does not saddle developing countries with outdated energy technologies and health-harming pollution. And it must deliver climate finance that enables all countries to make the necessary transitions to have clean energy access for all, and adapt and respond to climate impacts. Oil and gas projects in Africa are set to quadruple; projects in the Congo Basin, the world´s second largest rainforest, pose a major risk to regional and global climate stability. Energy access is essential for health: governments must incentivize, invest in, and support a just clean energy transition, rapidly ramping up renewables to expand energy access, even while we simultaneously kick our fossil fuel addiction. Renewable energy can help overcome the lack of electricity access currently experienced by over 750 million people worldwide, positively influencing social determinants of health with reliable and clean cooking, heating, lighting, healthcare services, and education-related technology. Governments must also take fast action to cut methane emissions – a short-lived super-pollutant with more than 80 times the warming effect of CO2 (in the short term) – as part of the swift energy, food system, and waste system transitions needed to limit warming. Fossil fuel lobbyists have no place at COP Delegates at COP27 included over 600 corporate lobbyists from fossil fuel companies. Fossil fuel corporate lobbyists have no place at COP28 or in the climate policy-making space. Fossil fuel companies with the highest overshoot of the IEA’s net zero emissions scenario, in terms of planned oil and gas extraction. For decades, these same fossil fuel companies have sown doubt and hidden evidence about climate change, and reaped massive profits, while people around the world have paid the price with our health and our lives. Governments banned the tobacco industry from involvement in decision-making on controls to protect people from the health harms of tobacco; they should just as firmly not allow the fossil fuel industry to dictate our climate and health policies. In response to growing concerns, the UNFCCC will, for the first time this year, require all participants – including lobbyists at COP28 – to disclose their affiliation. This is a small step in the right direction. Addressing “co-morbidities of climate change” COP28 should also address the many “comorbidities of climate change”, such as unsustainable agriculture, urban sprawl, biodiversity loss, and air pollution. The recent forest fires in Canada are but one example of the vicious cycle we are in: climate change drives extreme events, which in turn both contribute to worsening climate change and intersect with and aggravate other serious environmental and health impacts. Climate change is impacting people’s health now. At COP28, governments must invest in adaptation measures, including building greater resilience of healthcare and public health systems, and in integrating health considerations into adaptation across other sectors. Leaders must also grasp that while adaptation is essential, adapting to a world that has warmed by 2.8°C will prove well nigh impossible – so they must hold fast to their commitments to limit warming to as close to 1.5°C as possible. Integrating health into finance for adaptation and mitigation COP28 must integrate health into financing for adaptation, mitigation and loss and damage, with substantial new and additional funding across these areas. Between 2018 and 2020, only 0.3% (14 million USD) of climate adaptation finance was allocated to health sector adaptation, though 13.9% of adaptation was allocated to sectors benefiting health. Meanwhile, according to donor tracking, approximately 7% of bilateral health Official Development Assistance, (ODA) (US$1.58 billion) contributes to climate adaptation, though figures may be lower in reality due to misreporting. Very little synergistic investment is made in health and climate mitigation. Finance and technical assistance for low-income countries are critical for protecting people’s health through climate preparation and response, and to make the system transformations required for a healthy, sustainable future. It’s unclear whether or not the recent Summit for a New Global Financing Pact in Paris made meaningful progress in this direction. Within the health sector, health civil society and ministries of health are increasingly discussing climate action, from local and national to regional and global levels. With a health focus at COP28, we hope to witness a record number of health ministers in attendance. The health community is working to make health systems low-carbon and climate-resilient and to integrate climate change into health professional and health worker education and training. We must go further, divesting health associations and organizations from fossil fuels, and addressing climate change in global health investments and programmes. We are also using our influence to push for effective climate action that protects people’s health, and for climate solutions that secure a stable, livable, and equitable future for humanity. We need a true Health COP What should world leaders do to make COP28 a true Health COP? It’s a welcome start to have a Health Day and an inter-ministerial meeting that brings health ministers to COP as part of their national delegations. To be a true Health COP, however, COP28 must deliver an end to the fossil fuel era, deliver financial and technical support to countries most impacted and least responsible for climate change, and bring climate progress centred on people’s health and well-being. Dr Jeni Miller is the Executive Director of the Global Climate and Health Alliance, an alliance of more than 150 health professional and health civil society organizations addressing climate change. Jess Beagley is the Policy Lead of the Global Climate and Health Alliance, an alliance of more than 150 health professional and health civil society organizations addressing climate change. Image Credits: Pixabay, Jess Beagley, Rainforest Foundation and Earth Insight, 2022. Marburg, Ebola Sudan Vaccines Might Get Share of COVAX Surplus 04/07/2023 Megha Kaveri A COVAX vaccine delivery to Africa in April 2021. Some of the $2.6 billion that remains in a COVID-19 vaccine delivery scheme, COVAX, could be redirected into investment into investigational vaccine candidates for Marburg Virus Disease (MVD) and Ebola Sudan strain virus, as well as over half a dozen other vaccine programmes that were suspended due to the pandemic or delays in product development, a spokesperson for the Global Vaccine Alliance (Gavi) told Health Policy Watch. COVAX is a COVID vaccine initiative jointly run by Gavi, the World Health Organization (WHO), and the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) co-sponsored by WHO and financed by donations from high-income countries. 92 low- and middle-income countries can participate through COVAX Advanced Market Commitment [AMC], a financing instrument launched by Gavi. Pilot trials for new MVD and Ebola vaccines were among a series of new investments approved by the Gavi Board last week, in part with the support of the surplus funds from unused COVID vaccine delivery to low-income countries. The board also approved new investments into a hexavalent vaccine which will offer protection against six diseases–- diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis (whooping cough), hepatitis B and Haemophilus influenzae type b, and the inactivated polio vaccine (IPV). However, the Board remains committed to making COVID-19 vaccines available to high-risk groups in eligible low-income countries until 2025, a Gavi press statement underlined. Restarting programmes in new vaccinations The agency is also taking advantage of the lull in COVID vaccine demand to restart programmes introducing approved vaccines against hepatitis B, DTP boosters, a post-exposure prophylaxis for rabies, maternal RSV, and a multivalent meningococcal conjugate vaccine. “Decisions taken by our Board will help countries fight disease more cost-effectively, be better equipped to fight back against emerging threats and continue to protect those most at risk from COVID-19,” said Professor José Manuel Barroso, chair of the Gavi Board. He said the decisions will bolster Gavi’s record as “an innovator and a disrupter in global health.” “The next steps in this process are to continue working with Alliance partners, particularly the WHO, UNICEF and countries to create timelines, technical guidance for introduction of these new products, and outline the parameters of these new programmes,” the press statement added. In its meeting, the Board also approved a long list of vaccines to be considered in the agency’s next vaccine investment strategy, which is expected to be finalized in 2024. Those include licensed or pipeline products against hepatitis E, Mpox, dengue, COVID-19, tuberculosis, group B streptococcus, chikungunya and shigella. Investment in the global stockpile of vaccines The Gavi board described its allocation to global stockpiles of vaccine candidates against MVD and Ebola Sudan virus as a “time-limited investment”, pending recommendations by “scientific expert groups”. “The concept of Global Virtual Pool Inventories (GVPIs) is to establish small reserves of investigational vaccine candidates, which would be ready for use [condition] in the event of an outbreak,” the press statement said. Opportunities to jumpstart a clinical trial of vaccine candidates for Ebola Sudan Virus were missed late last year because it took time to get the vaccines into place in Uganda, at which point the outbreak was already in decline, and was finally declared over in early 2023. In early 2023, 2000 doses of MVD vaccine candidates were made available for administration as part of a planned “ring trial” among those diagnosed with the disease during the recent outbreak in Africa. However, the WHO couldn’t proceed with the trials due to lack of sufficient participants, followed by the eventual declaration that the MVD outbreak was over in late March. There are no global stockpiles of vaccines for MVD and Ebola Sudan virus at present, partly because the vaccines have not been approved by regulators. But experts have emphasized that having stockpiles available and ready for more rapid deployment could facilitate trials that demonstrate vaccine efficacy – or lack thereof. Image Credits: WHO. WHO Launches New Guideline for Protecting Children from Unhealthy Food Marketing 03/07/2023 Stefan Anderson The World Health Organization (WHO) launched a new guideline on Monday in a bid to push governments to adopt more stringent regulations on the marketing of unhealthy foods high in saturated fatty acids, trans-fatty acids, free sugars or salt (HFSS) to children. The UN health body has hardened its stance on what it describes as predatory practices used by fast food companies. This is the first time the WHO has advised countries that only mandatory regulations to curb the industry’s ability to target children will address the problem. WHO added that the ubiquity of advertising means the measures must also “go beyond children’s media”. “Marketing is done to promote products, and promoting products is done to improve profits,” Francesco Branca, WHO Director of Nutrition and Food Safety told reporters on Monday. “This is a classic situation where there is a conflict between the objectives of private entities and the interests of public health.” The updated guidance follows over a decade of stalled progress since the World Health Assembly first endorsed recommendations to protect children from harmful food marketing in 2010. Thirteen years on, policy coverage around the world remains poor, with just 60 countries worldwide adopting policies restricting food marketing to children. Only 20 of them have passed mandatory legislation. And the laws that are in place often have holes. For example, policies currently in place often only protect young children under the age of five, and many do not cover digital marketing, the main source of ad exposure for children in a digitized world. “It is an increasing worry for all of us that children are now exposed to harmful food marketing in digital spaces,” said Dr Ailan Li, Assistant Director-General for Healthier Populations at WHO. “Digital marketing is the most important now, and for the future.” Guideline’s goal is to stem childhood obesity Almost no progress has been made in reducing childhood obesity in two decades. WHO’s drive to limit the power of unhealthy foods marketing to children is grounded in concern around the childhood obesity epidemic gripping the world, especially low- and middle-income countries. Almost no progress has been made in batting back childhood obesity rates in over two decades. Nearly 40 million children under the age of 5 were estimated to be overweight or obese in 2020 – 41% them living in low- and lower-middle-income countries – and another 337 million children aged 5-19 suffered the same conditions in 2016, the most recent year for which data is available. Efforts by industry to address the negative health effects of their food products exist, but continue to fall short. Interference in policymaking by the food industry through lobby groups remains commonplace, Li said, often resulting in “weakened, delayed or defeated policies”. With no sign industry will voluntarily restrict itself in more meaningful ways, WHO officials say it is time to accept the market realities and impose regulations from the top down. “The obligation of commercial actors is to continue practices that prioritize profit over health unless required to do otherwise,” said Juliette McHardy, a legal expert consulting on the commercial determinants of health at WHO. “Certain health-harming industries are by the very nature of their business models misaligned with the public health interests … including those segments of the food industry whose product portfolio largely comprises unhealthy options,” she said. “The principal profit generating products and services of these industries require they grow their markets by shaping our preferences and knowledge in favour of harmful products and behaviours.” Children’s right to health threatened Mother and son in Usolanga, Tanzania. Childhood fat is traditionally seen as a sign of abundance, but too much of it can lead to obesity and related diseases later in life. Marketing harmful foods to children is not just a question of healthy diets: it is a question of children’s rights. This is the conclusion arrived at by WHO based on the nearly 200 studies of children’s exposure to food marketing and its influence on eating-related attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors in children reviewed to estblish its updated guidance. “Arguments in defense of marketing fade when the marketed products harm health and when marketing poses a threat to children’s rights,” WHO said. “Marketing is a recognized means to promote products that are harmful to health.” The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, ratified in 1989, recognizes the right of children to health, the achievement of their full developmental potential, privacy and freedom from exploitation. The omnipresence of marketing for unhealthy foods in the day to day lives of children – whether on television, at school, on social media or at sports clubs – violates those rights, as does the non-consensual exposure of children to advertisements that have the power to dictate health outcomes for them when they are adults, WHO said. “Countries that are State Parties to the Convention are obliged to take action toward the fulfilment and realization of children’s rights,” said WHO. “This should include actions to protect children from marketing of HFSS foods as such marketing negatively affects children’s rights, such as the rights to health, adequate and nutritious food, privacy and freedom from exploitation.” Dietary risks caused nearly 8 million deaths and over 10% of all disability-adjusted life years lost to NCDs in 2019. The evidence conclusively shows that marketing foods high in saturated fats, sugars and salt can influence children’s dietary preferences, and governments must do what they can to prevent children from becoming one of those statistics, WHO experts said. “A core part of regulating health-harming markets and market segments is narrowing in on the core business models of relevant commercial actors and reducing their ability to use marketing and other tactics to shape public preferences and undermine public knowledge of harms,” said McHardy. “Building up public sector capacity in this way reduces those asymmetries in power which undermine political will and capacity to effectively devise, adopt and enforce marketing and other regulations,” she said. For the younger generations accustomed to seeing their futures overlooked for the sake of profit in the climate debate, the financial motive behind the marketing of unhealthy foods strikes a personal chord. “By allowing predatory marketing to infiltrate our schools, our media and our communities, we are really jeopardising the rights of our children to grow, learn and develop free from exploitation,” said Pierre Cook Jr., Technical Advisor for Youth Voices at the Healthy Caribbean Coalition. “Profit often trumps the well-being of our children. We need to be steadfast in our resolve to challenge this pervasive culture of exploitation.” Image Credits: World Obesity, Jen Wen Luoh. India Introduces ‘Green Credit’ Scheme to Drive Clean Development – But Feasibility of Plan Unclear 30/06/2023 Jyoti Pande Lavakare Santragachi Lake near Kolkata is heavily polluted, as are many waterways in India. India this week published the draft of a Green Credit Programme aimed at incentivising environmentally conscious practices to promote a sustainable lifestyle as part of the broader Indian initiative, Lifestyle for Environment (LiFE). The new Green Credit Programme aims to lay the foundation for a market-based mechanism to promote “a grassroot mass movement for combating climate change, enhancing environment actions to propagate a healthy and sustainable way of living based on traditions and values of conservation and moderation, and for sustainable and environment-friendly development.” The official Gazette notification from the Ministry of Environment and Forests was published on Tuesday, five months after the plan was announced in Parliament. However, climate and environmental activists have generally taken a “wait-and-see” attitude to the initiative, saying it would be difficult to assess until the value of the credits is established – along with a mechanism for awarding them efficiently and with integrity. Key areas overlooked The Green Credits Programme will be implemented through pilots in eight sectors, primarily affecting rural areas. These, according to the text of the government gazette, will include: tree planting; water conservation, water harvesting and water use efficiency, including treatment and reuse of wastewater; regenerative agricultural practices and land restoration to improve productivity, soil health and nutritional value of food produced; sustainable and improved practices for waste management, including collection, segregation and treatment; conservation and restoration of mangroves; measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities; construction of buildings and other infrastructure using sustainable technologies and materials. But electricity production and transport – two of the biggest sources of pollution in India – are not mentioned at all. The initiative does, however, make reference to credits for “measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities.” India currently suffers from some of the highest air pollution levels in the world – with peaks regularly recorded in late autumn when rural crop waste burning by farmers, a spike in household heating, and weather conditions all combine to make the Delhi region, in particular, an air pollution sinkhole. So far the central government has failed to make serious efforts to incentivize alternatives to crop stubble burning, one of the leading drivers of seasonal air pollution emergencies. Punja, India – Crop burning reduces crop yield and worsens air pollution Budget allocation unclear The government first proposed the Green Credit initiative on 1 February as part of its 2023-2024 budget, describing it as a national voluntary market mechanism. Although funds weren’t allocated explicitly for this, any administrative costs for this initiative are likely to come from the increased budget allocation for the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, which went up from a revised estimate of Rs 2,478 crore ($301million) in the last budget to Rs 3,079.4 crore ($375 million) this year. Alternatively, funds could come from the Rs 35,000 crore allocated to achieve energy transition and net zero emissions. By leveraging a “competitive market-based approach for Green Credits,” the government said it aims to motivate individuals, private sector producers, farmers, small-scale industries, cooperatives, urban and rural local bodies, forestry enterprises and any organisations that generate positive environmental actions by “ incentivising voluntary environmental actions of various stakeholders”. Green credits will be tradable and those earning them will be able to sell these on a proposed domestic market platform. However, the mechanisms for assigning value to credits, awarding credit and enabling their transfer have yet to be created. Bureaucratic structure The initiative will be managed by a steering committee headed by the environment secretary and comprise officials across the ministries and departments concerned. To administer such an ambitious programme, the government envisages an Accredited Green Credit Verifier, an entity accredited and authorised by the Green Credit Programme Administrator to monitor and assess activities under the umbrella of India’s Environment Protection Act. Entities will have to register to qualify to generate Green Credits through an electronic database system maintained by the Green Credit Programme Administrator or its accredited agency to record the issuance and exchange of Green Credits. The government has appointed the Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education as the programme administrator responsible for implementing the Green Credit Programme including its management, monitoring and operation. The administrator will develop all guidelines, processes and procedures for implementation of the programme, constitute technical or sectoral committees for each activity to facilitate in developing methodologies and processes for registration of Green Credit activities and issuance of Green Credits and help set up a credible trading platform and generate demand for such credits. According to the draft policy, anyone engaged in positive environmental interventions can earn Green Credits. For example, a company which undertakes water harvesting and reuse or invests in restoring mangrove forests in a state can earn Green Credits, which can subsequently be sold at the trading platform once a steering committee has validated them. Each Green Credit would have a monetary value assigned to it and can be traded, but there is no indication of how the different activities will be weighed. In addition, there is a danger of too much bureaucracy. Industry associations will be included in the steering committee that governs the implementation of the Green Credit policy – meaning that pressures from polluting industries could overwhelm the programme. The various parties mentioned by the notice –a steering committee of officials from different ministries, accredited Green Credit verifiers, third-party certifiers and many other committees – could have very different views on environmental issues. It would complicate its implementation “It’s a work-in-progress, well-intentioned, using all the correct words, but without financial details,” said a Delhi-based scientist who spoke with Health Policy Watch, but declined to be named. “It appears quite subjective. Let us see how this policy comes up. Its actual impact will depend on many factors.” A polluted water canal in India Incentivising farmers The emphasis on farmland and forests could, however, be at least an entry point to incentivising farmers to adopt alternatives to crop stubble burning – which creates devastating pollution in northern India every autumn. Conversely, however, there isn’t much emphasis at all on fostering alternatives to the other two leading drivers of air pollution and climate change – through clean power production and green mobility. In addition, it could be used by dirty industries to greenwash their environmentally unsound projects. However, it is still early days to evaluate this policy. The draft policy will be finalised in two months’ time after comments and objections are received and reviewed. Following that, the Ministry of Environment and Forests is supposed to begin to establish mechanisms for implementation, including technical committees for each sector to develop methodologies, standards and processes for registration of projects granting the credits. The technical committees will also determine the value of green credit to be awarded and more detailed eligibility criteria. The Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education (ICFRE) will also accredit a provider who will set up the trading platform for the exchange of Green Credit Certificates, as well as decide what entities can act as green credit verifiers. An environmental activity generating Green Credits may also generate climate co-benefits, the government noted. Therefore, many activities eligible for Green Credits may also be eligible for Carbon Credits, under a carbon credit trading scheme that is currently being developed by the Bureau of Energy Efficiency in the Ministry of Power, along with Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change. Jyoti Pande Lavakare is co-founder of the Indian clean air non-profit Care for Air. Her memoir, Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health on the human cost of air pollution simplifies and amplifies the science behind air pollution. Image Credits: Biswarup Ganguly, Neil Palmer, MacKay Savage. Haitian Gangs Use Rape as Weapon of Terror – And There is Little Support for Survivors 30/06/2023 André Paultre & Daniela Mohor Some 80% of the neighbourhoods of Haiti’s capital city, Port-au-Prince, are controlled by gangs who rape with impunity. PORT-AU-PRINCE – In Haiti, rape has become a weapon of war for gangs. What happens in the hours and days after women and girls are raped can determine their future, but most survivors face insurmountable obstacles before they can start recovering physically and mentally. And that’s if they aren’t raped a second time or third time. Once a woman is raped in Haiti, she faces a maze of other challenges. These are just a few: Gang-controlled streets To reach safety, she must first traverse urban areas that have become battlefields. Roughly 80% of Port-au-Prince’s neighbourhoods are controlled by gangs. Hundreds of people have been killed or injured by stray bullets since the start of the year. Transport – Cost and access: Finding transport to reach a clinic or hospital outside of her neighbourhood can be challenging and expensive. Transport options have been reduced due to rolling fuel shortages, inflation, and fears of kidnappings. Prices for some trips have quadrupled in the past year. Healthcare – Shuttered clinics Several clinics and hospitals have suspended some of their services or closed due to gang violence; others are full because of the cholera outbreak. Staff shortages are chronic. Although most of Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) hospitals are now open, some are not operating at full capacity. The MSF clinic in Cité Soleil, one of the neighbourhoods most impacted by the gang violence, closed between March and the end of May due to insecurity. The organisation continues to run mobile clinics in some areas. Pregnancies and STDs Prophylactics for HIV and other sexually transmitted diseases are usually available. Emergency contraception is also available, but many women fail to reach a clinic within the 72-hour window. Abortion is still illegal in Haiti. For women who can afford it, Misoprostol – sold as Cytotec in Haiti – is often used to induce abortions and can be found in pharmacies or with street-sellers. Follow-up care is another story. Unsafe abortions contribute to Haiti’s high maternal morbidity rate, already the highest in the western hemisphere. Trauma counselling Even if a woman manages to access emergency healthcare, it is less likely she will be given long-term counselling for trauma after rape. Haiti has long had a shortage of mental healthcare workers, and therapy has often been viewed as a luxury most can’t afford when the urgency of basic survival needs are the priority. The social stigma of sexual violence also leads many rape survivors to carry the burden in silence. Police Most rapes go unreported, and with good reason. Many police stations have been abandoned after being torched and looted by gangs. Dozens of police officers have also been violently killed or kidnapped by gang members. With little money left in Haiti’s coffers, dozens of officers held protests earlier this year. More than 3,000 have left the force since 2021. Housing Women often flee their homes and neighbourhoods after rapes. More than 160,000 people have been displaced. With scant government support and a lack of protected displacement sites, some women have reported being raped again in these insecure environments. Legal system Even when Haiti had a functioning government, very few rape cases ever made it to trial. With no remaining elected officials left, many of Haiti’s institutions – including the courts – have screeched to a halt. Clerks are often on strike, and limited governmental funding means many court offices are run down or closed. Although victims technically have access to the justice system, many can’t afford attorneys. Three survivors from Cité Soleil, a shantytown on the outskirts of the capital that is entirely controlled by gangs, tell their stories. For safety reasons, their names have been changed, but their testimonies (which they voice themselves in the short video clips below) are all too real, and their experiences reflect those of an untold number of women who, just like them, confront impossible challenges and dangers every day just to keep themselves and their children alive. There is little support for rape survivors. Kari: ‘We can’t find support. It’s war everywhere.’ Kari, 39, had already lost her baby and her husband to gang violence before she was raped, then later kidnapped. While held captive, she was beaten and raped again repeatedly over three days before being released naked into the streets. She sees no point in reporting any of it to the police. Struggling psychologically and physically from an infection due to the rapes, and trying to look after five children on her own, Kari has received no assistance, bar some food from a local priest and some support from a women’s community organisation. Kari’s testimony: First, Kari, a 39-year-old resident of Cité Soleil, lost her baby to a stray bullet. Less than a year later, in June 2021, her husband was shot by criminals while fishing on his canoe. Kari was still trying to recover from those tragedies when the bloody events of July 2022 unfolded. That month, 10 days of heavy gang warfare in the seaside shantytown left nearly 500 people wounded, missing, or dead; multiple sexual assaults were registered; and 3,000 people fled their homes, Kari and four of her children among them. “I started to live badly on 8 July 2022. [Gang members] burned my house down and were violent to me. I wasn’t a victim of sexual violence, but they raped a young woman who was living in the house. I lost all my important documents,” she said. Since the death of her husband, Kari had been struggling to meet her children´s needs. She made money selling goods – fish, rice, dried baby shrimps – but the attack of July 2022 left her with nothing. Helpless, she fled the neighbourhood with a group of people. To do so, they had to cross an area called dèyè mi (“behind the wall” in Krèyol), known to be the frontier between two gangs ́ territory. It is also the only way in and out of the Brooklyn neighbourhood of Cité Soleil where she lived. “As I was walking in dèyè mi with other people because there was no public transportation, men from the area grabbed us and raped us,” she said. “I was also hit by a bullet and my leg still hasn’t healed. When it rains, the pain dominates me.” Kari spent some time living in the Plaza Hugo Chávez, a public square in the centre of Port-au-Prince where thousands of Haitians fleeing from violence had settled in an improvised camp. She had managed to take a few things from her house to sell, but the precarity of her situation pushed her to leave for the Dominican Republic with her two youngest children, aged 17 and 11. She didn’t last long in the neighbouring country – Haiti and the Dominican Republic share the Caribbean island of Hispaniola – as her children couldn’t get proper schooling there. Three months later, they returned to Port-au-Prince. Back home, she started trading again, as many women do to survive. On Tuesday 14 March, she took a bus with 16 other women she used to sell products with. Their destination was Arcahaie, a town 25 miles northwest of the capital. Travelling out of Cité-Soleil is not safe, but Kari didn’t have a choice. Business had started to slow, and she had borrowed the equivalent of $140, only managing to give $18 back. “While I was going to Arcahaie, arriving at Source Matelas (a neighbourhood north of the capital where there have been a series of violent gang raids in the past few months), people stopped the bus I was on and ordered us to get down and follow a funeral,” Kari said. After the funeral, she and other women were kidnapped by the men who had forced them out of the bus. “We entered a house. They asked for our identification documents. I told them that I had come to sell, that I had no ID with me,” she said. “They pushed us and said that we surely live in the area of Ti Gabriel (one of Cité Soleil´s gang leaders). ´You are thieves, we are going to kill you,’ they told us.” The men kept them captives for three days, beating and raping them repeatedly. “They did everything they shouldn’t do to us,” Kari recalled. “When I was still conscious, I counted seven men. I am asthmatic, and although I had an asthma attack, they kept beating me,” she said. She ended up passing out, but that didn’t stop her assailants either. “When I regained consciousness, I saw young men who could have been my children raping me. I told them: ´If you want to kill me, you can do it, even if I have young children; God will continue to watch over them. It’s better to kill me.’” During those three days, the women had to do the gang members‘ laundry. They barely ate. The men constantly told their captives they would kill them and continued to rape them, until the fourth night came. “After all that, they changed the dialogue and asked us if we wanted to stay with them. I told them that I have four children without a father. We spoke to them at length. In the end, they released us, naked. As we left, people of goodwill in the area gave us clothes to put on.” It took Kari eight hours to reach her mother for help. Kari´s mother bought medicinal leaves to take care of her wounds. The window to take medication to prevent unwanted pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases is 72 hours, but 15 days passed before a friend convinced Kari to go to the hospital. There, she received medication for an infection, but she still hasn’t fully recovered. Kari hasn’t been to the police to file a complaint. She doesn’t believe it will make a difference. “There is no justice,” she said. Since the kidnapping, Kari lives in extreme poverty. The gang members stole all the goods she planned to sell, which means she has no money to resume her business. She still has to pay her debt and is now also responsible for her fifth child as well – a six-year-old girl who hadn’t been living with her before. Kari doesn’t have enough money to pay for rent, so they live in a camp set up in a school. When it rains, they must spend the night standing or sleep under the water. To eat, they depend on a priest who distributes food; for water, they rely on rain. Pressed by their desperation even for basic food needs, her 20-year-old son, the eldest, dropped his studies to go fishing. Kari blames authorities for her situation, and for leaving her no other option than risking her life to survive. “We, who are from Brooklyn, have never had the Haitian state saying ‘no, [these violent attacks] shouldn’t take place. If we had enough money, I don’t think we would be in the streets. We know that if [the gang members] take us, they will kill us.” Since the rape of last March, Kari has been struggling psychologically. The only support she has found is at the women’s organisation Nègès Mawon. But in the past few weeks, the rise in gang-related violence has prevented her from reaching the organisation, which is located in a neighbourhood out of Cité Soleil. She says she feels ashamed of what happened to her, and can´t overcome the trauma of her assaults. “I intended to hurt myself because I saw that I was living in bad circumstances. The violence I suffered in Source Matelas is the one affecting me the most,” she told The New Humanitarian. When she remembers what happened to her, she can’t hold back her tears. “I was a fat person; I became small as you see me. They took my business; they beat me, and they raped me”, she said. “I demand justice from [the authorities]. We who are unfortunate are asking for more security. In Cité Soleil, we suffer more. We can’t find support; it’s war everywhere.” Madeline: ‘My mother keeps crying – she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do.’ Madeline, 16, was heading home to Cité Soleil after trying to make some money reselling food in the city when armed men stopped her bus, killed some people on board, and took others hostage. Raped and beaten, she found herself covered in blood when she regained consciousness. An unknown number of men raped her over several days before she was released, again, naked. Later, at hospital, she learned she was pregnant from the rape. Feeling trapped by the rising tide of gang violence and the possibility of being raped again, Madeline has repeatedly tried to take her own life. Madeline’s testimony: The day she was raped, Madeline, a 16-year-old girl from Cité Soleil, had decided it was time to help her parents make some money. The situation was desperate for them. They barely had any food or clean water, and her school had been closed after several students got hit by bullets on their way back home after classes. “My parents had set aside money to pay for my education. But the school had to stop; that’s why I asked them for the money,” she said. They gave her 2,500 gourdes, the equivalent of $18. With that she bought cloves and dried baby shrimp to sell out of the capital, in Arcahaie, with a group of women. They reached the town and spent the day working. Then came the trip back to Port-au-Prince. “That day, we had been walking in the sun, selling all day and we were thirsty. After we finished, we were heading home when a group of armed men stopped the bus we were on. It was 28 March 2023,” Madeline recalled. “They drove the bus in the undergrowth. Afterward they beat us, some of us were killed, and we asked to be spared. They took us, they tore the clothes we were wearing, and they raped us. They abused us so much that I lost consciousness. When I woke up, I saw that I was soaked in blood.” Madeline and her companions were taken hostage for three days. She told The New Humanitarian she doesn’t remember how many men sexually abused her; they took turns. Following what appears to be a common modus operandi when the gangs in Haiti kidnap women, the perpetrators had their captives do their laundry and later released them naked. After the rape, Madeline was taken to the hospital, but not soon enough to be given emergency contraception. They told her she was pregnant. “I am very sad and in a lot of pain. I am now pregnant, and I have no relief. My mother has no money, nor does my father,” Madeline said. “My mother keeps crying; she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do. My father has not said a word. They are sad… Where I live, if it is blocked, we will not find water – there is only one road for access. Even for food, we cannot eat well.” Since the rape, Madeline has been feeling dizzy and having suicidal thoughts. “Several times I took water with Clorox [bleach] to drink. There is always someone who sees me and takes it from my hands to throw it away and advise me on it,” she said, adding that if she finds help, she will move somewhere else. “I hope in the future I can leave where I live to have another life. I have this in mind,” she said. “As long as you live in Cité Soleil, you always think that a bullet could hit you, that you could be a victim. I hope one day I will be free, that I will no longer be under (the gangs´) control.” Tamara: ‘I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.’ Tamara, 24, was raped by two gang members. When she regained consciousness, she found her husband had been killed and his body burnt. Two months later, she was raped again by three men after being set up by someone pretending to help her. She took her three children to a main square in the capital, Port-au-Prince, where she begged to survive until they were thrown out by the authorities. More recently, her nine-year-old daughter was also raped by a gang member. Tamara became pregnant from her ordeal and continues to suffer physically after drinking something on purpose to make herself abort. Tamara’s testimony: At 24, Tamara never had an easy life. She has taken care of herself since the age of 15, when she had her first child. She managed to get by. By the time she met her husband, she was already a mother of two. She started a new life with him, had another child, and he supported them all. They lived in Cité Soleil. On the night of 8 July 2022, they were woken up by violent clashes that erupted between gangs in the area. Her husband didn’t want to try to flee because he thought it wasn´t safe, but she convinced him that they needed to go. “The men invaded our neighbourhood. People were shot dead. They also set houses on fire. People were running everywhere. I didn’t want to die in the house; I had to leave,” Tamara said. They took their children and left their home with the little clothing they had on. They walked for hours. But when they reached dèyè mi, gang members stopped them. Tamara, in tears, recalled what happened next when they spoke to her husband. “The men said: ´Here is someone who has put his gun on the ground; he is running away because he sees that he is going to die´… While they were talking to him, some of them took me aside and two of them raped me on the grass. I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.” After that, Tamara asked for her husband; they told her to follow them. She found him severely beaten and could barely recognise him. When she went to him, the gang members hit her in the head and she lost consciousness. What she saw when she woke up is a trauma she will never overcome: Her husband’s body was completely burnt into charred remains. “Then, I took the three children and left… I went to Hugo Chávez square. I stayed there for four months in misery. I was selling water, begging for money. I worked with food vendors near the airport. I was doing things to be able to live,” she recalled. On 25 September 2022, Tamara was raped again. That day, her children – who are now nine, six, and one – had not eaten and were crying. “They were hungry; the baby had fallen ill because of the rain, so I arranged a bed for her and told the older ones to watch over her. It must have been 6 or 7pm. I went out and spoke to a man who asked me what my problem was and if he could help me”. Tamara explained her situation, and the man offered to buy her food and give her some money. She followed him until four different men stopped them and the original man ran away. She would later understand that it was all part of a set-up. When her captors took her to the nearby undergrowth, the man who had originally offered her to help was waiting for them. “He was sitting down and asked me: ´Am I your father to feed you? I don’t even know you.’ He started insulting me,” Tamara said. “They asked me to undress, and one said he would put a knife on my neck. Facing five men, I couldn’t fight and there was no help around.” Three of them brutally raped her. “After all of this, I told myself I had to die,” said Tamara. “I heard several voices [in my head] while I was looking for a place to do it. Some voices told me to kill myself; others told me that life was not over. I finally got dressed and left.” Three months later, she found out that she was pregnant and decided, despite her beliefs, to terminate her pregnancy. “I said I cannot be pregnant… I am in a country where I will find no support. I already have three children without a dad, so I was forced to make a sacrifice. I drank a liquid that led me to lose the child. I almost died, and everything is a problem. I had to do things I never agreed with in my life.” Tamara still struggles with the medical consequences of her self-managed abortion. Nègès Mawon has helped her by providing medication. But women victims of sexual violence in Haiti find no protection. Nor do their children. One night in November 2022, she recalled how the mayor of Tabarré – the municipality that has jurisdiction over Hugo Chávez Square – decided to evict the people living there and close the square. Civil protection brigadiers and police officers didn’t give them much time to take their belongings. Tamara lost the little she had. The state, she said, did’t help after this happened: “Some people received 5,000 Haitian gourdes ($35.5], while I received a coupon for food, but no money. Why?” Last February, Tamara suffered a new blow when her nine-year-old daughter was raped on her way to buy water in Cité Soleil. Two gang members held her down tightly, while a third raped her. “Since she was a victim, she has not been the same anymore. She has seemed absent; sometimes, she sits alone. When I call her, she reacts only when I am close to her,” Tamara said. “At the clinic, she has seen a psychologist, but I still need psychological support [for her] and support for her schooling.” To this day, she hasn’t filed a police report for any of the rapes. She says she doesn’t want “to face the bandits”, that she has been able to manage, even though it is sometimes difficult, especially since she is living back in Cité Soleil “I’m having a hard time. I can’t eat. I can’t send my children to school and I can’t even cross the entrance to my neighbourhood,” she said. Every time she needs to go near dèyè mi, or go through that area to exit Cité Soleil, she is terrified. Last time she tried to go through dèyè mi despite her fear, she was sexually abused again. Gang members stopped her at 11am and forced her to take all her clothes off. “I thought they were going to rape me,” she said. But they didn’t. Instead, they told her to stay face down on the pavement with her legs apart, for hours. The sun was hitting hard. “They made me lie down with my vagina directly on the ground, which was very hot,” Tamara said. “They told us they had raped us enough times, and that since we have AIDS they had decided not to”. Tamara did not contract AIDS, but for gang members, bringing up STDs is another way to aggress women, by denigrating them. “At around 2pm, they told us we could leave and go give infections to other thieves”, Tamara recalled. “Since then, I haven’t felt well. I can’t bear all this anymore.” Data difficulties: Even assessing the scale and needs is hard Data on gender-based violence, and rape by gang members specifically, is very limited in Haiti because attacks so often go unreported. However, a recent UN study and records kept by Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) do shed some light on its scale, at least in the capital. The study, which surveyed 591 women and girls from in and around Cité Soleil in December 2022, showed that areas with lower levels of gang warfare registered fewer cases of GBV and that sexual violence was concentrated in the Brooklyn neighborhood, where the three survivors come from. The area was the scene of intense gang conflict in 2022. Eighty percent of the women and girls who participated in this research had been victims of one or multiple forms of sexual violence by one or more perpetrators. In 33% of the cases, the assailants were described as bandits, gang members, or kidnappers. Fourteen percent of the victims were only 10 to 18 years old. Eighty-four percent of the study respondents did not report the attacks they were victims of. When the perpetrator was a stranger, most said that they believed, “it would put them in danger from the gangs, including risk of death; that they did not trust the local authorities, fearing retaliation; that they did not know where or how to report; or they felt in general that there was no state presence”. Forty percent of the women and girls interviewed said they did not have access to healthcare after their assault; the reasons for that were either that there was no staff, that the health services were too far away, that reaching them was too dangerous, or that they did not want to be identified. The vast majority of those who had access to healthcare (83%) said it had been beneficial. Sixty-nine percent of respondents said they most would want to see a psychologist, psychotherapist, or psychiatrist. Alarming statistics The three survivors interviewed by The New Humanitarian have all received support from Nègès Mawon, one of the few Haitian NGOs assisting victims of rape. The feminist organisation assigns rape survivors a sponsor who takes them to medical services (MSF, AHF Haiti, and Zanmi Lasante) for medical care, treatment, or follow-ups. The sponsor, who is usually a survivor of sexual violence herself, helps them with the legal process as well. If the victim doesn’t want to report the rape, the information is sent to the National Network of Human Rights Defense (RNDDH) to keep a record of each case and document it, in the hope that the information could still be used for prosecution if the justice system improves. Nègès Mawon also has a psychologist available for the victims and provides them with the money for transportation to reach its offices, or to get to the different centres giving them support. Between May 2022 and March 2023, the organisation registered 652 cases of women and girl rape victims in just four neighbourhoods of Port-au-Prince, including Cité Soleil. Fourteen of them became pregnant as a result of the rape, eight had complications from self-managed abortions, 90 contracted STDs, and nine were murdered. MSF also has alarming statistics. In the first five months of 2023, the organisation assisted 1,005 survivors of sexual violence in Port-au-Prince – almost twice the number they registered during the same period of 2022. Michele Trainiti, MSF’s head of mission in Haiti, told The New Humanitarian that the profile of perpetrators has changed. While victims used to be predominantly assaulted by someone from their family or intimate circle, now only 20% of the perpetrators belong to that category. MSF records, however, do not entirely reflect the reality, Trainiti explained. “The trend is increasing, but we don’t have access everywhere in Haiti, and the patients also have challenges in accessing our services,” he said. “Our data has to be taken only as the tip of the iceberg; it does not reflect the extent of the needs, which are way higher.” This story was originally published by The New Humanitarian. ‘Impossible to Have Healthy People on a Sick Planet’: Fighting Back Against Air Pollution 30/06/2023 Maayan Hoffman The World Health Organization (WHO) estimates that some 99% of the world’s population lives where the WHO air quality guidelines are not met. Air pollution poses one of the most significant environmental risks to health in the modern world, and in the latest episode of the “Global Health Matters” podcast, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with two grassroots advocates about their experiences in dealing with the impact of air pollution on their communities. “We have poor black communities that were never intended and were never allowed to reach any other potential other than unskilled or low-skilled workers,” Rico Euripidou, Campaign Coordinator for GroundWork, an environmental justice NGO working primarily in southern Africa, said. Referencing what he sees in poorer South African communities, Euripidou stated, “These people bear a disproportionate burden from the environmental determinants of health. They have higher levels of air pollution.” Speaking of her own experiences working in Indian communities, Shweta Narayan, Global Climate & Health Campaigner of Health Care Without Harm, told Aslanyan that “fence-line communities in India are also in a similar position. They are economically, socially, and politically marginalised. The most polluted sites in the country are away from their policy-makers. They are far from where you see. They are just invisibilized. So a lot of our work with fence-line communities is to make visible this invisible.” South Asia and India have suffered from lack of investments in clean transport and energy generation that would reduce outdoor air pollution sources It is widely acknowledged that government policies and investments supporting cleaner transport, renewable power generation, more energy-efficient homes, industry, and better municipal waste management would reduce key sources of outdoor air pollution. South Africa and India have long suffered from poorer implementation of legislation. South Africa brought in a Clean Air Act in 2004, but Euripidou stated that actual implementation has been difficult. “Those plans were never, ever put into effect. So municipalities in South Africa that are struggling with service delivery just didn’t have the wherewithal; they didn’t have the budgets to appoint air quality officers, to maintain the air pollution monitoring equipment in their jurisdictions, or to do sufficient investigations for exceedances of ambient air quality.” Narayan has had some success in engaging local government in India, referencing a project working with the Health Department in the State of Chhattisgarh, where local health workers “have trained themselves in the science of air pollution, and they have been able to use low-cost devices to identify what the air quality is like so that they can use that information to advise vulnerable populations.” As for what the future holds, both Naryan and Euripidou are optimistic that the situation is still reversible as long as governments take immediate action. And immediate action is needed: the WHO estimates that between seven and nine million people die annually from health complications caused by air pollution. The tipping point of no return is not too far in the future though, as Narayan states: “It is impossible to have healthy people on a sick planet. The blatant disregard for the environment, which is entrenched in our current economic and social models, has pushed the natural world to its limits.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters. Image Credits: TDR. TB Vaccine Candidate Receives $550M Boost for Phase 3 Trial 29/06/2023 Megha Kaveri The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and SouthEast Asia. A tuberculosis (TB) vaccine candidate that has shown modest efficacy rates received a $550 million boost from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and Wellcome Trust, which announced on Tuesday that they will cover its Phase 3 clinical trials. The candidate vaccine, M72, showed modest 54% efficacy in preventing the development of symptomatic TB in a Phase 2b trial involving over 3500 adults with latent TB. The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and Southeast Asia. If this phase of the trials returns effective results, M72 will be the first vaccine targeting adults and adolescents, protecting those who already have latent TB infection from developing severe infection. Around 5%-10% of those with latent TB infection go on to develop TB disease. People with weak immune systems, especially those living with HIV, are at a higher risk for developing the disease. Although M72’s efficacy is modest, a TB vaccine for adults with at least 50% efficacy can avert up to 8.5 million TB deaths and up to 76 million new infections by 2050. “To support the M72 Phase III clinical trial, which will cost an estimated US$550 million, Wellcome is providing up to $150 million and the Gates Foundation will fund the remainder, about $400 million,” a press release from BMGF said. “TB remains one of the world’s deadliest infectious diseases,” said Julia Gillard, chair of the Board of Governors at Wellcome. “Sustainable progress against TB and wider disease threats will depend on global collaboration, financial backing, and political will.” The only TB vaccine in use today, Bacille Calmette-Guérin (BCG), was first given to people in 1921. It helps protect babies and young children against severe systemic forms of TB but offers limited protection against pulmonary TB among adolescents and adults. “With TB cases and deaths on the rise, the need for new tools has never been more urgent,” said Bill Gates, co-chair of the BMGF. “Greater investment in safe and effective TB vaccines alongside a suite of new diagnostics and treatments could transform TB care for millions of people, saving lives and lowering the burden of this devastating and costly disease.” M72 was initially developed by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in partnership with Aeras and the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative (IAVI), but GSK has since transferred the vaccine’s license to the Gates Medical Research Institute (Gates MRI), an affiliate of the BMGF. M72 is one of 17 TB vaccine candidates currently in the development pipeline. Image Credits: Photo by Diana Polekhina on Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
What Would Make the Next UN Climate Conference (COP28) the First True “Health COP”? 04/07/2023 Jess Beagley & Jeni Miller UN Climate Change Conference, June 2023, Bonn, Germany. The United Arab Emirates, hosts of the upcoming UN Climate Conference (COP28), have promised to deliver the first COP with a health focus. In addition to focusing attention on the existential human health risks of climate change, it is vital that a “Health COP” delivers commitments that maximize the health gains that can be obtained from more aggressive mitigation and adaptation. However, stalemates on finance and mitigation negotiations during the recent COP28 preparatory talks in Bonn (SB58) have left this December’s conference with a mountain to climb. The annual June UN climate meeting in Bonn in preparation for COP28 stalled, with tensions stemming from the failure of wealthy countries to deliver on their commitment to provide $100 billion per year to support low-income countries’ action on climate change. Meanwhile, major fossil fuel-producing countries took advantage of this impasse to oppose constructive discussion on climate change mitigation, and to block progress towards phase-out of the fossil fuels responsible for dangerous warming trends. In Bonn, governments came close to failing to agree even on the proposed agenda for the Bonn meeting itself. When finally set, the agenda omitted any mention of the crucial Mitigation Work Programme, where agreement is urgently needed on more rapid reductions of emissions of CO2, as well as short-lived, but powerful, climate change drivers like methane. In order to ensure the necessary time and attention is directed to negotiating solutions to the monumental threats our planet faces at COP28, these same delays cannot occur in Dubai at COP 28 (30 November-12 December). Willingness to meet commitments on climate finance, and to enter constructive discussions on mitigation, will be prerequisites for the talks to begin in earnest. Worsening trends These political developments are all the more worrisome in light of recent trends. A recent report from the World Health Organization noted that if our high emissions trajectory continues, nine million people per year will die annually from climate-related causes by the end of the century. People around the world are already enduring climate impacts, from heatwaves, wildfires and air pollution, to floods and extreme storms. Climate change is also exacerbating crop losses and the spread of infectious diseases, as well as migration. The extraction and use of oil, gas, and coal harms people’s health, and is incompatible with a healthy climate future. That’s all the more reason that COP28 must deliver a commitment to phase out all fossil fuels, and a just transition to renewable energy for all. Health considerations gaining more traction Due to warmer climates, international travel and urbanization, one or more of the leading arboviruses are now present in most countries of the world. While Bonn has left COP28 with plenty to do, the United Arab Emirates, host of this year’s climate negotiations, has committed to elevate attention to health. The country will deliver an official, Presidency-level health programme, including an official “Health Day” for the first time ever, as well as an inter-ministerial meeting on climate and health. This is welcome. For years, the health community has hammered at the door of climate summits, exhorting delegations to acknowledge how health and climate are intertwined, and to protect people’s health from the impacts of a warming climate. The 2015 Paris Agreement invoked the “right to health” as a fundamental rationale for climate action. Even so, language about the “right to a clean, healthy and sustainable environment,” was nearly deleted from the final outcome text of COP27, only to be reinstated at the last minute. Despite these kinds of setbacks, it was clear at the Bonn meeting that health is at last penetrating deeper into the global climate negotiations. Country delegates integrated health references into discussions on the Global Stocktake, the Global Goal on Adaptation, and Loss and Damage in meaningful ways. This is unprecedented. We have argued that health and climate are connected, and must be addressed together. Our persistence is bearing fruit: we are now seeing the beginning of a crucial cross-pollination between the climate and health worlds – good news for people, and for the planet. Health needs to be a driver for meaningful action, including mitigation and finance However, as health gets further integrated into climate talks, it is essential that it serves as a driver for faster, more collective, and more meaningful action – including on critical mitigation and finance elements – as action in both of these areas is essential to protect and support people’s health in this era of multiplying climate crises. Greater investment in health systems and health adaptation, both vitally important steps, are not by themselves enough to protect people’s health. If COP28 is to be the Health COP, it must do better than Bonn The COP28 negotiations, and all those to follow, must go further than Health Days if people are truly to be at the centre of the climate agenda. Most of all, for COP28 to really achieve “Health COP” status, it must steer us away from dangerous tipping points and catastrophic levels of warming. Concretely this means a number of things, all of which must be supported by adequate finance and means of implementation: phase-out of fossil fuels; a just transition to renewable energy; and maximizing health gains of ambitious climate actions across sectors, spanning mitigation, adaptation and loss and damage. Full phase-out of fossil fuels COP28 must deliver the full phase-out of fossil fuels, and a just energy transition that does not saddle developing countries with outdated energy technologies and health-harming pollution. And it must deliver climate finance that enables all countries to make the necessary transitions to have clean energy access for all, and adapt and respond to climate impacts. Oil and gas projects in Africa are set to quadruple; projects in the Congo Basin, the world´s second largest rainforest, pose a major risk to regional and global climate stability. Energy access is essential for health: governments must incentivize, invest in, and support a just clean energy transition, rapidly ramping up renewables to expand energy access, even while we simultaneously kick our fossil fuel addiction. Renewable energy can help overcome the lack of electricity access currently experienced by over 750 million people worldwide, positively influencing social determinants of health with reliable and clean cooking, heating, lighting, healthcare services, and education-related technology. Governments must also take fast action to cut methane emissions – a short-lived super-pollutant with more than 80 times the warming effect of CO2 (in the short term) – as part of the swift energy, food system, and waste system transitions needed to limit warming. Fossil fuel lobbyists have no place at COP Delegates at COP27 included over 600 corporate lobbyists from fossil fuel companies. Fossil fuel corporate lobbyists have no place at COP28 or in the climate policy-making space. Fossil fuel companies with the highest overshoot of the IEA’s net zero emissions scenario, in terms of planned oil and gas extraction. For decades, these same fossil fuel companies have sown doubt and hidden evidence about climate change, and reaped massive profits, while people around the world have paid the price with our health and our lives. Governments banned the tobacco industry from involvement in decision-making on controls to protect people from the health harms of tobacco; they should just as firmly not allow the fossil fuel industry to dictate our climate and health policies. In response to growing concerns, the UNFCCC will, for the first time this year, require all participants – including lobbyists at COP28 – to disclose their affiliation. This is a small step in the right direction. Addressing “co-morbidities of climate change” COP28 should also address the many “comorbidities of climate change”, such as unsustainable agriculture, urban sprawl, biodiversity loss, and air pollution. The recent forest fires in Canada are but one example of the vicious cycle we are in: climate change drives extreme events, which in turn both contribute to worsening climate change and intersect with and aggravate other serious environmental and health impacts. Climate change is impacting people’s health now. At COP28, governments must invest in adaptation measures, including building greater resilience of healthcare and public health systems, and in integrating health considerations into adaptation across other sectors. Leaders must also grasp that while adaptation is essential, adapting to a world that has warmed by 2.8°C will prove well nigh impossible – so they must hold fast to their commitments to limit warming to as close to 1.5°C as possible. Integrating health into finance for adaptation and mitigation COP28 must integrate health into financing for adaptation, mitigation and loss and damage, with substantial new and additional funding across these areas. Between 2018 and 2020, only 0.3% (14 million USD) of climate adaptation finance was allocated to health sector adaptation, though 13.9% of adaptation was allocated to sectors benefiting health. Meanwhile, according to donor tracking, approximately 7% of bilateral health Official Development Assistance, (ODA) (US$1.58 billion) contributes to climate adaptation, though figures may be lower in reality due to misreporting. Very little synergistic investment is made in health and climate mitigation. Finance and technical assistance for low-income countries are critical for protecting people’s health through climate preparation and response, and to make the system transformations required for a healthy, sustainable future. It’s unclear whether or not the recent Summit for a New Global Financing Pact in Paris made meaningful progress in this direction. Within the health sector, health civil society and ministries of health are increasingly discussing climate action, from local and national to regional and global levels. With a health focus at COP28, we hope to witness a record number of health ministers in attendance. The health community is working to make health systems low-carbon and climate-resilient and to integrate climate change into health professional and health worker education and training. We must go further, divesting health associations and organizations from fossil fuels, and addressing climate change in global health investments and programmes. We are also using our influence to push for effective climate action that protects people’s health, and for climate solutions that secure a stable, livable, and equitable future for humanity. We need a true Health COP What should world leaders do to make COP28 a true Health COP? It’s a welcome start to have a Health Day and an inter-ministerial meeting that brings health ministers to COP as part of their national delegations. To be a true Health COP, however, COP28 must deliver an end to the fossil fuel era, deliver financial and technical support to countries most impacted and least responsible for climate change, and bring climate progress centred on people’s health and well-being. Dr Jeni Miller is the Executive Director of the Global Climate and Health Alliance, an alliance of more than 150 health professional and health civil society organizations addressing climate change. Jess Beagley is the Policy Lead of the Global Climate and Health Alliance, an alliance of more than 150 health professional and health civil society organizations addressing climate change. Image Credits: Pixabay, Jess Beagley, Rainforest Foundation and Earth Insight, 2022. Marburg, Ebola Sudan Vaccines Might Get Share of COVAX Surplus 04/07/2023 Megha Kaveri A COVAX vaccine delivery to Africa in April 2021. Some of the $2.6 billion that remains in a COVID-19 vaccine delivery scheme, COVAX, could be redirected into investment into investigational vaccine candidates for Marburg Virus Disease (MVD) and Ebola Sudan strain virus, as well as over half a dozen other vaccine programmes that were suspended due to the pandemic or delays in product development, a spokesperson for the Global Vaccine Alliance (Gavi) told Health Policy Watch. COVAX is a COVID vaccine initiative jointly run by Gavi, the World Health Organization (WHO), and the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) co-sponsored by WHO and financed by donations from high-income countries. 92 low- and middle-income countries can participate through COVAX Advanced Market Commitment [AMC], a financing instrument launched by Gavi. Pilot trials for new MVD and Ebola vaccines were among a series of new investments approved by the Gavi Board last week, in part with the support of the surplus funds from unused COVID vaccine delivery to low-income countries. The board also approved new investments into a hexavalent vaccine which will offer protection against six diseases–- diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis (whooping cough), hepatitis B and Haemophilus influenzae type b, and the inactivated polio vaccine (IPV). However, the Board remains committed to making COVID-19 vaccines available to high-risk groups in eligible low-income countries until 2025, a Gavi press statement underlined. Restarting programmes in new vaccinations The agency is also taking advantage of the lull in COVID vaccine demand to restart programmes introducing approved vaccines against hepatitis B, DTP boosters, a post-exposure prophylaxis for rabies, maternal RSV, and a multivalent meningococcal conjugate vaccine. “Decisions taken by our Board will help countries fight disease more cost-effectively, be better equipped to fight back against emerging threats and continue to protect those most at risk from COVID-19,” said Professor José Manuel Barroso, chair of the Gavi Board. He said the decisions will bolster Gavi’s record as “an innovator and a disrupter in global health.” “The next steps in this process are to continue working with Alliance partners, particularly the WHO, UNICEF and countries to create timelines, technical guidance for introduction of these new products, and outline the parameters of these new programmes,” the press statement added. In its meeting, the Board also approved a long list of vaccines to be considered in the agency’s next vaccine investment strategy, which is expected to be finalized in 2024. Those include licensed or pipeline products against hepatitis E, Mpox, dengue, COVID-19, tuberculosis, group B streptococcus, chikungunya and shigella. Investment in the global stockpile of vaccines The Gavi board described its allocation to global stockpiles of vaccine candidates against MVD and Ebola Sudan virus as a “time-limited investment”, pending recommendations by “scientific expert groups”. “The concept of Global Virtual Pool Inventories (GVPIs) is to establish small reserves of investigational vaccine candidates, which would be ready for use [condition] in the event of an outbreak,” the press statement said. Opportunities to jumpstart a clinical trial of vaccine candidates for Ebola Sudan Virus were missed late last year because it took time to get the vaccines into place in Uganda, at which point the outbreak was already in decline, and was finally declared over in early 2023. In early 2023, 2000 doses of MVD vaccine candidates were made available for administration as part of a planned “ring trial” among those diagnosed with the disease during the recent outbreak in Africa. However, the WHO couldn’t proceed with the trials due to lack of sufficient participants, followed by the eventual declaration that the MVD outbreak was over in late March. There are no global stockpiles of vaccines for MVD and Ebola Sudan virus at present, partly because the vaccines have not been approved by regulators. But experts have emphasized that having stockpiles available and ready for more rapid deployment could facilitate trials that demonstrate vaccine efficacy – or lack thereof. Image Credits: WHO. WHO Launches New Guideline for Protecting Children from Unhealthy Food Marketing 03/07/2023 Stefan Anderson The World Health Organization (WHO) launched a new guideline on Monday in a bid to push governments to adopt more stringent regulations on the marketing of unhealthy foods high in saturated fatty acids, trans-fatty acids, free sugars or salt (HFSS) to children. The UN health body has hardened its stance on what it describes as predatory practices used by fast food companies. This is the first time the WHO has advised countries that only mandatory regulations to curb the industry’s ability to target children will address the problem. WHO added that the ubiquity of advertising means the measures must also “go beyond children’s media”. “Marketing is done to promote products, and promoting products is done to improve profits,” Francesco Branca, WHO Director of Nutrition and Food Safety told reporters on Monday. “This is a classic situation where there is a conflict between the objectives of private entities and the interests of public health.” The updated guidance follows over a decade of stalled progress since the World Health Assembly first endorsed recommendations to protect children from harmful food marketing in 2010. Thirteen years on, policy coverage around the world remains poor, with just 60 countries worldwide adopting policies restricting food marketing to children. Only 20 of them have passed mandatory legislation. And the laws that are in place often have holes. For example, policies currently in place often only protect young children under the age of five, and many do not cover digital marketing, the main source of ad exposure for children in a digitized world. “It is an increasing worry for all of us that children are now exposed to harmful food marketing in digital spaces,” said Dr Ailan Li, Assistant Director-General for Healthier Populations at WHO. “Digital marketing is the most important now, and for the future.” Guideline’s goal is to stem childhood obesity Almost no progress has been made in reducing childhood obesity in two decades. WHO’s drive to limit the power of unhealthy foods marketing to children is grounded in concern around the childhood obesity epidemic gripping the world, especially low- and middle-income countries. Almost no progress has been made in batting back childhood obesity rates in over two decades. Nearly 40 million children under the age of 5 were estimated to be overweight or obese in 2020 – 41% them living in low- and lower-middle-income countries – and another 337 million children aged 5-19 suffered the same conditions in 2016, the most recent year for which data is available. Efforts by industry to address the negative health effects of their food products exist, but continue to fall short. Interference in policymaking by the food industry through lobby groups remains commonplace, Li said, often resulting in “weakened, delayed or defeated policies”. With no sign industry will voluntarily restrict itself in more meaningful ways, WHO officials say it is time to accept the market realities and impose regulations from the top down. “The obligation of commercial actors is to continue practices that prioritize profit over health unless required to do otherwise,” said Juliette McHardy, a legal expert consulting on the commercial determinants of health at WHO. “Certain health-harming industries are by the very nature of their business models misaligned with the public health interests … including those segments of the food industry whose product portfolio largely comprises unhealthy options,” she said. “The principal profit generating products and services of these industries require they grow their markets by shaping our preferences and knowledge in favour of harmful products and behaviours.” Children’s right to health threatened Mother and son in Usolanga, Tanzania. Childhood fat is traditionally seen as a sign of abundance, but too much of it can lead to obesity and related diseases later in life. Marketing harmful foods to children is not just a question of healthy diets: it is a question of children’s rights. This is the conclusion arrived at by WHO based on the nearly 200 studies of children’s exposure to food marketing and its influence on eating-related attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors in children reviewed to estblish its updated guidance. “Arguments in defense of marketing fade when the marketed products harm health and when marketing poses a threat to children’s rights,” WHO said. “Marketing is a recognized means to promote products that are harmful to health.” The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, ratified in 1989, recognizes the right of children to health, the achievement of their full developmental potential, privacy and freedom from exploitation. The omnipresence of marketing for unhealthy foods in the day to day lives of children – whether on television, at school, on social media or at sports clubs – violates those rights, as does the non-consensual exposure of children to advertisements that have the power to dictate health outcomes for them when they are adults, WHO said. “Countries that are State Parties to the Convention are obliged to take action toward the fulfilment and realization of children’s rights,” said WHO. “This should include actions to protect children from marketing of HFSS foods as such marketing negatively affects children’s rights, such as the rights to health, adequate and nutritious food, privacy and freedom from exploitation.” Dietary risks caused nearly 8 million deaths and over 10% of all disability-adjusted life years lost to NCDs in 2019. The evidence conclusively shows that marketing foods high in saturated fats, sugars and salt can influence children’s dietary preferences, and governments must do what they can to prevent children from becoming one of those statistics, WHO experts said. “A core part of regulating health-harming markets and market segments is narrowing in on the core business models of relevant commercial actors and reducing their ability to use marketing and other tactics to shape public preferences and undermine public knowledge of harms,” said McHardy. “Building up public sector capacity in this way reduces those asymmetries in power which undermine political will and capacity to effectively devise, adopt and enforce marketing and other regulations,” she said. For the younger generations accustomed to seeing their futures overlooked for the sake of profit in the climate debate, the financial motive behind the marketing of unhealthy foods strikes a personal chord. “By allowing predatory marketing to infiltrate our schools, our media and our communities, we are really jeopardising the rights of our children to grow, learn and develop free from exploitation,” said Pierre Cook Jr., Technical Advisor for Youth Voices at the Healthy Caribbean Coalition. “Profit often trumps the well-being of our children. We need to be steadfast in our resolve to challenge this pervasive culture of exploitation.” Image Credits: World Obesity, Jen Wen Luoh. India Introduces ‘Green Credit’ Scheme to Drive Clean Development – But Feasibility of Plan Unclear 30/06/2023 Jyoti Pande Lavakare Santragachi Lake near Kolkata is heavily polluted, as are many waterways in India. India this week published the draft of a Green Credit Programme aimed at incentivising environmentally conscious practices to promote a sustainable lifestyle as part of the broader Indian initiative, Lifestyle for Environment (LiFE). The new Green Credit Programme aims to lay the foundation for a market-based mechanism to promote “a grassroot mass movement for combating climate change, enhancing environment actions to propagate a healthy and sustainable way of living based on traditions and values of conservation and moderation, and for sustainable and environment-friendly development.” The official Gazette notification from the Ministry of Environment and Forests was published on Tuesday, five months after the plan was announced in Parliament. However, climate and environmental activists have generally taken a “wait-and-see” attitude to the initiative, saying it would be difficult to assess until the value of the credits is established – along with a mechanism for awarding them efficiently and with integrity. Key areas overlooked The Green Credits Programme will be implemented through pilots in eight sectors, primarily affecting rural areas. These, according to the text of the government gazette, will include: tree planting; water conservation, water harvesting and water use efficiency, including treatment and reuse of wastewater; regenerative agricultural practices and land restoration to improve productivity, soil health and nutritional value of food produced; sustainable and improved practices for waste management, including collection, segregation and treatment; conservation and restoration of mangroves; measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities; construction of buildings and other infrastructure using sustainable technologies and materials. But electricity production and transport – two of the biggest sources of pollution in India – are not mentioned at all. The initiative does, however, make reference to credits for “measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities.” India currently suffers from some of the highest air pollution levels in the world – with peaks regularly recorded in late autumn when rural crop waste burning by farmers, a spike in household heating, and weather conditions all combine to make the Delhi region, in particular, an air pollution sinkhole. So far the central government has failed to make serious efforts to incentivize alternatives to crop stubble burning, one of the leading drivers of seasonal air pollution emergencies. Punja, India – Crop burning reduces crop yield and worsens air pollution Budget allocation unclear The government first proposed the Green Credit initiative on 1 February as part of its 2023-2024 budget, describing it as a national voluntary market mechanism. Although funds weren’t allocated explicitly for this, any administrative costs for this initiative are likely to come from the increased budget allocation for the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, which went up from a revised estimate of Rs 2,478 crore ($301million) in the last budget to Rs 3,079.4 crore ($375 million) this year. Alternatively, funds could come from the Rs 35,000 crore allocated to achieve energy transition and net zero emissions. By leveraging a “competitive market-based approach for Green Credits,” the government said it aims to motivate individuals, private sector producers, farmers, small-scale industries, cooperatives, urban and rural local bodies, forestry enterprises and any organisations that generate positive environmental actions by “ incentivising voluntary environmental actions of various stakeholders”. Green credits will be tradable and those earning them will be able to sell these on a proposed domestic market platform. However, the mechanisms for assigning value to credits, awarding credit and enabling their transfer have yet to be created. Bureaucratic structure The initiative will be managed by a steering committee headed by the environment secretary and comprise officials across the ministries and departments concerned. To administer such an ambitious programme, the government envisages an Accredited Green Credit Verifier, an entity accredited and authorised by the Green Credit Programme Administrator to monitor and assess activities under the umbrella of India’s Environment Protection Act. Entities will have to register to qualify to generate Green Credits through an electronic database system maintained by the Green Credit Programme Administrator or its accredited agency to record the issuance and exchange of Green Credits. The government has appointed the Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education as the programme administrator responsible for implementing the Green Credit Programme including its management, monitoring and operation. The administrator will develop all guidelines, processes and procedures for implementation of the programme, constitute technical or sectoral committees for each activity to facilitate in developing methodologies and processes for registration of Green Credit activities and issuance of Green Credits and help set up a credible trading platform and generate demand for such credits. According to the draft policy, anyone engaged in positive environmental interventions can earn Green Credits. For example, a company which undertakes water harvesting and reuse or invests in restoring mangrove forests in a state can earn Green Credits, which can subsequently be sold at the trading platform once a steering committee has validated them. Each Green Credit would have a monetary value assigned to it and can be traded, but there is no indication of how the different activities will be weighed. In addition, there is a danger of too much bureaucracy. Industry associations will be included in the steering committee that governs the implementation of the Green Credit policy – meaning that pressures from polluting industries could overwhelm the programme. The various parties mentioned by the notice –a steering committee of officials from different ministries, accredited Green Credit verifiers, third-party certifiers and many other committees – could have very different views on environmental issues. It would complicate its implementation “It’s a work-in-progress, well-intentioned, using all the correct words, but without financial details,” said a Delhi-based scientist who spoke with Health Policy Watch, but declined to be named. “It appears quite subjective. Let us see how this policy comes up. Its actual impact will depend on many factors.” A polluted water canal in India Incentivising farmers The emphasis on farmland and forests could, however, be at least an entry point to incentivising farmers to adopt alternatives to crop stubble burning – which creates devastating pollution in northern India every autumn. Conversely, however, there isn’t much emphasis at all on fostering alternatives to the other two leading drivers of air pollution and climate change – through clean power production and green mobility. In addition, it could be used by dirty industries to greenwash their environmentally unsound projects. However, it is still early days to evaluate this policy. The draft policy will be finalised in two months’ time after comments and objections are received and reviewed. Following that, the Ministry of Environment and Forests is supposed to begin to establish mechanisms for implementation, including technical committees for each sector to develop methodologies, standards and processes for registration of projects granting the credits. The technical committees will also determine the value of green credit to be awarded and more detailed eligibility criteria. The Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education (ICFRE) will also accredit a provider who will set up the trading platform for the exchange of Green Credit Certificates, as well as decide what entities can act as green credit verifiers. An environmental activity generating Green Credits may also generate climate co-benefits, the government noted. Therefore, many activities eligible for Green Credits may also be eligible for Carbon Credits, under a carbon credit trading scheme that is currently being developed by the Bureau of Energy Efficiency in the Ministry of Power, along with Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change. Jyoti Pande Lavakare is co-founder of the Indian clean air non-profit Care for Air. Her memoir, Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health on the human cost of air pollution simplifies and amplifies the science behind air pollution. Image Credits: Biswarup Ganguly, Neil Palmer, MacKay Savage. Haitian Gangs Use Rape as Weapon of Terror – And There is Little Support for Survivors 30/06/2023 André Paultre & Daniela Mohor Some 80% of the neighbourhoods of Haiti’s capital city, Port-au-Prince, are controlled by gangs who rape with impunity. PORT-AU-PRINCE – In Haiti, rape has become a weapon of war for gangs. What happens in the hours and days after women and girls are raped can determine their future, but most survivors face insurmountable obstacles before they can start recovering physically and mentally. And that’s if they aren’t raped a second time or third time. Once a woman is raped in Haiti, she faces a maze of other challenges. These are just a few: Gang-controlled streets To reach safety, she must first traverse urban areas that have become battlefields. Roughly 80% of Port-au-Prince’s neighbourhoods are controlled by gangs. Hundreds of people have been killed or injured by stray bullets since the start of the year. Transport – Cost and access: Finding transport to reach a clinic or hospital outside of her neighbourhood can be challenging and expensive. Transport options have been reduced due to rolling fuel shortages, inflation, and fears of kidnappings. Prices for some trips have quadrupled in the past year. Healthcare – Shuttered clinics Several clinics and hospitals have suspended some of their services or closed due to gang violence; others are full because of the cholera outbreak. Staff shortages are chronic. Although most of Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) hospitals are now open, some are not operating at full capacity. The MSF clinic in Cité Soleil, one of the neighbourhoods most impacted by the gang violence, closed between March and the end of May due to insecurity. The organisation continues to run mobile clinics in some areas. Pregnancies and STDs Prophylactics for HIV and other sexually transmitted diseases are usually available. Emergency contraception is also available, but many women fail to reach a clinic within the 72-hour window. Abortion is still illegal in Haiti. For women who can afford it, Misoprostol – sold as Cytotec in Haiti – is often used to induce abortions and can be found in pharmacies or with street-sellers. Follow-up care is another story. Unsafe abortions contribute to Haiti’s high maternal morbidity rate, already the highest in the western hemisphere. Trauma counselling Even if a woman manages to access emergency healthcare, it is less likely she will be given long-term counselling for trauma after rape. Haiti has long had a shortage of mental healthcare workers, and therapy has often been viewed as a luxury most can’t afford when the urgency of basic survival needs are the priority. The social stigma of sexual violence also leads many rape survivors to carry the burden in silence. Police Most rapes go unreported, and with good reason. Many police stations have been abandoned after being torched and looted by gangs. Dozens of police officers have also been violently killed or kidnapped by gang members. With little money left in Haiti’s coffers, dozens of officers held protests earlier this year. More than 3,000 have left the force since 2021. Housing Women often flee their homes and neighbourhoods after rapes. More than 160,000 people have been displaced. With scant government support and a lack of protected displacement sites, some women have reported being raped again in these insecure environments. Legal system Even when Haiti had a functioning government, very few rape cases ever made it to trial. With no remaining elected officials left, many of Haiti’s institutions – including the courts – have screeched to a halt. Clerks are often on strike, and limited governmental funding means many court offices are run down or closed. Although victims technically have access to the justice system, many can’t afford attorneys. Three survivors from Cité Soleil, a shantytown on the outskirts of the capital that is entirely controlled by gangs, tell their stories. For safety reasons, their names have been changed, but their testimonies (which they voice themselves in the short video clips below) are all too real, and their experiences reflect those of an untold number of women who, just like them, confront impossible challenges and dangers every day just to keep themselves and their children alive. There is little support for rape survivors. Kari: ‘We can’t find support. It’s war everywhere.’ Kari, 39, had already lost her baby and her husband to gang violence before she was raped, then later kidnapped. While held captive, she was beaten and raped again repeatedly over three days before being released naked into the streets. She sees no point in reporting any of it to the police. Struggling psychologically and physically from an infection due to the rapes, and trying to look after five children on her own, Kari has received no assistance, bar some food from a local priest and some support from a women’s community organisation. Kari’s testimony: First, Kari, a 39-year-old resident of Cité Soleil, lost her baby to a stray bullet. Less than a year later, in June 2021, her husband was shot by criminals while fishing on his canoe. Kari was still trying to recover from those tragedies when the bloody events of July 2022 unfolded. That month, 10 days of heavy gang warfare in the seaside shantytown left nearly 500 people wounded, missing, or dead; multiple sexual assaults were registered; and 3,000 people fled their homes, Kari and four of her children among them. “I started to live badly on 8 July 2022. [Gang members] burned my house down and were violent to me. I wasn’t a victim of sexual violence, but they raped a young woman who was living in the house. I lost all my important documents,” she said. Since the death of her husband, Kari had been struggling to meet her children´s needs. She made money selling goods – fish, rice, dried baby shrimps – but the attack of July 2022 left her with nothing. Helpless, she fled the neighbourhood with a group of people. To do so, they had to cross an area called dèyè mi (“behind the wall” in Krèyol), known to be the frontier between two gangs ́ territory. It is also the only way in and out of the Brooklyn neighbourhood of Cité Soleil where she lived. “As I was walking in dèyè mi with other people because there was no public transportation, men from the area grabbed us and raped us,” she said. “I was also hit by a bullet and my leg still hasn’t healed. When it rains, the pain dominates me.” Kari spent some time living in the Plaza Hugo Chávez, a public square in the centre of Port-au-Prince where thousands of Haitians fleeing from violence had settled in an improvised camp. She had managed to take a few things from her house to sell, but the precarity of her situation pushed her to leave for the Dominican Republic with her two youngest children, aged 17 and 11. She didn’t last long in the neighbouring country – Haiti and the Dominican Republic share the Caribbean island of Hispaniola – as her children couldn’t get proper schooling there. Three months later, they returned to Port-au-Prince. Back home, she started trading again, as many women do to survive. On Tuesday 14 March, she took a bus with 16 other women she used to sell products with. Their destination was Arcahaie, a town 25 miles northwest of the capital. Travelling out of Cité-Soleil is not safe, but Kari didn’t have a choice. Business had started to slow, and she had borrowed the equivalent of $140, only managing to give $18 back. “While I was going to Arcahaie, arriving at Source Matelas (a neighbourhood north of the capital where there have been a series of violent gang raids in the past few months), people stopped the bus I was on and ordered us to get down and follow a funeral,” Kari said. After the funeral, she and other women were kidnapped by the men who had forced them out of the bus. “We entered a house. They asked for our identification documents. I told them that I had come to sell, that I had no ID with me,” she said. “They pushed us and said that we surely live in the area of Ti Gabriel (one of Cité Soleil´s gang leaders). ´You are thieves, we are going to kill you,’ they told us.” The men kept them captives for three days, beating and raping them repeatedly. “They did everything they shouldn’t do to us,” Kari recalled. “When I was still conscious, I counted seven men. I am asthmatic, and although I had an asthma attack, they kept beating me,” she said. She ended up passing out, but that didn’t stop her assailants either. “When I regained consciousness, I saw young men who could have been my children raping me. I told them: ´If you want to kill me, you can do it, even if I have young children; God will continue to watch over them. It’s better to kill me.’” During those three days, the women had to do the gang members‘ laundry. They barely ate. The men constantly told their captives they would kill them and continued to rape them, until the fourth night came. “After all that, they changed the dialogue and asked us if we wanted to stay with them. I told them that I have four children without a father. We spoke to them at length. In the end, they released us, naked. As we left, people of goodwill in the area gave us clothes to put on.” It took Kari eight hours to reach her mother for help. Kari´s mother bought medicinal leaves to take care of her wounds. The window to take medication to prevent unwanted pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases is 72 hours, but 15 days passed before a friend convinced Kari to go to the hospital. There, she received medication for an infection, but she still hasn’t fully recovered. Kari hasn’t been to the police to file a complaint. She doesn’t believe it will make a difference. “There is no justice,” she said. Since the kidnapping, Kari lives in extreme poverty. The gang members stole all the goods she planned to sell, which means she has no money to resume her business. She still has to pay her debt and is now also responsible for her fifth child as well – a six-year-old girl who hadn’t been living with her before. Kari doesn’t have enough money to pay for rent, so they live in a camp set up in a school. When it rains, they must spend the night standing or sleep under the water. To eat, they depend on a priest who distributes food; for water, they rely on rain. Pressed by their desperation even for basic food needs, her 20-year-old son, the eldest, dropped his studies to go fishing. Kari blames authorities for her situation, and for leaving her no other option than risking her life to survive. “We, who are from Brooklyn, have never had the Haitian state saying ‘no, [these violent attacks] shouldn’t take place. If we had enough money, I don’t think we would be in the streets. We know that if [the gang members] take us, they will kill us.” Since the rape of last March, Kari has been struggling psychologically. The only support she has found is at the women’s organisation Nègès Mawon. But in the past few weeks, the rise in gang-related violence has prevented her from reaching the organisation, which is located in a neighbourhood out of Cité Soleil. She says she feels ashamed of what happened to her, and can´t overcome the trauma of her assaults. “I intended to hurt myself because I saw that I was living in bad circumstances. The violence I suffered in Source Matelas is the one affecting me the most,” she told The New Humanitarian. When she remembers what happened to her, she can’t hold back her tears. “I was a fat person; I became small as you see me. They took my business; they beat me, and they raped me”, she said. “I demand justice from [the authorities]. We who are unfortunate are asking for more security. In Cité Soleil, we suffer more. We can’t find support; it’s war everywhere.” Madeline: ‘My mother keeps crying – she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do.’ Madeline, 16, was heading home to Cité Soleil after trying to make some money reselling food in the city when armed men stopped her bus, killed some people on board, and took others hostage. Raped and beaten, she found herself covered in blood when she regained consciousness. An unknown number of men raped her over several days before she was released, again, naked. Later, at hospital, she learned she was pregnant from the rape. Feeling trapped by the rising tide of gang violence and the possibility of being raped again, Madeline has repeatedly tried to take her own life. Madeline’s testimony: The day she was raped, Madeline, a 16-year-old girl from Cité Soleil, had decided it was time to help her parents make some money. The situation was desperate for them. They barely had any food or clean water, and her school had been closed after several students got hit by bullets on their way back home after classes. “My parents had set aside money to pay for my education. But the school had to stop; that’s why I asked them for the money,” she said. They gave her 2,500 gourdes, the equivalent of $18. With that she bought cloves and dried baby shrimp to sell out of the capital, in Arcahaie, with a group of women. They reached the town and spent the day working. Then came the trip back to Port-au-Prince. “That day, we had been walking in the sun, selling all day and we were thirsty. After we finished, we were heading home when a group of armed men stopped the bus we were on. It was 28 March 2023,” Madeline recalled. “They drove the bus in the undergrowth. Afterward they beat us, some of us were killed, and we asked to be spared. They took us, they tore the clothes we were wearing, and they raped us. They abused us so much that I lost consciousness. When I woke up, I saw that I was soaked in blood.” Madeline and her companions were taken hostage for three days. She told The New Humanitarian she doesn’t remember how many men sexually abused her; they took turns. Following what appears to be a common modus operandi when the gangs in Haiti kidnap women, the perpetrators had their captives do their laundry and later released them naked. After the rape, Madeline was taken to the hospital, but not soon enough to be given emergency contraception. They told her she was pregnant. “I am very sad and in a lot of pain. I am now pregnant, and I have no relief. My mother has no money, nor does my father,” Madeline said. “My mother keeps crying; she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do. My father has not said a word. They are sad… Where I live, if it is blocked, we will not find water – there is only one road for access. Even for food, we cannot eat well.” Since the rape, Madeline has been feeling dizzy and having suicidal thoughts. “Several times I took water with Clorox [bleach] to drink. There is always someone who sees me and takes it from my hands to throw it away and advise me on it,” she said, adding that if she finds help, she will move somewhere else. “I hope in the future I can leave where I live to have another life. I have this in mind,” she said. “As long as you live in Cité Soleil, you always think that a bullet could hit you, that you could be a victim. I hope one day I will be free, that I will no longer be under (the gangs´) control.” Tamara: ‘I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.’ Tamara, 24, was raped by two gang members. When she regained consciousness, she found her husband had been killed and his body burnt. Two months later, she was raped again by three men after being set up by someone pretending to help her. She took her three children to a main square in the capital, Port-au-Prince, where she begged to survive until they were thrown out by the authorities. More recently, her nine-year-old daughter was also raped by a gang member. Tamara became pregnant from her ordeal and continues to suffer physically after drinking something on purpose to make herself abort. Tamara’s testimony: At 24, Tamara never had an easy life. She has taken care of herself since the age of 15, when she had her first child. She managed to get by. By the time she met her husband, she was already a mother of two. She started a new life with him, had another child, and he supported them all. They lived in Cité Soleil. On the night of 8 July 2022, they were woken up by violent clashes that erupted between gangs in the area. Her husband didn’t want to try to flee because he thought it wasn´t safe, but she convinced him that they needed to go. “The men invaded our neighbourhood. People were shot dead. They also set houses on fire. People were running everywhere. I didn’t want to die in the house; I had to leave,” Tamara said. They took their children and left their home with the little clothing they had on. They walked for hours. But when they reached dèyè mi, gang members stopped them. Tamara, in tears, recalled what happened next when they spoke to her husband. “The men said: ´Here is someone who has put his gun on the ground; he is running away because he sees that he is going to die´… While they were talking to him, some of them took me aside and two of them raped me on the grass. I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.” After that, Tamara asked for her husband; they told her to follow them. She found him severely beaten and could barely recognise him. When she went to him, the gang members hit her in the head and she lost consciousness. What she saw when she woke up is a trauma she will never overcome: Her husband’s body was completely burnt into charred remains. “Then, I took the three children and left… I went to Hugo Chávez square. I stayed there for four months in misery. I was selling water, begging for money. I worked with food vendors near the airport. I was doing things to be able to live,” she recalled. On 25 September 2022, Tamara was raped again. That day, her children – who are now nine, six, and one – had not eaten and were crying. “They were hungry; the baby had fallen ill because of the rain, so I arranged a bed for her and told the older ones to watch over her. It must have been 6 or 7pm. I went out and spoke to a man who asked me what my problem was and if he could help me”. Tamara explained her situation, and the man offered to buy her food and give her some money. She followed him until four different men stopped them and the original man ran away. She would later understand that it was all part of a set-up. When her captors took her to the nearby undergrowth, the man who had originally offered her to help was waiting for them. “He was sitting down and asked me: ´Am I your father to feed you? I don’t even know you.’ He started insulting me,” Tamara said. “They asked me to undress, and one said he would put a knife on my neck. Facing five men, I couldn’t fight and there was no help around.” Three of them brutally raped her. “After all of this, I told myself I had to die,” said Tamara. “I heard several voices [in my head] while I was looking for a place to do it. Some voices told me to kill myself; others told me that life was not over. I finally got dressed and left.” Three months later, she found out that she was pregnant and decided, despite her beliefs, to terminate her pregnancy. “I said I cannot be pregnant… I am in a country where I will find no support. I already have three children without a dad, so I was forced to make a sacrifice. I drank a liquid that led me to lose the child. I almost died, and everything is a problem. I had to do things I never agreed with in my life.” Tamara still struggles with the medical consequences of her self-managed abortion. Nègès Mawon has helped her by providing medication. But women victims of sexual violence in Haiti find no protection. Nor do their children. One night in November 2022, she recalled how the mayor of Tabarré – the municipality that has jurisdiction over Hugo Chávez Square – decided to evict the people living there and close the square. Civil protection brigadiers and police officers didn’t give them much time to take their belongings. Tamara lost the little she had. The state, she said, did’t help after this happened: “Some people received 5,000 Haitian gourdes ($35.5], while I received a coupon for food, but no money. Why?” Last February, Tamara suffered a new blow when her nine-year-old daughter was raped on her way to buy water in Cité Soleil. Two gang members held her down tightly, while a third raped her. “Since she was a victim, she has not been the same anymore. She has seemed absent; sometimes, she sits alone. When I call her, she reacts only when I am close to her,” Tamara said. “At the clinic, she has seen a psychologist, but I still need psychological support [for her] and support for her schooling.” To this day, she hasn’t filed a police report for any of the rapes. She says she doesn’t want “to face the bandits”, that she has been able to manage, even though it is sometimes difficult, especially since she is living back in Cité Soleil “I’m having a hard time. I can’t eat. I can’t send my children to school and I can’t even cross the entrance to my neighbourhood,” she said. Every time she needs to go near dèyè mi, or go through that area to exit Cité Soleil, she is terrified. Last time she tried to go through dèyè mi despite her fear, she was sexually abused again. Gang members stopped her at 11am and forced her to take all her clothes off. “I thought they were going to rape me,” she said. But they didn’t. Instead, they told her to stay face down on the pavement with her legs apart, for hours. The sun was hitting hard. “They made me lie down with my vagina directly on the ground, which was very hot,” Tamara said. “They told us they had raped us enough times, and that since we have AIDS they had decided not to”. Tamara did not contract AIDS, but for gang members, bringing up STDs is another way to aggress women, by denigrating them. “At around 2pm, they told us we could leave and go give infections to other thieves”, Tamara recalled. “Since then, I haven’t felt well. I can’t bear all this anymore.” Data difficulties: Even assessing the scale and needs is hard Data on gender-based violence, and rape by gang members specifically, is very limited in Haiti because attacks so often go unreported. However, a recent UN study and records kept by Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) do shed some light on its scale, at least in the capital. The study, which surveyed 591 women and girls from in and around Cité Soleil in December 2022, showed that areas with lower levels of gang warfare registered fewer cases of GBV and that sexual violence was concentrated in the Brooklyn neighborhood, where the three survivors come from. The area was the scene of intense gang conflict in 2022. Eighty percent of the women and girls who participated in this research had been victims of one or multiple forms of sexual violence by one or more perpetrators. In 33% of the cases, the assailants were described as bandits, gang members, or kidnappers. Fourteen percent of the victims were only 10 to 18 years old. Eighty-four percent of the study respondents did not report the attacks they were victims of. When the perpetrator was a stranger, most said that they believed, “it would put them in danger from the gangs, including risk of death; that they did not trust the local authorities, fearing retaliation; that they did not know where or how to report; or they felt in general that there was no state presence”. Forty percent of the women and girls interviewed said they did not have access to healthcare after their assault; the reasons for that were either that there was no staff, that the health services were too far away, that reaching them was too dangerous, or that they did not want to be identified. The vast majority of those who had access to healthcare (83%) said it had been beneficial. Sixty-nine percent of respondents said they most would want to see a psychologist, psychotherapist, or psychiatrist. Alarming statistics The three survivors interviewed by The New Humanitarian have all received support from Nègès Mawon, one of the few Haitian NGOs assisting victims of rape. The feminist organisation assigns rape survivors a sponsor who takes them to medical services (MSF, AHF Haiti, and Zanmi Lasante) for medical care, treatment, or follow-ups. The sponsor, who is usually a survivor of sexual violence herself, helps them with the legal process as well. If the victim doesn’t want to report the rape, the information is sent to the National Network of Human Rights Defense (RNDDH) to keep a record of each case and document it, in the hope that the information could still be used for prosecution if the justice system improves. Nègès Mawon also has a psychologist available for the victims and provides them with the money for transportation to reach its offices, or to get to the different centres giving them support. Between May 2022 and March 2023, the organisation registered 652 cases of women and girl rape victims in just four neighbourhoods of Port-au-Prince, including Cité Soleil. Fourteen of them became pregnant as a result of the rape, eight had complications from self-managed abortions, 90 contracted STDs, and nine were murdered. MSF also has alarming statistics. In the first five months of 2023, the organisation assisted 1,005 survivors of sexual violence in Port-au-Prince – almost twice the number they registered during the same period of 2022. Michele Trainiti, MSF’s head of mission in Haiti, told The New Humanitarian that the profile of perpetrators has changed. While victims used to be predominantly assaulted by someone from their family or intimate circle, now only 20% of the perpetrators belong to that category. MSF records, however, do not entirely reflect the reality, Trainiti explained. “The trend is increasing, but we don’t have access everywhere in Haiti, and the patients also have challenges in accessing our services,” he said. “Our data has to be taken only as the tip of the iceberg; it does not reflect the extent of the needs, which are way higher.” This story was originally published by The New Humanitarian. ‘Impossible to Have Healthy People on a Sick Planet’: Fighting Back Against Air Pollution 30/06/2023 Maayan Hoffman The World Health Organization (WHO) estimates that some 99% of the world’s population lives where the WHO air quality guidelines are not met. Air pollution poses one of the most significant environmental risks to health in the modern world, and in the latest episode of the “Global Health Matters” podcast, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with two grassroots advocates about their experiences in dealing with the impact of air pollution on their communities. “We have poor black communities that were never intended and were never allowed to reach any other potential other than unskilled or low-skilled workers,” Rico Euripidou, Campaign Coordinator for GroundWork, an environmental justice NGO working primarily in southern Africa, said. Referencing what he sees in poorer South African communities, Euripidou stated, “These people bear a disproportionate burden from the environmental determinants of health. They have higher levels of air pollution.” Speaking of her own experiences working in Indian communities, Shweta Narayan, Global Climate & Health Campaigner of Health Care Without Harm, told Aslanyan that “fence-line communities in India are also in a similar position. They are economically, socially, and politically marginalised. The most polluted sites in the country are away from their policy-makers. They are far from where you see. They are just invisibilized. So a lot of our work with fence-line communities is to make visible this invisible.” South Asia and India have suffered from lack of investments in clean transport and energy generation that would reduce outdoor air pollution sources It is widely acknowledged that government policies and investments supporting cleaner transport, renewable power generation, more energy-efficient homes, industry, and better municipal waste management would reduce key sources of outdoor air pollution. South Africa and India have long suffered from poorer implementation of legislation. South Africa brought in a Clean Air Act in 2004, but Euripidou stated that actual implementation has been difficult. “Those plans were never, ever put into effect. So municipalities in South Africa that are struggling with service delivery just didn’t have the wherewithal; they didn’t have the budgets to appoint air quality officers, to maintain the air pollution monitoring equipment in their jurisdictions, or to do sufficient investigations for exceedances of ambient air quality.” Narayan has had some success in engaging local government in India, referencing a project working with the Health Department in the State of Chhattisgarh, where local health workers “have trained themselves in the science of air pollution, and they have been able to use low-cost devices to identify what the air quality is like so that they can use that information to advise vulnerable populations.” As for what the future holds, both Naryan and Euripidou are optimistic that the situation is still reversible as long as governments take immediate action. And immediate action is needed: the WHO estimates that between seven and nine million people die annually from health complications caused by air pollution. The tipping point of no return is not too far in the future though, as Narayan states: “It is impossible to have healthy people on a sick planet. The blatant disregard for the environment, which is entrenched in our current economic and social models, has pushed the natural world to its limits.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters. Image Credits: TDR. TB Vaccine Candidate Receives $550M Boost for Phase 3 Trial 29/06/2023 Megha Kaveri The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and SouthEast Asia. A tuberculosis (TB) vaccine candidate that has shown modest efficacy rates received a $550 million boost from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and Wellcome Trust, which announced on Tuesday that they will cover its Phase 3 clinical trials. The candidate vaccine, M72, showed modest 54% efficacy in preventing the development of symptomatic TB in a Phase 2b trial involving over 3500 adults with latent TB. The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and Southeast Asia. If this phase of the trials returns effective results, M72 will be the first vaccine targeting adults and adolescents, protecting those who already have latent TB infection from developing severe infection. Around 5%-10% of those with latent TB infection go on to develop TB disease. People with weak immune systems, especially those living with HIV, are at a higher risk for developing the disease. Although M72’s efficacy is modest, a TB vaccine for adults with at least 50% efficacy can avert up to 8.5 million TB deaths and up to 76 million new infections by 2050. “To support the M72 Phase III clinical trial, which will cost an estimated US$550 million, Wellcome is providing up to $150 million and the Gates Foundation will fund the remainder, about $400 million,” a press release from BMGF said. “TB remains one of the world’s deadliest infectious diseases,” said Julia Gillard, chair of the Board of Governors at Wellcome. “Sustainable progress against TB and wider disease threats will depend on global collaboration, financial backing, and political will.” The only TB vaccine in use today, Bacille Calmette-Guérin (BCG), was first given to people in 1921. It helps protect babies and young children against severe systemic forms of TB but offers limited protection against pulmonary TB among adolescents and adults. “With TB cases and deaths on the rise, the need for new tools has never been more urgent,” said Bill Gates, co-chair of the BMGF. “Greater investment in safe and effective TB vaccines alongside a suite of new diagnostics and treatments could transform TB care for millions of people, saving lives and lowering the burden of this devastating and costly disease.” M72 was initially developed by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in partnership with Aeras and the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative (IAVI), but GSK has since transferred the vaccine’s license to the Gates Medical Research Institute (Gates MRI), an affiliate of the BMGF. M72 is one of 17 TB vaccine candidates currently in the development pipeline. Image Credits: Photo by Diana Polekhina on Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Marburg, Ebola Sudan Vaccines Might Get Share of COVAX Surplus 04/07/2023 Megha Kaveri A COVAX vaccine delivery to Africa in April 2021. Some of the $2.6 billion that remains in a COVID-19 vaccine delivery scheme, COVAX, could be redirected into investment into investigational vaccine candidates for Marburg Virus Disease (MVD) and Ebola Sudan strain virus, as well as over half a dozen other vaccine programmes that were suspended due to the pandemic or delays in product development, a spokesperson for the Global Vaccine Alliance (Gavi) told Health Policy Watch. COVAX is a COVID vaccine initiative jointly run by Gavi, the World Health Organization (WHO), and the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) co-sponsored by WHO and financed by donations from high-income countries. 92 low- and middle-income countries can participate through COVAX Advanced Market Commitment [AMC], a financing instrument launched by Gavi. Pilot trials for new MVD and Ebola vaccines were among a series of new investments approved by the Gavi Board last week, in part with the support of the surplus funds from unused COVID vaccine delivery to low-income countries. The board also approved new investments into a hexavalent vaccine which will offer protection against six diseases–- diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis (whooping cough), hepatitis B and Haemophilus influenzae type b, and the inactivated polio vaccine (IPV). However, the Board remains committed to making COVID-19 vaccines available to high-risk groups in eligible low-income countries until 2025, a Gavi press statement underlined. Restarting programmes in new vaccinations The agency is also taking advantage of the lull in COVID vaccine demand to restart programmes introducing approved vaccines against hepatitis B, DTP boosters, a post-exposure prophylaxis for rabies, maternal RSV, and a multivalent meningococcal conjugate vaccine. “Decisions taken by our Board will help countries fight disease more cost-effectively, be better equipped to fight back against emerging threats and continue to protect those most at risk from COVID-19,” said Professor José Manuel Barroso, chair of the Gavi Board. He said the decisions will bolster Gavi’s record as “an innovator and a disrupter in global health.” “The next steps in this process are to continue working with Alliance partners, particularly the WHO, UNICEF and countries to create timelines, technical guidance for introduction of these new products, and outline the parameters of these new programmes,” the press statement added. In its meeting, the Board also approved a long list of vaccines to be considered in the agency’s next vaccine investment strategy, which is expected to be finalized in 2024. Those include licensed or pipeline products against hepatitis E, Mpox, dengue, COVID-19, tuberculosis, group B streptococcus, chikungunya and shigella. Investment in the global stockpile of vaccines The Gavi board described its allocation to global stockpiles of vaccine candidates against MVD and Ebola Sudan virus as a “time-limited investment”, pending recommendations by “scientific expert groups”. “The concept of Global Virtual Pool Inventories (GVPIs) is to establish small reserves of investigational vaccine candidates, which would be ready for use [condition] in the event of an outbreak,” the press statement said. Opportunities to jumpstart a clinical trial of vaccine candidates for Ebola Sudan Virus were missed late last year because it took time to get the vaccines into place in Uganda, at which point the outbreak was already in decline, and was finally declared over in early 2023. In early 2023, 2000 doses of MVD vaccine candidates were made available for administration as part of a planned “ring trial” among those diagnosed with the disease during the recent outbreak in Africa. However, the WHO couldn’t proceed with the trials due to lack of sufficient participants, followed by the eventual declaration that the MVD outbreak was over in late March. There are no global stockpiles of vaccines for MVD and Ebola Sudan virus at present, partly because the vaccines have not been approved by regulators. But experts have emphasized that having stockpiles available and ready for more rapid deployment could facilitate trials that demonstrate vaccine efficacy – or lack thereof. Image Credits: WHO. WHO Launches New Guideline for Protecting Children from Unhealthy Food Marketing 03/07/2023 Stefan Anderson The World Health Organization (WHO) launched a new guideline on Monday in a bid to push governments to adopt more stringent regulations on the marketing of unhealthy foods high in saturated fatty acids, trans-fatty acids, free sugars or salt (HFSS) to children. The UN health body has hardened its stance on what it describes as predatory practices used by fast food companies. This is the first time the WHO has advised countries that only mandatory regulations to curb the industry’s ability to target children will address the problem. WHO added that the ubiquity of advertising means the measures must also “go beyond children’s media”. “Marketing is done to promote products, and promoting products is done to improve profits,” Francesco Branca, WHO Director of Nutrition and Food Safety told reporters on Monday. “This is a classic situation where there is a conflict between the objectives of private entities and the interests of public health.” The updated guidance follows over a decade of stalled progress since the World Health Assembly first endorsed recommendations to protect children from harmful food marketing in 2010. Thirteen years on, policy coverage around the world remains poor, with just 60 countries worldwide adopting policies restricting food marketing to children. Only 20 of them have passed mandatory legislation. And the laws that are in place often have holes. For example, policies currently in place often only protect young children under the age of five, and many do not cover digital marketing, the main source of ad exposure for children in a digitized world. “It is an increasing worry for all of us that children are now exposed to harmful food marketing in digital spaces,” said Dr Ailan Li, Assistant Director-General for Healthier Populations at WHO. “Digital marketing is the most important now, and for the future.” Guideline’s goal is to stem childhood obesity Almost no progress has been made in reducing childhood obesity in two decades. WHO’s drive to limit the power of unhealthy foods marketing to children is grounded in concern around the childhood obesity epidemic gripping the world, especially low- and middle-income countries. Almost no progress has been made in batting back childhood obesity rates in over two decades. Nearly 40 million children under the age of 5 were estimated to be overweight or obese in 2020 – 41% them living in low- and lower-middle-income countries – and another 337 million children aged 5-19 suffered the same conditions in 2016, the most recent year for which data is available. Efforts by industry to address the negative health effects of their food products exist, but continue to fall short. Interference in policymaking by the food industry through lobby groups remains commonplace, Li said, often resulting in “weakened, delayed or defeated policies”. With no sign industry will voluntarily restrict itself in more meaningful ways, WHO officials say it is time to accept the market realities and impose regulations from the top down. “The obligation of commercial actors is to continue practices that prioritize profit over health unless required to do otherwise,” said Juliette McHardy, a legal expert consulting on the commercial determinants of health at WHO. “Certain health-harming industries are by the very nature of their business models misaligned with the public health interests … including those segments of the food industry whose product portfolio largely comprises unhealthy options,” she said. “The principal profit generating products and services of these industries require they grow their markets by shaping our preferences and knowledge in favour of harmful products and behaviours.” Children’s right to health threatened Mother and son in Usolanga, Tanzania. Childhood fat is traditionally seen as a sign of abundance, but too much of it can lead to obesity and related diseases later in life. Marketing harmful foods to children is not just a question of healthy diets: it is a question of children’s rights. This is the conclusion arrived at by WHO based on the nearly 200 studies of children’s exposure to food marketing and its influence on eating-related attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors in children reviewed to estblish its updated guidance. “Arguments in defense of marketing fade when the marketed products harm health and when marketing poses a threat to children’s rights,” WHO said. “Marketing is a recognized means to promote products that are harmful to health.” The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, ratified in 1989, recognizes the right of children to health, the achievement of their full developmental potential, privacy and freedom from exploitation. The omnipresence of marketing for unhealthy foods in the day to day lives of children – whether on television, at school, on social media or at sports clubs – violates those rights, as does the non-consensual exposure of children to advertisements that have the power to dictate health outcomes for them when they are adults, WHO said. “Countries that are State Parties to the Convention are obliged to take action toward the fulfilment and realization of children’s rights,” said WHO. “This should include actions to protect children from marketing of HFSS foods as such marketing negatively affects children’s rights, such as the rights to health, adequate and nutritious food, privacy and freedom from exploitation.” Dietary risks caused nearly 8 million deaths and over 10% of all disability-adjusted life years lost to NCDs in 2019. The evidence conclusively shows that marketing foods high in saturated fats, sugars and salt can influence children’s dietary preferences, and governments must do what they can to prevent children from becoming one of those statistics, WHO experts said. “A core part of regulating health-harming markets and market segments is narrowing in on the core business models of relevant commercial actors and reducing their ability to use marketing and other tactics to shape public preferences and undermine public knowledge of harms,” said McHardy. “Building up public sector capacity in this way reduces those asymmetries in power which undermine political will and capacity to effectively devise, adopt and enforce marketing and other regulations,” she said. For the younger generations accustomed to seeing their futures overlooked for the sake of profit in the climate debate, the financial motive behind the marketing of unhealthy foods strikes a personal chord. “By allowing predatory marketing to infiltrate our schools, our media and our communities, we are really jeopardising the rights of our children to grow, learn and develop free from exploitation,” said Pierre Cook Jr., Technical Advisor for Youth Voices at the Healthy Caribbean Coalition. “Profit often trumps the well-being of our children. We need to be steadfast in our resolve to challenge this pervasive culture of exploitation.” Image Credits: World Obesity, Jen Wen Luoh. India Introduces ‘Green Credit’ Scheme to Drive Clean Development – But Feasibility of Plan Unclear 30/06/2023 Jyoti Pande Lavakare Santragachi Lake near Kolkata is heavily polluted, as are many waterways in India. India this week published the draft of a Green Credit Programme aimed at incentivising environmentally conscious practices to promote a sustainable lifestyle as part of the broader Indian initiative, Lifestyle for Environment (LiFE). The new Green Credit Programme aims to lay the foundation for a market-based mechanism to promote “a grassroot mass movement for combating climate change, enhancing environment actions to propagate a healthy and sustainable way of living based on traditions and values of conservation and moderation, and for sustainable and environment-friendly development.” The official Gazette notification from the Ministry of Environment and Forests was published on Tuesday, five months after the plan was announced in Parliament. However, climate and environmental activists have generally taken a “wait-and-see” attitude to the initiative, saying it would be difficult to assess until the value of the credits is established – along with a mechanism for awarding them efficiently and with integrity. Key areas overlooked The Green Credits Programme will be implemented through pilots in eight sectors, primarily affecting rural areas. These, according to the text of the government gazette, will include: tree planting; water conservation, water harvesting and water use efficiency, including treatment and reuse of wastewater; regenerative agricultural practices and land restoration to improve productivity, soil health and nutritional value of food produced; sustainable and improved practices for waste management, including collection, segregation and treatment; conservation and restoration of mangroves; measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities; construction of buildings and other infrastructure using sustainable technologies and materials. But electricity production and transport – two of the biggest sources of pollution in India – are not mentioned at all. The initiative does, however, make reference to credits for “measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities.” India currently suffers from some of the highest air pollution levels in the world – with peaks regularly recorded in late autumn when rural crop waste burning by farmers, a spike in household heating, and weather conditions all combine to make the Delhi region, in particular, an air pollution sinkhole. So far the central government has failed to make serious efforts to incentivize alternatives to crop stubble burning, one of the leading drivers of seasonal air pollution emergencies. Punja, India – Crop burning reduces crop yield and worsens air pollution Budget allocation unclear The government first proposed the Green Credit initiative on 1 February as part of its 2023-2024 budget, describing it as a national voluntary market mechanism. Although funds weren’t allocated explicitly for this, any administrative costs for this initiative are likely to come from the increased budget allocation for the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, which went up from a revised estimate of Rs 2,478 crore ($301million) in the last budget to Rs 3,079.4 crore ($375 million) this year. Alternatively, funds could come from the Rs 35,000 crore allocated to achieve energy transition and net zero emissions. By leveraging a “competitive market-based approach for Green Credits,” the government said it aims to motivate individuals, private sector producers, farmers, small-scale industries, cooperatives, urban and rural local bodies, forestry enterprises and any organisations that generate positive environmental actions by “ incentivising voluntary environmental actions of various stakeholders”. Green credits will be tradable and those earning them will be able to sell these on a proposed domestic market platform. However, the mechanisms for assigning value to credits, awarding credit and enabling their transfer have yet to be created. Bureaucratic structure The initiative will be managed by a steering committee headed by the environment secretary and comprise officials across the ministries and departments concerned. To administer such an ambitious programme, the government envisages an Accredited Green Credit Verifier, an entity accredited and authorised by the Green Credit Programme Administrator to monitor and assess activities under the umbrella of India’s Environment Protection Act. Entities will have to register to qualify to generate Green Credits through an electronic database system maintained by the Green Credit Programme Administrator or its accredited agency to record the issuance and exchange of Green Credits. The government has appointed the Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education as the programme administrator responsible for implementing the Green Credit Programme including its management, monitoring and operation. The administrator will develop all guidelines, processes and procedures for implementation of the programme, constitute technical or sectoral committees for each activity to facilitate in developing methodologies and processes for registration of Green Credit activities and issuance of Green Credits and help set up a credible trading platform and generate demand for such credits. According to the draft policy, anyone engaged in positive environmental interventions can earn Green Credits. For example, a company which undertakes water harvesting and reuse or invests in restoring mangrove forests in a state can earn Green Credits, which can subsequently be sold at the trading platform once a steering committee has validated them. Each Green Credit would have a monetary value assigned to it and can be traded, but there is no indication of how the different activities will be weighed. In addition, there is a danger of too much bureaucracy. Industry associations will be included in the steering committee that governs the implementation of the Green Credit policy – meaning that pressures from polluting industries could overwhelm the programme. The various parties mentioned by the notice –a steering committee of officials from different ministries, accredited Green Credit verifiers, third-party certifiers and many other committees – could have very different views on environmental issues. It would complicate its implementation “It’s a work-in-progress, well-intentioned, using all the correct words, but without financial details,” said a Delhi-based scientist who spoke with Health Policy Watch, but declined to be named. “It appears quite subjective. Let us see how this policy comes up. Its actual impact will depend on many factors.” A polluted water canal in India Incentivising farmers The emphasis on farmland and forests could, however, be at least an entry point to incentivising farmers to adopt alternatives to crop stubble burning – which creates devastating pollution in northern India every autumn. Conversely, however, there isn’t much emphasis at all on fostering alternatives to the other two leading drivers of air pollution and climate change – through clean power production and green mobility. In addition, it could be used by dirty industries to greenwash their environmentally unsound projects. However, it is still early days to evaluate this policy. The draft policy will be finalised in two months’ time after comments and objections are received and reviewed. Following that, the Ministry of Environment and Forests is supposed to begin to establish mechanisms for implementation, including technical committees for each sector to develop methodologies, standards and processes for registration of projects granting the credits. The technical committees will also determine the value of green credit to be awarded and more detailed eligibility criteria. The Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education (ICFRE) will also accredit a provider who will set up the trading platform for the exchange of Green Credit Certificates, as well as decide what entities can act as green credit verifiers. An environmental activity generating Green Credits may also generate climate co-benefits, the government noted. Therefore, many activities eligible for Green Credits may also be eligible for Carbon Credits, under a carbon credit trading scheme that is currently being developed by the Bureau of Energy Efficiency in the Ministry of Power, along with Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change. Jyoti Pande Lavakare is co-founder of the Indian clean air non-profit Care for Air. Her memoir, Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health on the human cost of air pollution simplifies and amplifies the science behind air pollution. Image Credits: Biswarup Ganguly, Neil Palmer, MacKay Savage. Haitian Gangs Use Rape as Weapon of Terror – And There is Little Support for Survivors 30/06/2023 André Paultre & Daniela Mohor Some 80% of the neighbourhoods of Haiti’s capital city, Port-au-Prince, are controlled by gangs who rape with impunity. PORT-AU-PRINCE – In Haiti, rape has become a weapon of war for gangs. What happens in the hours and days after women and girls are raped can determine their future, but most survivors face insurmountable obstacles before they can start recovering physically and mentally. And that’s if they aren’t raped a second time or third time. Once a woman is raped in Haiti, she faces a maze of other challenges. These are just a few: Gang-controlled streets To reach safety, she must first traverse urban areas that have become battlefields. Roughly 80% of Port-au-Prince’s neighbourhoods are controlled by gangs. Hundreds of people have been killed or injured by stray bullets since the start of the year. Transport – Cost and access: Finding transport to reach a clinic or hospital outside of her neighbourhood can be challenging and expensive. Transport options have been reduced due to rolling fuel shortages, inflation, and fears of kidnappings. Prices for some trips have quadrupled in the past year. Healthcare – Shuttered clinics Several clinics and hospitals have suspended some of their services or closed due to gang violence; others are full because of the cholera outbreak. Staff shortages are chronic. Although most of Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) hospitals are now open, some are not operating at full capacity. The MSF clinic in Cité Soleil, one of the neighbourhoods most impacted by the gang violence, closed between March and the end of May due to insecurity. The organisation continues to run mobile clinics in some areas. Pregnancies and STDs Prophylactics for HIV and other sexually transmitted diseases are usually available. Emergency contraception is also available, but many women fail to reach a clinic within the 72-hour window. Abortion is still illegal in Haiti. For women who can afford it, Misoprostol – sold as Cytotec in Haiti – is often used to induce abortions and can be found in pharmacies or with street-sellers. Follow-up care is another story. Unsafe abortions contribute to Haiti’s high maternal morbidity rate, already the highest in the western hemisphere. Trauma counselling Even if a woman manages to access emergency healthcare, it is less likely she will be given long-term counselling for trauma after rape. Haiti has long had a shortage of mental healthcare workers, and therapy has often been viewed as a luxury most can’t afford when the urgency of basic survival needs are the priority. The social stigma of sexual violence also leads many rape survivors to carry the burden in silence. Police Most rapes go unreported, and with good reason. Many police stations have been abandoned after being torched and looted by gangs. Dozens of police officers have also been violently killed or kidnapped by gang members. With little money left in Haiti’s coffers, dozens of officers held protests earlier this year. More than 3,000 have left the force since 2021. Housing Women often flee their homes and neighbourhoods after rapes. More than 160,000 people have been displaced. With scant government support and a lack of protected displacement sites, some women have reported being raped again in these insecure environments. Legal system Even when Haiti had a functioning government, very few rape cases ever made it to trial. With no remaining elected officials left, many of Haiti’s institutions – including the courts – have screeched to a halt. Clerks are often on strike, and limited governmental funding means many court offices are run down or closed. Although victims technically have access to the justice system, many can’t afford attorneys. Three survivors from Cité Soleil, a shantytown on the outskirts of the capital that is entirely controlled by gangs, tell their stories. For safety reasons, their names have been changed, but their testimonies (which they voice themselves in the short video clips below) are all too real, and their experiences reflect those of an untold number of women who, just like them, confront impossible challenges and dangers every day just to keep themselves and their children alive. There is little support for rape survivors. Kari: ‘We can’t find support. It’s war everywhere.’ Kari, 39, had already lost her baby and her husband to gang violence before she was raped, then later kidnapped. While held captive, she was beaten and raped again repeatedly over three days before being released naked into the streets. She sees no point in reporting any of it to the police. Struggling psychologically and physically from an infection due to the rapes, and trying to look after five children on her own, Kari has received no assistance, bar some food from a local priest and some support from a women’s community organisation. Kari’s testimony: First, Kari, a 39-year-old resident of Cité Soleil, lost her baby to a stray bullet. Less than a year later, in June 2021, her husband was shot by criminals while fishing on his canoe. Kari was still trying to recover from those tragedies when the bloody events of July 2022 unfolded. That month, 10 days of heavy gang warfare in the seaside shantytown left nearly 500 people wounded, missing, or dead; multiple sexual assaults were registered; and 3,000 people fled their homes, Kari and four of her children among them. “I started to live badly on 8 July 2022. [Gang members] burned my house down and were violent to me. I wasn’t a victim of sexual violence, but they raped a young woman who was living in the house. I lost all my important documents,” she said. Since the death of her husband, Kari had been struggling to meet her children´s needs. She made money selling goods – fish, rice, dried baby shrimps – but the attack of July 2022 left her with nothing. Helpless, she fled the neighbourhood with a group of people. To do so, they had to cross an area called dèyè mi (“behind the wall” in Krèyol), known to be the frontier between two gangs ́ territory. It is also the only way in and out of the Brooklyn neighbourhood of Cité Soleil where she lived. “As I was walking in dèyè mi with other people because there was no public transportation, men from the area grabbed us and raped us,” she said. “I was also hit by a bullet and my leg still hasn’t healed. When it rains, the pain dominates me.” Kari spent some time living in the Plaza Hugo Chávez, a public square in the centre of Port-au-Prince where thousands of Haitians fleeing from violence had settled in an improvised camp. She had managed to take a few things from her house to sell, but the precarity of her situation pushed her to leave for the Dominican Republic with her two youngest children, aged 17 and 11. She didn’t last long in the neighbouring country – Haiti and the Dominican Republic share the Caribbean island of Hispaniola – as her children couldn’t get proper schooling there. Three months later, they returned to Port-au-Prince. Back home, she started trading again, as many women do to survive. On Tuesday 14 March, she took a bus with 16 other women she used to sell products with. Their destination was Arcahaie, a town 25 miles northwest of the capital. Travelling out of Cité-Soleil is not safe, but Kari didn’t have a choice. Business had started to slow, and she had borrowed the equivalent of $140, only managing to give $18 back. “While I was going to Arcahaie, arriving at Source Matelas (a neighbourhood north of the capital where there have been a series of violent gang raids in the past few months), people stopped the bus I was on and ordered us to get down and follow a funeral,” Kari said. After the funeral, she and other women were kidnapped by the men who had forced them out of the bus. “We entered a house. They asked for our identification documents. I told them that I had come to sell, that I had no ID with me,” she said. “They pushed us and said that we surely live in the area of Ti Gabriel (one of Cité Soleil´s gang leaders). ´You are thieves, we are going to kill you,’ they told us.” The men kept them captives for three days, beating and raping them repeatedly. “They did everything they shouldn’t do to us,” Kari recalled. “When I was still conscious, I counted seven men. I am asthmatic, and although I had an asthma attack, they kept beating me,” she said. She ended up passing out, but that didn’t stop her assailants either. “When I regained consciousness, I saw young men who could have been my children raping me. I told them: ´If you want to kill me, you can do it, even if I have young children; God will continue to watch over them. It’s better to kill me.’” During those three days, the women had to do the gang members‘ laundry. They barely ate. The men constantly told their captives they would kill them and continued to rape them, until the fourth night came. “After all that, they changed the dialogue and asked us if we wanted to stay with them. I told them that I have four children without a father. We spoke to them at length. In the end, they released us, naked. As we left, people of goodwill in the area gave us clothes to put on.” It took Kari eight hours to reach her mother for help. Kari´s mother bought medicinal leaves to take care of her wounds. The window to take medication to prevent unwanted pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases is 72 hours, but 15 days passed before a friend convinced Kari to go to the hospital. There, she received medication for an infection, but she still hasn’t fully recovered. Kari hasn’t been to the police to file a complaint. She doesn’t believe it will make a difference. “There is no justice,” she said. Since the kidnapping, Kari lives in extreme poverty. The gang members stole all the goods she planned to sell, which means she has no money to resume her business. She still has to pay her debt and is now also responsible for her fifth child as well – a six-year-old girl who hadn’t been living with her before. Kari doesn’t have enough money to pay for rent, so they live in a camp set up in a school. When it rains, they must spend the night standing or sleep under the water. To eat, they depend on a priest who distributes food; for water, they rely on rain. Pressed by their desperation even for basic food needs, her 20-year-old son, the eldest, dropped his studies to go fishing. Kari blames authorities for her situation, and for leaving her no other option than risking her life to survive. “We, who are from Brooklyn, have never had the Haitian state saying ‘no, [these violent attacks] shouldn’t take place. If we had enough money, I don’t think we would be in the streets. We know that if [the gang members] take us, they will kill us.” Since the rape of last March, Kari has been struggling psychologically. The only support she has found is at the women’s organisation Nègès Mawon. But in the past few weeks, the rise in gang-related violence has prevented her from reaching the organisation, which is located in a neighbourhood out of Cité Soleil. She says she feels ashamed of what happened to her, and can´t overcome the trauma of her assaults. “I intended to hurt myself because I saw that I was living in bad circumstances. The violence I suffered in Source Matelas is the one affecting me the most,” she told The New Humanitarian. When she remembers what happened to her, she can’t hold back her tears. “I was a fat person; I became small as you see me. They took my business; they beat me, and they raped me”, she said. “I demand justice from [the authorities]. We who are unfortunate are asking for more security. In Cité Soleil, we suffer more. We can’t find support; it’s war everywhere.” Madeline: ‘My mother keeps crying – she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do.’ Madeline, 16, was heading home to Cité Soleil after trying to make some money reselling food in the city when armed men stopped her bus, killed some people on board, and took others hostage. Raped and beaten, she found herself covered in blood when she regained consciousness. An unknown number of men raped her over several days before she was released, again, naked. Later, at hospital, she learned she was pregnant from the rape. Feeling trapped by the rising tide of gang violence and the possibility of being raped again, Madeline has repeatedly tried to take her own life. Madeline’s testimony: The day she was raped, Madeline, a 16-year-old girl from Cité Soleil, had decided it was time to help her parents make some money. The situation was desperate for them. They barely had any food or clean water, and her school had been closed after several students got hit by bullets on their way back home after classes. “My parents had set aside money to pay for my education. But the school had to stop; that’s why I asked them for the money,” she said. They gave her 2,500 gourdes, the equivalent of $18. With that she bought cloves and dried baby shrimp to sell out of the capital, in Arcahaie, with a group of women. They reached the town and spent the day working. Then came the trip back to Port-au-Prince. “That day, we had been walking in the sun, selling all day and we were thirsty. After we finished, we were heading home when a group of armed men stopped the bus we were on. It was 28 March 2023,” Madeline recalled. “They drove the bus in the undergrowth. Afterward they beat us, some of us were killed, and we asked to be spared. They took us, they tore the clothes we were wearing, and they raped us. They abused us so much that I lost consciousness. When I woke up, I saw that I was soaked in blood.” Madeline and her companions were taken hostage for three days. She told The New Humanitarian she doesn’t remember how many men sexually abused her; they took turns. Following what appears to be a common modus operandi when the gangs in Haiti kidnap women, the perpetrators had their captives do their laundry and later released them naked. After the rape, Madeline was taken to the hospital, but not soon enough to be given emergency contraception. They told her she was pregnant. “I am very sad and in a lot of pain. I am now pregnant, and I have no relief. My mother has no money, nor does my father,” Madeline said. “My mother keeps crying; she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do. My father has not said a word. They are sad… Where I live, if it is blocked, we will not find water – there is only one road for access. Even for food, we cannot eat well.” Since the rape, Madeline has been feeling dizzy and having suicidal thoughts. “Several times I took water with Clorox [bleach] to drink. There is always someone who sees me and takes it from my hands to throw it away and advise me on it,” she said, adding that if she finds help, she will move somewhere else. “I hope in the future I can leave where I live to have another life. I have this in mind,” she said. “As long as you live in Cité Soleil, you always think that a bullet could hit you, that you could be a victim. I hope one day I will be free, that I will no longer be under (the gangs´) control.” Tamara: ‘I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.’ Tamara, 24, was raped by two gang members. When she regained consciousness, she found her husband had been killed and his body burnt. Two months later, she was raped again by three men after being set up by someone pretending to help her. She took her three children to a main square in the capital, Port-au-Prince, where she begged to survive until they were thrown out by the authorities. More recently, her nine-year-old daughter was also raped by a gang member. Tamara became pregnant from her ordeal and continues to suffer physically after drinking something on purpose to make herself abort. Tamara’s testimony: At 24, Tamara never had an easy life. She has taken care of herself since the age of 15, when she had her first child. She managed to get by. By the time she met her husband, she was already a mother of two. She started a new life with him, had another child, and he supported them all. They lived in Cité Soleil. On the night of 8 July 2022, they were woken up by violent clashes that erupted between gangs in the area. Her husband didn’t want to try to flee because he thought it wasn´t safe, but she convinced him that they needed to go. “The men invaded our neighbourhood. People were shot dead. They also set houses on fire. People were running everywhere. I didn’t want to die in the house; I had to leave,” Tamara said. They took their children and left their home with the little clothing they had on. They walked for hours. But when they reached dèyè mi, gang members stopped them. Tamara, in tears, recalled what happened next when they spoke to her husband. “The men said: ´Here is someone who has put his gun on the ground; he is running away because he sees that he is going to die´… While they were talking to him, some of them took me aside and two of them raped me on the grass. I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.” After that, Tamara asked for her husband; they told her to follow them. She found him severely beaten and could barely recognise him. When she went to him, the gang members hit her in the head and she lost consciousness. What she saw when she woke up is a trauma she will never overcome: Her husband’s body was completely burnt into charred remains. “Then, I took the three children and left… I went to Hugo Chávez square. I stayed there for four months in misery. I was selling water, begging for money. I worked with food vendors near the airport. I was doing things to be able to live,” she recalled. On 25 September 2022, Tamara was raped again. That day, her children – who are now nine, six, and one – had not eaten and were crying. “They were hungry; the baby had fallen ill because of the rain, so I arranged a bed for her and told the older ones to watch over her. It must have been 6 or 7pm. I went out and spoke to a man who asked me what my problem was and if he could help me”. Tamara explained her situation, and the man offered to buy her food and give her some money. She followed him until four different men stopped them and the original man ran away. She would later understand that it was all part of a set-up. When her captors took her to the nearby undergrowth, the man who had originally offered her to help was waiting for them. “He was sitting down and asked me: ´Am I your father to feed you? I don’t even know you.’ He started insulting me,” Tamara said. “They asked me to undress, and one said he would put a knife on my neck. Facing five men, I couldn’t fight and there was no help around.” Three of them brutally raped her. “After all of this, I told myself I had to die,” said Tamara. “I heard several voices [in my head] while I was looking for a place to do it. Some voices told me to kill myself; others told me that life was not over. I finally got dressed and left.” Three months later, she found out that she was pregnant and decided, despite her beliefs, to terminate her pregnancy. “I said I cannot be pregnant… I am in a country where I will find no support. I already have three children without a dad, so I was forced to make a sacrifice. I drank a liquid that led me to lose the child. I almost died, and everything is a problem. I had to do things I never agreed with in my life.” Tamara still struggles with the medical consequences of her self-managed abortion. Nègès Mawon has helped her by providing medication. But women victims of sexual violence in Haiti find no protection. Nor do their children. One night in November 2022, she recalled how the mayor of Tabarré – the municipality that has jurisdiction over Hugo Chávez Square – decided to evict the people living there and close the square. Civil protection brigadiers and police officers didn’t give them much time to take their belongings. Tamara lost the little she had. The state, she said, did’t help after this happened: “Some people received 5,000 Haitian gourdes ($35.5], while I received a coupon for food, but no money. Why?” Last February, Tamara suffered a new blow when her nine-year-old daughter was raped on her way to buy water in Cité Soleil. Two gang members held her down tightly, while a third raped her. “Since she was a victim, she has not been the same anymore. She has seemed absent; sometimes, she sits alone. When I call her, she reacts only when I am close to her,” Tamara said. “At the clinic, she has seen a psychologist, but I still need psychological support [for her] and support for her schooling.” To this day, she hasn’t filed a police report for any of the rapes. She says she doesn’t want “to face the bandits”, that she has been able to manage, even though it is sometimes difficult, especially since she is living back in Cité Soleil “I’m having a hard time. I can’t eat. I can’t send my children to school and I can’t even cross the entrance to my neighbourhood,” she said. Every time she needs to go near dèyè mi, or go through that area to exit Cité Soleil, she is terrified. Last time she tried to go through dèyè mi despite her fear, she was sexually abused again. Gang members stopped her at 11am and forced her to take all her clothes off. “I thought they were going to rape me,” she said. But they didn’t. Instead, they told her to stay face down on the pavement with her legs apart, for hours. The sun was hitting hard. “They made me lie down with my vagina directly on the ground, which was very hot,” Tamara said. “They told us they had raped us enough times, and that since we have AIDS they had decided not to”. Tamara did not contract AIDS, but for gang members, bringing up STDs is another way to aggress women, by denigrating them. “At around 2pm, they told us we could leave and go give infections to other thieves”, Tamara recalled. “Since then, I haven’t felt well. I can’t bear all this anymore.” Data difficulties: Even assessing the scale and needs is hard Data on gender-based violence, and rape by gang members specifically, is very limited in Haiti because attacks so often go unreported. However, a recent UN study and records kept by Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) do shed some light on its scale, at least in the capital. The study, which surveyed 591 women and girls from in and around Cité Soleil in December 2022, showed that areas with lower levels of gang warfare registered fewer cases of GBV and that sexual violence was concentrated in the Brooklyn neighborhood, where the three survivors come from. The area was the scene of intense gang conflict in 2022. Eighty percent of the women and girls who participated in this research had been victims of one or multiple forms of sexual violence by one or more perpetrators. In 33% of the cases, the assailants were described as bandits, gang members, or kidnappers. Fourteen percent of the victims were only 10 to 18 years old. Eighty-four percent of the study respondents did not report the attacks they were victims of. When the perpetrator was a stranger, most said that they believed, “it would put them in danger from the gangs, including risk of death; that they did not trust the local authorities, fearing retaliation; that they did not know where or how to report; or they felt in general that there was no state presence”. Forty percent of the women and girls interviewed said they did not have access to healthcare after their assault; the reasons for that were either that there was no staff, that the health services were too far away, that reaching them was too dangerous, or that they did not want to be identified. The vast majority of those who had access to healthcare (83%) said it had been beneficial. Sixty-nine percent of respondents said they most would want to see a psychologist, psychotherapist, or psychiatrist. Alarming statistics The three survivors interviewed by The New Humanitarian have all received support from Nègès Mawon, one of the few Haitian NGOs assisting victims of rape. The feminist organisation assigns rape survivors a sponsor who takes them to medical services (MSF, AHF Haiti, and Zanmi Lasante) for medical care, treatment, or follow-ups. The sponsor, who is usually a survivor of sexual violence herself, helps them with the legal process as well. If the victim doesn’t want to report the rape, the information is sent to the National Network of Human Rights Defense (RNDDH) to keep a record of each case and document it, in the hope that the information could still be used for prosecution if the justice system improves. Nègès Mawon also has a psychologist available for the victims and provides them with the money for transportation to reach its offices, or to get to the different centres giving them support. Between May 2022 and March 2023, the organisation registered 652 cases of women and girl rape victims in just four neighbourhoods of Port-au-Prince, including Cité Soleil. Fourteen of them became pregnant as a result of the rape, eight had complications from self-managed abortions, 90 contracted STDs, and nine were murdered. MSF also has alarming statistics. In the first five months of 2023, the organisation assisted 1,005 survivors of sexual violence in Port-au-Prince – almost twice the number they registered during the same period of 2022. Michele Trainiti, MSF’s head of mission in Haiti, told The New Humanitarian that the profile of perpetrators has changed. While victims used to be predominantly assaulted by someone from their family or intimate circle, now only 20% of the perpetrators belong to that category. MSF records, however, do not entirely reflect the reality, Trainiti explained. “The trend is increasing, but we don’t have access everywhere in Haiti, and the patients also have challenges in accessing our services,” he said. “Our data has to be taken only as the tip of the iceberg; it does not reflect the extent of the needs, which are way higher.” This story was originally published by The New Humanitarian. ‘Impossible to Have Healthy People on a Sick Planet’: Fighting Back Against Air Pollution 30/06/2023 Maayan Hoffman The World Health Organization (WHO) estimates that some 99% of the world’s population lives where the WHO air quality guidelines are not met. Air pollution poses one of the most significant environmental risks to health in the modern world, and in the latest episode of the “Global Health Matters” podcast, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with two grassroots advocates about their experiences in dealing with the impact of air pollution on their communities. “We have poor black communities that were never intended and were never allowed to reach any other potential other than unskilled or low-skilled workers,” Rico Euripidou, Campaign Coordinator for GroundWork, an environmental justice NGO working primarily in southern Africa, said. Referencing what he sees in poorer South African communities, Euripidou stated, “These people bear a disproportionate burden from the environmental determinants of health. They have higher levels of air pollution.” Speaking of her own experiences working in Indian communities, Shweta Narayan, Global Climate & Health Campaigner of Health Care Without Harm, told Aslanyan that “fence-line communities in India are also in a similar position. They are economically, socially, and politically marginalised. The most polluted sites in the country are away from their policy-makers. They are far from where you see. They are just invisibilized. So a lot of our work with fence-line communities is to make visible this invisible.” South Asia and India have suffered from lack of investments in clean transport and energy generation that would reduce outdoor air pollution sources It is widely acknowledged that government policies and investments supporting cleaner transport, renewable power generation, more energy-efficient homes, industry, and better municipal waste management would reduce key sources of outdoor air pollution. South Africa and India have long suffered from poorer implementation of legislation. South Africa brought in a Clean Air Act in 2004, but Euripidou stated that actual implementation has been difficult. “Those plans were never, ever put into effect. So municipalities in South Africa that are struggling with service delivery just didn’t have the wherewithal; they didn’t have the budgets to appoint air quality officers, to maintain the air pollution monitoring equipment in their jurisdictions, or to do sufficient investigations for exceedances of ambient air quality.” Narayan has had some success in engaging local government in India, referencing a project working with the Health Department in the State of Chhattisgarh, where local health workers “have trained themselves in the science of air pollution, and they have been able to use low-cost devices to identify what the air quality is like so that they can use that information to advise vulnerable populations.” As for what the future holds, both Naryan and Euripidou are optimistic that the situation is still reversible as long as governments take immediate action. And immediate action is needed: the WHO estimates that between seven and nine million people die annually from health complications caused by air pollution. The tipping point of no return is not too far in the future though, as Narayan states: “It is impossible to have healthy people on a sick planet. The blatant disregard for the environment, which is entrenched in our current economic and social models, has pushed the natural world to its limits.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters. Image Credits: TDR. TB Vaccine Candidate Receives $550M Boost for Phase 3 Trial 29/06/2023 Megha Kaveri The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and SouthEast Asia. A tuberculosis (TB) vaccine candidate that has shown modest efficacy rates received a $550 million boost from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and Wellcome Trust, which announced on Tuesday that they will cover its Phase 3 clinical trials. The candidate vaccine, M72, showed modest 54% efficacy in preventing the development of symptomatic TB in a Phase 2b trial involving over 3500 adults with latent TB. The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and Southeast Asia. If this phase of the trials returns effective results, M72 will be the first vaccine targeting adults and adolescents, protecting those who already have latent TB infection from developing severe infection. Around 5%-10% of those with latent TB infection go on to develop TB disease. People with weak immune systems, especially those living with HIV, are at a higher risk for developing the disease. Although M72’s efficacy is modest, a TB vaccine for adults with at least 50% efficacy can avert up to 8.5 million TB deaths and up to 76 million new infections by 2050. “To support the M72 Phase III clinical trial, which will cost an estimated US$550 million, Wellcome is providing up to $150 million and the Gates Foundation will fund the remainder, about $400 million,” a press release from BMGF said. “TB remains one of the world’s deadliest infectious diseases,” said Julia Gillard, chair of the Board of Governors at Wellcome. “Sustainable progress against TB and wider disease threats will depend on global collaboration, financial backing, and political will.” The only TB vaccine in use today, Bacille Calmette-Guérin (BCG), was first given to people in 1921. It helps protect babies and young children against severe systemic forms of TB but offers limited protection against pulmonary TB among adolescents and adults. “With TB cases and deaths on the rise, the need for new tools has never been more urgent,” said Bill Gates, co-chair of the BMGF. “Greater investment in safe and effective TB vaccines alongside a suite of new diagnostics and treatments could transform TB care for millions of people, saving lives and lowering the burden of this devastating and costly disease.” M72 was initially developed by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in partnership with Aeras and the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative (IAVI), but GSK has since transferred the vaccine’s license to the Gates Medical Research Institute (Gates MRI), an affiliate of the BMGF. M72 is one of 17 TB vaccine candidates currently in the development pipeline. Image Credits: Photo by Diana Polekhina on Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
WHO Launches New Guideline for Protecting Children from Unhealthy Food Marketing 03/07/2023 Stefan Anderson The World Health Organization (WHO) launched a new guideline on Monday in a bid to push governments to adopt more stringent regulations on the marketing of unhealthy foods high in saturated fatty acids, trans-fatty acids, free sugars or salt (HFSS) to children. The UN health body has hardened its stance on what it describes as predatory practices used by fast food companies. This is the first time the WHO has advised countries that only mandatory regulations to curb the industry’s ability to target children will address the problem. WHO added that the ubiquity of advertising means the measures must also “go beyond children’s media”. “Marketing is done to promote products, and promoting products is done to improve profits,” Francesco Branca, WHO Director of Nutrition and Food Safety told reporters on Monday. “This is a classic situation where there is a conflict between the objectives of private entities and the interests of public health.” The updated guidance follows over a decade of stalled progress since the World Health Assembly first endorsed recommendations to protect children from harmful food marketing in 2010. Thirteen years on, policy coverage around the world remains poor, with just 60 countries worldwide adopting policies restricting food marketing to children. Only 20 of them have passed mandatory legislation. And the laws that are in place often have holes. For example, policies currently in place often only protect young children under the age of five, and many do not cover digital marketing, the main source of ad exposure for children in a digitized world. “It is an increasing worry for all of us that children are now exposed to harmful food marketing in digital spaces,” said Dr Ailan Li, Assistant Director-General for Healthier Populations at WHO. “Digital marketing is the most important now, and for the future.” Guideline’s goal is to stem childhood obesity Almost no progress has been made in reducing childhood obesity in two decades. WHO’s drive to limit the power of unhealthy foods marketing to children is grounded in concern around the childhood obesity epidemic gripping the world, especially low- and middle-income countries. Almost no progress has been made in batting back childhood obesity rates in over two decades. Nearly 40 million children under the age of 5 were estimated to be overweight or obese in 2020 – 41% them living in low- and lower-middle-income countries – and another 337 million children aged 5-19 suffered the same conditions in 2016, the most recent year for which data is available. Efforts by industry to address the negative health effects of their food products exist, but continue to fall short. Interference in policymaking by the food industry through lobby groups remains commonplace, Li said, often resulting in “weakened, delayed or defeated policies”. With no sign industry will voluntarily restrict itself in more meaningful ways, WHO officials say it is time to accept the market realities and impose regulations from the top down. “The obligation of commercial actors is to continue practices that prioritize profit over health unless required to do otherwise,” said Juliette McHardy, a legal expert consulting on the commercial determinants of health at WHO. “Certain health-harming industries are by the very nature of their business models misaligned with the public health interests … including those segments of the food industry whose product portfolio largely comprises unhealthy options,” she said. “The principal profit generating products and services of these industries require they grow their markets by shaping our preferences and knowledge in favour of harmful products and behaviours.” Children’s right to health threatened Mother and son in Usolanga, Tanzania. Childhood fat is traditionally seen as a sign of abundance, but too much of it can lead to obesity and related diseases later in life. Marketing harmful foods to children is not just a question of healthy diets: it is a question of children’s rights. This is the conclusion arrived at by WHO based on the nearly 200 studies of children’s exposure to food marketing and its influence on eating-related attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors in children reviewed to estblish its updated guidance. “Arguments in defense of marketing fade when the marketed products harm health and when marketing poses a threat to children’s rights,” WHO said. “Marketing is a recognized means to promote products that are harmful to health.” The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, ratified in 1989, recognizes the right of children to health, the achievement of their full developmental potential, privacy and freedom from exploitation. The omnipresence of marketing for unhealthy foods in the day to day lives of children – whether on television, at school, on social media or at sports clubs – violates those rights, as does the non-consensual exposure of children to advertisements that have the power to dictate health outcomes for them when they are adults, WHO said. “Countries that are State Parties to the Convention are obliged to take action toward the fulfilment and realization of children’s rights,” said WHO. “This should include actions to protect children from marketing of HFSS foods as such marketing negatively affects children’s rights, such as the rights to health, adequate and nutritious food, privacy and freedom from exploitation.” Dietary risks caused nearly 8 million deaths and over 10% of all disability-adjusted life years lost to NCDs in 2019. The evidence conclusively shows that marketing foods high in saturated fats, sugars and salt can influence children’s dietary preferences, and governments must do what they can to prevent children from becoming one of those statistics, WHO experts said. “A core part of regulating health-harming markets and market segments is narrowing in on the core business models of relevant commercial actors and reducing their ability to use marketing and other tactics to shape public preferences and undermine public knowledge of harms,” said McHardy. “Building up public sector capacity in this way reduces those asymmetries in power which undermine political will and capacity to effectively devise, adopt and enforce marketing and other regulations,” she said. For the younger generations accustomed to seeing their futures overlooked for the sake of profit in the climate debate, the financial motive behind the marketing of unhealthy foods strikes a personal chord. “By allowing predatory marketing to infiltrate our schools, our media and our communities, we are really jeopardising the rights of our children to grow, learn and develop free from exploitation,” said Pierre Cook Jr., Technical Advisor for Youth Voices at the Healthy Caribbean Coalition. “Profit often trumps the well-being of our children. We need to be steadfast in our resolve to challenge this pervasive culture of exploitation.” Image Credits: World Obesity, Jen Wen Luoh. India Introduces ‘Green Credit’ Scheme to Drive Clean Development – But Feasibility of Plan Unclear 30/06/2023 Jyoti Pande Lavakare Santragachi Lake near Kolkata is heavily polluted, as are many waterways in India. India this week published the draft of a Green Credit Programme aimed at incentivising environmentally conscious practices to promote a sustainable lifestyle as part of the broader Indian initiative, Lifestyle for Environment (LiFE). The new Green Credit Programme aims to lay the foundation for a market-based mechanism to promote “a grassroot mass movement for combating climate change, enhancing environment actions to propagate a healthy and sustainable way of living based on traditions and values of conservation and moderation, and for sustainable and environment-friendly development.” The official Gazette notification from the Ministry of Environment and Forests was published on Tuesday, five months after the plan was announced in Parliament. However, climate and environmental activists have generally taken a “wait-and-see” attitude to the initiative, saying it would be difficult to assess until the value of the credits is established – along with a mechanism for awarding them efficiently and with integrity. Key areas overlooked The Green Credits Programme will be implemented through pilots in eight sectors, primarily affecting rural areas. These, according to the text of the government gazette, will include: tree planting; water conservation, water harvesting and water use efficiency, including treatment and reuse of wastewater; regenerative agricultural practices and land restoration to improve productivity, soil health and nutritional value of food produced; sustainable and improved practices for waste management, including collection, segregation and treatment; conservation and restoration of mangroves; measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities; construction of buildings and other infrastructure using sustainable technologies and materials. But electricity production and transport – two of the biggest sources of pollution in India – are not mentioned at all. The initiative does, however, make reference to credits for “measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities.” India currently suffers from some of the highest air pollution levels in the world – with peaks regularly recorded in late autumn when rural crop waste burning by farmers, a spike in household heating, and weather conditions all combine to make the Delhi region, in particular, an air pollution sinkhole. So far the central government has failed to make serious efforts to incentivize alternatives to crop stubble burning, one of the leading drivers of seasonal air pollution emergencies. Punja, India – Crop burning reduces crop yield and worsens air pollution Budget allocation unclear The government first proposed the Green Credit initiative on 1 February as part of its 2023-2024 budget, describing it as a national voluntary market mechanism. Although funds weren’t allocated explicitly for this, any administrative costs for this initiative are likely to come from the increased budget allocation for the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, which went up from a revised estimate of Rs 2,478 crore ($301million) in the last budget to Rs 3,079.4 crore ($375 million) this year. Alternatively, funds could come from the Rs 35,000 crore allocated to achieve energy transition and net zero emissions. By leveraging a “competitive market-based approach for Green Credits,” the government said it aims to motivate individuals, private sector producers, farmers, small-scale industries, cooperatives, urban and rural local bodies, forestry enterprises and any organisations that generate positive environmental actions by “ incentivising voluntary environmental actions of various stakeholders”. Green credits will be tradable and those earning them will be able to sell these on a proposed domestic market platform. However, the mechanisms for assigning value to credits, awarding credit and enabling their transfer have yet to be created. Bureaucratic structure The initiative will be managed by a steering committee headed by the environment secretary and comprise officials across the ministries and departments concerned. To administer such an ambitious programme, the government envisages an Accredited Green Credit Verifier, an entity accredited and authorised by the Green Credit Programme Administrator to monitor and assess activities under the umbrella of India’s Environment Protection Act. Entities will have to register to qualify to generate Green Credits through an electronic database system maintained by the Green Credit Programme Administrator or its accredited agency to record the issuance and exchange of Green Credits. The government has appointed the Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education as the programme administrator responsible for implementing the Green Credit Programme including its management, monitoring and operation. The administrator will develop all guidelines, processes and procedures for implementation of the programme, constitute technical or sectoral committees for each activity to facilitate in developing methodologies and processes for registration of Green Credit activities and issuance of Green Credits and help set up a credible trading platform and generate demand for such credits. According to the draft policy, anyone engaged in positive environmental interventions can earn Green Credits. For example, a company which undertakes water harvesting and reuse or invests in restoring mangrove forests in a state can earn Green Credits, which can subsequently be sold at the trading platform once a steering committee has validated them. Each Green Credit would have a monetary value assigned to it and can be traded, but there is no indication of how the different activities will be weighed. In addition, there is a danger of too much bureaucracy. Industry associations will be included in the steering committee that governs the implementation of the Green Credit policy – meaning that pressures from polluting industries could overwhelm the programme. The various parties mentioned by the notice –a steering committee of officials from different ministries, accredited Green Credit verifiers, third-party certifiers and many other committees – could have very different views on environmental issues. It would complicate its implementation “It’s a work-in-progress, well-intentioned, using all the correct words, but without financial details,” said a Delhi-based scientist who spoke with Health Policy Watch, but declined to be named. “It appears quite subjective. Let us see how this policy comes up. Its actual impact will depend on many factors.” A polluted water canal in India Incentivising farmers The emphasis on farmland and forests could, however, be at least an entry point to incentivising farmers to adopt alternatives to crop stubble burning – which creates devastating pollution in northern India every autumn. Conversely, however, there isn’t much emphasis at all on fostering alternatives to the other two leading drivers of air pollution and climate change – through clean power production and green mobility. In addition, it could be used by dirty industries to greenwash their environmentally unsound projects. However, it is still early days to evaluate this policy. The draft policy will be finalised in two months’ time after comments and objections are received and reviewed. Following that, the Ministry of Environment and Forests is supposed to begin to establish mechanisms for implementation, including technical committees for each sector to develop methodologies, standards and processes for registration of projects granting the credits. The technical committees will also determine the value of green credit to be awarded and more detailed eligibility criteria. The Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education (ICFRE) will also accredit a provider who will set up the trading platform for the exchange of Green Credit Certificates, as well as decide what entities can act as green credit verifiers. An environmental activity generating Green Credits may also generate climate co-benefits, the government noted. Therefore, many activities eligible for Green Credits may also be eligible for Carbon Credits, under a carbon credit trading scheme that is currently being developed by the Bureau of Energy Efficiency in the Ministry of Power, along with Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change. Jyoti Pande Lavakare is co-founder of the Indian clean air non-profit Care for Air. Her memoir, Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health on the human cost of air pollution simplifies and amplifies the science behind air pollution. Image Credits: Biswarup Ganguly, Neil Palmer, MacKay Savage. Haitian Gangs Use Rape as Weapon of Terror – And There is Little Support for Survivors 30/06/2023 André Paultre & Daniela Mohor Some 80% of the neighbourhoods of Haiti’s capital city, Port-au-Prince, are controlled by gangs who rape with impunity. PORT-AU-PRINCE – In Haiti, rape has become a weapon of war for gangs. What happens in the hours and days after women and girls are raped can determine their future, but most survivors face insurmountable obstacles before they can start recovering physically and mentally. And that’s if they aren’t raped a second time or third time. Once a woman is raped in Haiti, she faces a maze of other challenges. These are just a few: Gang-controlled streets To reach safety, she must first traverse urban areas that have become battlefields. Roughly 80% of Port-au-Prince’s neighbourhoods are controlled by gangs. Hundreds of people have been killed or injured by stray bullets since the start of the year. Transport – Cost and access: Finding transport to reach a clinic or hospital outside of her neighbourhood can be challenging and expensive. Transport options have been reduced due to rolling fuel shortages, inflation, and fears of kidnappings. Prices for some trips have quadrupled in the past year. Healthcare – Shuttered clinics Several clinics and hospitals have suspended some of their services or closed due to gang violence; others are full because of the cholera outbreak. Staff shortages are chronic. Although most of Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) hospitals are now open, some are not operating at full capacity. The MSF clinic in Cité Soleil, one of the neighbourhoods most impacted by the gang violence, closed between March and the end of May due to insecurity. The organisation continues to run mobile clinics in some areas. Pregnancies and STDs Prophylactics for HIV and other sexually transmitted diseases are usually available. Emergency contraception is also available, but many women fail to reach a clinic within the 72-hour window. Abortion is still illegal in Haiti. For women who can afford it, Misoprostol – sold as Cytotec in Haiti – is often used to induce abortions and can be found in pharmacies or with street-sellers. Follow-up care is another story. Unsafe abortions contribute to Haiti’s high maternal morbidity rate, already the highest in the western hemisphere. Trauma counselling Even if a woman manages to access emergency healthcare, it is less likely she will be given long-term counselling for trauma after rape. Haiti has long had a shortage of mental healthcare workers, and therapy has often been viewed as a luxury most can’t afford when the urgency of basic survival needs are the priority. The social stigma of sexual violence also leads many rape survivors to carry the burden in silence. Police Most rapes go unreported, and with good reason. Many police stations have been abandoned after being torched and looted by gangs. Dozens of police officers have also been violently killed or kidnapped by gang members. With little money left in Haiti’s coffers, dozens of officers held protests earlier this year. More than 3,000 have left the force since 2021. Housing Women often flee their homes and neighbourhoods after rapes. More than 160,000 people have been displaced. With scant government support and a lack of protected displacement sites, some women have reported being raped again in these insecure environments. Legal system Even when Haiti had a functioning government, very few rape cases ever made it to trial. With no remaining elected officials left, many of Haiti’s institutions – including the courts – have screeched to a halt. Clerks are often on strike, and limited governmental funding means many court offices are run down or closed. Although victims technically have access to the justice system, many can’t afford attorneys. Three survivors from Cité Soleil, a shantytown on the outskirts of the capital that is entirely controlled by gangs, tell their stories. For safety reasons, their names have been changed, but their testimonies (which they voice themselves in the short video clips below) are all too real, and their experiences reflect those of an untold number of women who, just like them, confront impossible challenges and dangers every day just to keep themselves and their children alive. There is little support for rape survivors. Kari: ‘We can’t find support. It’s war everywhere.’ Kari, 39, had already lost her baby and her husband to gang violence before she was raped, then later kidnapped. While held captive, she was beaten and raped again repeatedly over three days before being released naked into the streets. She sees no point in reporting any of it to the police. Struggling psychologically and physically from an infection due to the rapes, and trying to look after five children on her own, Kari has received no assistance, bar some food from a local priest and some support from a women’s community organisation. Kari’s testimony: First, Kari, a 39-year-old resident of Cité Soleil, lost her baby to a stray bullet. Less than a year later, in June 2021, her husband was shot by criminals while fishing on his canoe. Kari was still trying to recover from those tragedies when the bloody events of July 2022 unfolded. That month, 10 days of heavy gang warfare in the seaside shantytown left nearly 500 people wounded, missing, or dead; multiple sexual assaults were registered; and 3,000 people fled their homes, Kari and four of her children among them. “I started to live badly on 8 July 2022. [Gang members] burned my house down and were violent to me. I wasn’t a victim of sexual violence, but they raped a young woman who was living in the house. I lost all my important documents,” she said. Since the death of her husband, Kari had been struggling to meet her children´s needs. She made money selling goods – fish, rice, dried baby shrimps – but the attack of July 2022 left her with nothing. Helpless, she fled the neighbourhood with a group of people. To do so, they had to cross an area called dèyè mi (“behind the wall” in Krèyol), known to be the frontier between two gangs ́ territory. It is also the only way in and out of the Brooklyn neighbourhood of Cité Soleil where she lived. “As I was walking in dèyè mi with other people because there was no public transportation, men from the area grabbed us and raped us,” she said. “I was also hit by a bullet and my leg still hasn’t healed. When it rains, the pain dominates me.” Kari spent some time living in the Plaza Hugo Chávez, a public square in the centre of Port-au-Prince where thousands of Haitians fleeing from violence had settled in an improvised camp. She had managed to take a few things from her house to sell, but the precarity of her situation pushed her to leave for the Dominican Republic with her two youngest children, aged 17 and 11. She didn’t last long in the neighbouring country – Haiti and the Dominican Republic share the Caribbean island of Hispaniola – as her children couldn’t get proper schooling there. Three months later, they returned to Port-au-Prince. Back home, she started trading again, as many women do to survive. On Tuesday 14 March, she took a bus with 16 other women she used to sell products with. Their destination was Arcahaie, a town 25 miles northwest of the capital. Travelling out of Cité-Soleil is not safe, but Kari didn’t have a choice. Business had started to slow, and she had borrowed the equivalent of $140, only managing to give $18 back. “While I was going to Arcahaie, arriving at Source Matelas (a neighbourhood north of the capital where there have been a series of violent gang raids in the past few months), people stopped the bus I was on and ordered us to get down and follow a funeral,” Kari said. After the funeral, she and other women were kidnapped by the men who had forced them out of the bus. “We entered a house. They asked for our identification documents. I told them that I had come to sell, that I had no ID with me,” she said. “They pushed us and said that we surely live in the area of Ti Gabriel (one of Cité Soleil´s gang leaders). ´You are thieves, we are going to kill you,’ they told us.” The men kept them captives for three days, beating and raping them repeatedly. “They did everything they shouldn’t do to us,” Kari recalled. “When I was still conscious, I counted seven men. I am asthmatic, and although I had an asthma attack, they kept beating me,” she said. She ended up passing out, but that didn’t stop her assailants either. “When I regained consciousness, I saw young men who could have been my children raping me. I told them: ´If you want to kill me, you can do it, even if I have young children; God will continue to watch over them. It’s better to kill me.’” During those three days, the women had to do the gang members‘ laundry. They barely ate. The men constantly told their captives they would kill them and continued to rape them, until the fourth night came. “After all that, they changed the dialogue and asked us if we wanted to stay with them. I told them that I have four children without a father. We spoke to them at length. In the end, they released us, naked. As we left, people of goodwill in the area gave us clothes to put on.” It took Kari eight hours to reach her mother for help. Kari´s mother bought medicinal leaves to take care of her wounds. The window to take medication to prevent unwanted pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases is 72 hours, but 15 days passed before a friend convinced Kari to go to the hospital. There, she received medication for an infection, but she still hasn’t fully recovered. Kari hasn’t been to the police to file a complaint. She doesn’t believe it will make a difference. “There is no justice,” she said. Since the kidnapping, Kari lives in extreme poverty. The gang members stole all the goods she planned to sell, which means she has no money to resume her business. She still has to pay her debt and is now also responsible for her fifth child as well – a six-year-old girl who hadn’t been living with her before. Kari doesn’t have enough money to pay for rent, so they live in a camp set up in a school. When it rains, they must spend the night standing or sleep under the water. To eat, they depend on a priest who distributes food; for water, they rely on rain. Pressed by their desperation even for basic food needs, her 20-year-old son, the eldest, dropped his studies to go fishing. Kari blames authorities for her situation, and for leaving her no other option than risking her life to survive. “We, who are from Brooklyn, have never had the Haitian state saying ‘no, [these violent attacks] shouldn’t take place. If we had enough money, I don’t think we would be in the streets. We know that if [the gang members] take us, they will kill us.” Since the rape of last March, Kari has been struggling psychologically. The only support she has found is at the women’s organisation Nègès Mawon. But in the past few weeks, the rise in gang-related violence has prevented her from reaching the organisation, which is located in a neighbourhood out of Cité Soleil. She says she feels ashamed of what happened to her, and can´t overcome the trauma of her assaults. “I intended to hurt myself because I saw that I was living in bad circumstances. The violence I suffered in Source Matelas is the one affecting me the most,” she told The New Humanitarian. When she remembers what happened to her, she can’t hold back her tears. “I was a fat person; I became small as you see me. They took my business; they beat me, and they raped me”, she said. “I demand justice from [the authorities]. We who are unfortunate are asking for more security. In Cité Soleil, we suffer more. We can’t find support; it’s war everywhere.” Madeline: ‘My mother keeps crying – she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do.’ Madeline, 16, was heading home to Cité Soleil after trying to make some money reselling food in the city when armed men stopped her bus, killed some people on board, and took others hostage. Raped and beaten, she found herself covered in blood when she regained consciousness. An unknown number of men raped her over several days before she was released, again, naked. Later, at hospital, she learned she was pregnant from the rape. Feeling trapped by the rising tide of gang violence and the possibility of being raped again, Madeline has repeatedly tried to take her own life. Madeline’s testimony: The day she was raped, Madeline, a 16-year-old girl from Cité Soleil, had decided it was time to help her parents make some money. The situation was desperate for them. They barely had any food or clean water, and her school had been closed after several students got hit by bullets on their way back home after classes. “My parents had set aside money to pay for my education. But the school had to stop; that’s why I asked them for the money,” she said. They gave her 2,500 gourdes, the equivalent of $18. With that she bought cloves and dried baby shrimp to sell out of the capital, in Arcahaie, with a group of women. They reached the town and spent the day working. Then came the trip back to Port-au-Prince. “That day, we had been walking in the sun, selling all day and we were thirsty. After we finished, we were heading home when a group of armed men stopped the bus we were on. It was 28 March 2023,” Madeline recalled. “They drove the bus in the undergrowth. Afterward they beat us, some of us were killed, and we asked to be spared. They took us, they tore the clothes we were wearing, and they raped us. They abused us so much that I lost consciousness. When I woke up, I saw that I was soaked in blood.” Madeline and her companions were taken hostage for three days. She told The New Humanitarian she doesn’t remember how many men sexually abused her; they took turns. Following what appears to be a common modus operandi when the gangs in Haiti kidnap women, the perpetrators had their captives do their laundry and later released them naked. After the rape, Madeline was taken to the hospital, but not soon enough to be given emergency contraception. They told her she was pregnant. “I am very sad and in a lot of pain. I am now pregnant, and I have no relief. My mother has no money, nor does my father,” Madeline said. “My mother keeps crying; she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do. My father has not said a word. They are sad… Where I live, if it is blocked, we will not find water – there is only one road for access. Even for food, we cannot eat well.” Since the rape, Madeline has been feeling dizzy and having suicidal thoughts. “Several times I took water with Clorox [bleach] to drink. There is always someone who sees me and takes it from my hands to throw it away and advise me on it,” she said, adding that if she finds help, she will move somewhere else. “I hope in the future I can leave where I live to have another life. I have this in mind,” she said. “As long as you live in Cité Soleil, you always think that a bullet could hit you, that you could be a victim. I hope one day I will be free, that I will no longer be under (the gangs´) control.” Tamara: ‘I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.’ Tamara, 24, was raped by two gang members. When she regained consciousness, she found her husband had been killed and his body burnt. Two months later, she was raped again by three men after being set up by someone pretending to help her. She took her three children to a main square in the capital, Port-au-Prince, where she begged to survive until they were thrown out by the authorities. More recently, her nine-year-old daughter was also raped by a gang member. Tamara became pregnant from her ordeal and continues to suffer physically after drinking something on purpose to make herself abort. Tamara’s testimony: At 24, Tamara never had an easy life. She has taken care of herself since the age of 15, when she had her first child. She managed to get by. By the time she met her husband, she was already a mother of two. She started a new life with him, had another child, and he supported them all. They lived in Cité Soleil. On the night of 8 July 2022, they were woken up by violent clashes that erupted between gangs in the area. Her husband didn’t want to try to flee because he thought it wasn´t safe, but she convinced him that they needed to go. “The men invaded our neighbourhood. People were shot dead. They also set houses on fire. People were running everywhere. I didn’t want to die in the house; I had to leave,” Tamara said. They took their children and left their home with the little clothing they had on. They walked for hours. But when they reached dèyè mi, gang members stopped them. Tamara, in tears, recalled what happened next when they spoke to her husband. “The men said: ´Here is someone who has put his gun on the ground; he is running away because he sees that he is going to die´… While they were talking to him, some of them took me aside and two of them raped me on the grass. I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.” After that, Tamara asked for her husband; they told her to follow them. She found him severely beaten and could barely recognise him. When she went to him, the gang members hit her in the head and she lost consciousness. What she saw when she woke up is a trauma she will never overcome: Her husband’s body was completely burnt into charred remains. “Then, I took the three children and left… I went to Hugo Chávez square. I stayed there for four months in misery. I was selling water, begging for money. I worked with food vendors near the airport. I was doing things to be able to live,” she recalled. On 25 September 2022, Tamara was raped again. That day, her children – who are now nine, six, and one – had not eaten and were crying. “They were hungry; the baby had fallen ill because of the rain, so I arranged a bed for her and told the older ones to watch over her. It must have been 6 or 7pm. I went out and spoke to a man who asked me what my problem was and if he could help me”. Tamara explained her situation, and the man offered to buy her food and give her some money. She followed him until four different men stopped them and the original man ran away. She would later understand that it was all part of a set-up. When her captors took her to the nearby undergrowth, the man who had originally offered her to help was waiting for them. “He was sitting down and asked me: ´Am I your father to feed you? I don’t even know you.’ He started insulting me,” Tamara said. “They asked me to undress, and one said he would put a knife on my neck. Facing five men, I couldn’t fight and there was no help around.” Three of them brutally raped her. “After all of this, I told myself I had to die,” said Tamara. “I heard several voices [in my head] while I was looking for a place to do it. Some voices told me to kill myself; others told me that life was not over. I finally got dressed and left.” Three months later, she found out that she was pregnant and decided, despite her beliefs, to terminate her pregnancy. “I said I cannot be pregnant… I am in a country where I will find no support. I already have three children without a dad, so I was forced to make a sacrifice. I drank a liquid that led me to lose the child. I almost died, and everything is a problem. I had to do things I never agreed with in my life.” Tamara still struggles with the medical consequences of her self-managed abortion. Nègès Mawon has helped her by providing medication. But women victims of sexual violence in Haiti find no protection. Nor do their children. One night in November 2022, she recalled how the mayor of Tabarré – the municipality that has jurisdiction over Hugo Chávez Square – decided to evict the people living there and close the square. Civil protection brigadiers and police officers didn’t give them much time to take their belongings. Tamara lost the little she had. The state, she said, did’t help after this happened: “Some people received 5,000 Haitian gourdes ($35.5], while I received a coupon for food, but no money. Why?” Last February, Tamara suffered a new blow when her nine-year-old daughter was raped on her way to buy water in Cité Soleil. Two gang members held her down tightly, while a third raped her. “Since she was a victim, she has not been the same anymore. She has seemed absent; sometimes, she sits alone. When I call her, she reacts only when I am close to her,” Tamara said. “At the clinic, she has seen a psychologist, but I still need psychological support [for her] and support for her schooling.” To this day, she hasn’t filed a police report for any of the rapes. She says she doesn’t want “to face the bandits”, that she has been able to manage, even though it is sometimes difficult, especially since she is living back in Cité Soleil “I’m having a hard time. I can’t eat. I can’t send my children to school and I can’t even cross the entrance to my neighbourhood,” she said. Every time she needs to go near dèyè mi, or go through that area to exit Cité Soleil, she is terrified. Last time she tried to go through dèyè mi despite her fear, she was sexually abused again. Gang members stopped her at 11am and forced her to take all her clothes off. “I thought they were going to rape me,” she said. But they didn’t. Instead, they told her to stay face down on the pavement with her legs apart, for hours. The sun was hitting hard. “They made me lie down with my vagina directly on the ground, which was very hot,” Tamara said. “They told us they had raped us enough times, and that since we have AIDS they had decided not to”. Tamara did not contract AIDS, but for gang members, bringing up STDs is another way to aggress women, by denigrating them. “At around 2pm, they told us we could leave and go give infections to other thieves”, Tamara recalled. “Since then, I haven’t felt well. I can’t bear all this anymore.” Data difficulties: Even assessing the scale and needs is hard Data on gender-based violence, and rape by gang members specifically, is very limited in Haiti because attacks so often go unreported. However, a recent UN study and records kept by Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) do shed some light on its scale, at least in the capital. The study, which surveyed 591 women and girls from in and around Cité Soleil in December 2022, showed that areas with lower levels of gang warfare registered fewer cases of GBV and that sexual violence was concentrated in the Brooklyn neighborhood, where the three survivors come from. The area was the scene of intense gang conflict in 2022. Eighty percent of the women and girls who participated in this research had been victims of one or multiple forms of sexual violence by one or more perpetrators. In 33% of the cases, the assailants were described as bandits, gang members, or kidnappers. Fourteen percent of the victims were only 10 to 18 years old. Eighty-four percent of the study respondents did not report the attacks they were victims of. When the perpetrator was a stranger, most said that they believed, “it would put them in danger from the gangs, including risk of death; that they did not trust the local authorities, fearing retaliation; that they did not know where or how to report; or they felt in general that there was no state presence”. Forty percent of the women and girls interviewed said they did not have access to healthcare after their assault; the reasons for that were either that there was no staff, that the health services were too far away, that reaching them was too dangerous, or that they did not want to be identified. The vast majority of those who had access to healthcare (83%) said it had been beneficial. Sixty-nine percent of respondents said they most would want to see a psychologist, psychotherapist, or psychiatrist. Alarming statistics The three survivors interviewed by The New Humanitarian have all received support from Nègès Mawon, one of the few Haitian NGOs assisting victims of rape. The feminist organisation assigns rape survivors a sponsor who takes them to medical services (MSF, AHF Haiti, and Zanmi Lasante) for medical care, treatment, or follow-ups. The sponsor, who is usually a survivor of sexual violence herself, helps them with the legal process as well. If the victim doesn’t want to report the rape, the information is sent to the National Network of Human Rights Defense (RNDDH) to keep a record of each case and document it, in the hope that the information could still be used for prosecution if the justice system improves. Nègès Mawon also has a psychologist available for the victims and provides them with the money for transportation to reach its offices, or to get to the different centres giving them support. Between May 2022 and March 2023, the organisation registered 652 cases of women and girl rape victims in just four neighbourhoods of Port-au-Prince, including Cité Soleil. Fourteen of them became pregnant as a result of the rape, eight had complications from self-managed abortions, 90 contracted STDs, and nine were murdered. MSF also has alarming statistics. In the first five months of 2023, the organisation assisted 1,005 survivors of sexual violence in Port-au-Prince – almost twice the number they registered during the same period of 2022. Michele Trainiti, MSF’s head of mission in Haiti, told The New Humanitarian that the profile of perpetrators has changed. While victims used to be predominantly assaulted by someone from their family or intimate circle, now only 20% of the perpetrators belong to that category. MSF records, however, do not entirely reflect the reality, Trainiti explained. “The trend is increasing, but we don’t have access everywhere in Haiti, and the patients also have challenges in accessing our services,” he said. “Our data has to be taken only as the tip of the iceberg; it does not reflect the extent of the needs, which are way higher.” This story was originally published by The New Humanitarian. ‘Impossible to Have Healthy People on a Sick Planet’: Fighting Back Against Air Pollution 30/06/2023 Maayan Hoffman The World Health Organization (WHO) estimates that some 99% of the world’s population lives where the WHO air quality guidelines are not met. Air pollution poses one of the most significant environmental risks to health in the modern world, and in the latest episode of the “Global Health Matters” podcast, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with two grassroots advocates about their experiences in dealing with the impact of air pollution on their communities. “We have poor black communities that were never intended and were never allowed to reach any other potential other than unskilled or low-skilled workers,” Rico Euripidou, Campaign Coordinator for GroundWork, an environmental justice NGO working primarily in southern Africa, said. Referencing what he sees in poorer South African communities, Euripidou stated, “These people bear a disproportionate burden from the environmental determinants of health. They have higher levels of air pollution.” Speaking of her own experiences working in Indian communities, Shweta Narayan, Global Climate & Health Campaigner of Health Care Without Harm, told Aslanyan that “fence-line communities in India are also in a similar position. They are economically, socially, and politically marginalised. The most polluted sites in the country are away from their policy-makers. They are far from where you see. They are just invisibilized. So a lot of our work with fence-line communities is to make visible this invisible.” South Asia and India have suffered from lack of investments in clean transport and energy generation that would reduce outdoor air pollution sources It is widely acknowledged that government policies and investments supporting cleaner transport, renewable power generation, more energy-efficient homes, industry, and better municipal waste management would reduce key sources of outdoor air pollution. South Africa and India have long suffered from poorer implementation of legislation. South Africa brought in a Clean Air Act in 2004, but Euripidou stated that actual implementation has been difficult. “Those plans were never, ever put into effect. So municipalities in South Africa that are struggling with service delivery just didn’t have the wherewithal; they didn’t have the budgets to appoint air quality officers, to maintain the air pollution monitoring equipment in their jurisdictions, or to do sufficient investigations for exceedances of ambient air quality.” Narayan has had some success in engaging local government in India, referencing a project working with the Health Department in the State of Chhattisgarh, where local health workers “have trained themselves in the science of air pollution, and they have been able to use low-cost devices to identify what the air quality is like so that they can use that information to advise vulnerable populations.” As for what the future holds, both Naryan and Euripidou are optimistic that the situation is still reversible as long as governments take immediate action. And immediate action is needed: the WHO estimates that between seven and nine million people die annually from health complications caused by air pollution. The tipping point of no return is not too far in the future though, as Narayan states: “It is impossible to have healthy people on a sick planet. The blatant disregard for the environment, which is entrenched in our current economic and social models, has pushed the natural world to its limits.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters. Image Credits: TDR. TB Vaccine Candidate Receives $550M Boost for Phase 3 Trial 29/06/2023 Megha Kaveri The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and SouthEast Asia. A tuberculosis (TB) vaccine candidate that has shown modest efficacy rates received a $550 million boost from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and Wellcome Trust, which announced on Tuesday that they will cover its Phase 3 clinical trials. The candidate vaccine, M72, showed modest 54% efficacy in preventing the development of symptomatic TB in a Phase 2b trial involving over 3500 adults with latent TB. The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and Southeast Asia. If this phase of the trials returns effective results, M72 will be the first vaccine targeting adults and adolescents, protecting those who already have latent TB infection from developing severe infection. Around 5%-10% of those with latent TB infection go on to develop TB disease. People with weak immune systems, especially those living with HIV, are at a higher risk for developing the disease. Although M72’s efficacy is modest, a TB vaccine for adults with at least 50% efficacy can avert up to 8.5 million TB deaths and up to 76 million new infections by 2050. “To support the M72 Phase III clinical trial, which will cost an estimated US$550 million, Wellcome is providing up to $150 million and the Gates Foundation will fund the remainder, about $400 million,” a press release from BMGF said. “TB remains one of the world’s deadliest infectious diseases,” said Julia Gillard, chair of the Board of Governors at Wellcome. “Sustainable progress against TB and wider disease threats will depend on global collaboration, financial backing, and political will.” The only TB vaccine in use today, Bacille Calmette-Guérin (BCG), was first given to people in 1921. It helps protect babies and young children against severe systemic forms of TB but offers limited protection against pulmonary TB among adolescents and adults. “With TB cases and deaths on the rise, the need for new tools has never been more urgent,” said Bill Gates, co-chair of the BMGF. “Greater investment in safe and effective TB vaccines alongside a suite of new diagnostics and treatments could transform TB care for millions of people, saving lives and lowering the burden of this devastating and costly disease.” M72 was initially developed by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in partnership with Aeras and the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative (IAVI), but GSK has since transferred the vaccine’s license to the Gates Medical Research Institute (Gates MRI), an affiliate of the BMGF. M72 is one of 17 TB vaccine candidates currently in the development pipeline. Image Credits: Photo by Diana Polekhina on Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
India Introduces ‘Green Credit’ Scheme to Drive Clean Development – But Feasibility of Plan Unclear 30/06/2023 Jyoti Pande Lavakare Santragachi Lake near Kolkata is heavily polluted, as are many waterways in India. India this week published the draft of a Green Credit Programme aimed at incentivising environmentally conscious practices to promote a sustainable lifestyle as part of the broader Indian initiative, Lifestyle for Environment (LiFE). The new Green Credit Programme aims to lay the foundation for a market-based mechanism to promote “a grassroot mass movement for combating climate change, enhancing environment actions to propagate a healthy and sustainable way of living based on traditions and values of conservation and moderation, and for sustainable and environment-friendly development.” The official Gazette notification from the Ministry of Environment and Forests was published on Tuesday, five months after the plan was announced in Parliament. However, climate and environmental activists have generally taken a “wait-and-see” attitude to the initiative, saying it would be difficult to assess until the value of the credits is established – along with a mechanism for awarding them efficiently and with integrity. Key areas overlooked The Green Credits Programme will be implemented through pilots in eight sectors, primarily affecting rural areas. These, according to the text of the government gazette, will include: tree planting; water conservation, water harvesting and water use efficiency, including treatment and reuse of wastewater; regenerative agricultural practices and land restoration to improve productivity, soil health and nutritional value of food produced; sustainable and improved practices for waste management, including collection, segregation and treatment; conservation and restoration of mangroves; measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities; construction of buildings and other infrastructure using sustainable technologies and materials. But electricity production and transport – two of the biggest sources of pollution in India – are not mentioned at all. The initiative does, however, make reference to credits for “measures for reducing air pollution and other pollution abatement activities.” India currently suffers from some of the highest air pollution levels in the world – with peaks regularly recorded in late autumn when rural crop waste burning by farmers, a spike in household heating, and weather conditions all combine to make the Delhi region, in particular, an air pollution sinkhole. So far the central government has failed to make serious efforts to incentivize alternatives to crop stubble burning, one of the leading drivers of seasonal air pollution emergencies. Punja, India – Crop burning reduces crop yield and worsens air pollution Budget allocation unclear The government first proposed the Green Credit initiative on 1 February as part of its 2023-2024 budget, describing it as a national voluntary market mechanism. Although funds weren’t allocated explicitly for this, any administrative costs for this initiative are likely to come from the increased budget allocation for the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, which went up from a revised estimate of Rs 2,478 crore ($301million) in the last budget to Rs 3,079.4 crore ($375 million) this year. Alternatively, funds could come from the Rs 35,000 crore allocated to achieve energy transition and net zero emissions. By leveraging a “competitive market-based approach for Green Credits,” the government said it aims to motivate individuals, private sector producers, farmers, small-scale industries, cooperatives, urban and rural local bodies, forestry enterprises and any organisations that generate positive environmental actions by “ incentivising voluntary environmental actions of various stakeholders”. Green credits will be tradable and those earning them will be able to sell these on a proposed domestic market platform. However, the mechanisms for assigning value to credits, awarding credit and enabling their transfer have yet to be created. Bureaucratic structure The initiative will be managed by a steering committee headed by the environment secretary and comprise officials across the ministries and departments concerned. To administer such an ambitious programme, the government envisages an Accredited Green Credit Verifier, an entity accredited and authorised by the Green Credit Programme Administrator to monitor and assess activities under the umbrella of India’s Environment Protection Act. Entities will have to register to qualify to generate Green Credits through an electronic database system maintained by the Green Credit Programme Administrator or its accredited agency to record the issuance and exchange of Green Credits. The government has appointed the Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education as the programme administrator responsible for implementing the Green Credit Programme including its management, monitoring and operation. The administrator will develop all guidelines, processes and procedures for implementation of the programme, constitute technical or sectoral committees for each activity to facilitate in developing methodologies and processes for registration of Green Credit activities and issuance of Green Credits and help set up a credible trading platform and generate demand for such credits. According to the draft policy, anyone engaged in positive environmental interventions can earn Green Credits. For example, a company which undertakes water harvesting and reuse or invests in restoring mangrove forests in a state can earn Green Credits, which can subsequently be sold at the trading platform once a steering committee has validated them. Each Green Credit would have a monetary value assigned to it and can be traded, but there is no indication of how the different activities will be weighed. In addition, there is a danger of too much bureaucracy. Industry associations will be included in the steering committee that governs the implementation of the Green Credit policy – meaning that pressures from polluting industries could overwhelm the programme. The various parties mentioned by the notice –a steering committee of officials from different ministries, accredited Green Credit verifiers, third-party certifiers and many other committees – could have very different views on environmental issues. It would complicate its implementation “It’s a work-in-progress, well-intentioned, using all the correct words, but without financial details,” said a Delhi-based scientist who spoke with Health Policy Watch, but declined to be named. “It appears quite subjective. Let us see how this policy comes up. Its actual impact will depend on many factors.” A polluted water canal in India Incentivising farmers The emphasis on farmland and forests could, however, be at least an entry point to incentivising farmers to adopt alternatives to crop stubble burning – which creates devastating pollution in northern India every autumn. Conversely, however, there isn’t much emphasis at all on fostering alternatives to the other two leading drivers of air pollution and climate change – through clean power production and green mobility. In addition, it could be used by dirty industries to greenwash their environmentally unsound projects. However, it is still early days to evaluate this policy. The draft policy will be finalised in two months’ time after comments and objections are received and reviewed. Following that, the Ministry of Environment and Forests is supposed to begin to establish mechanisms for implementation, including technical committees for each sector to develop methodologies, standards and processes for registration of projects granting the credits. The technical committees will also determine the value of green credit to be awarded and more detailed eligibility criteria. The Indian Council of Forestry Research and Education (ICFRE) will also accredit a provider who will set up the trading platform for the exchange of Green Credit Certificates, as well as decide what entities can act as green credit verifiers. An environmental activity generating Green Credits may also generate climate co-benefits, the government noted. Therefore, many activities eligible for Green Credits may also be eligible for Carbon Credits, under a carbon credit trading scheme that is currently being developed by the Bureau of Energy Efficiency in the Ministry of Power, along with Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change. Jyoti Pande Lavakare is co-founder of the Indian clean air non-profit Care for Air. Her memoir, Breathing Here is Injurious to Your Health on the human cost of air pollution simplifies and amplifies the science behind air pollution. Image Credits: Biswarup Ganguly, Neil Palmer, MacKay Savage. Haitian Gangs Use Rape as Weapon of Terror – And There is Little Support for Survivors 30/06/2023 André Paultre & Daniela Mohor Some 80% of the neighbourhoods of Haiti’s capital city, Port-au-Prince, are controlled by gangs who rape with impunity. PORT-AU-PRINCE – In Haiti, rape has become a weapon of war for gangs. What happens in the hours and days after women and girls are raped can determine their future, but most survivors face insurmountable obstacles before they can start recovering physically and mentally. And that’s if they aren’t raped a second time or third time. Once a woman is raped in Haiti, she faces a maze of other challenges. These are just a few: Gang-controlled streets To reach safety, she must first traverse urban areas that have become battlefields. Roughly 80% of Port-au-Prince’s neighbourhoods are controlled by gangs. Hundreds of people have been killed or injured by stray bullets since the start of the year. Transport – Cost and access: Finding transport to reach a clinic or hospital outside of her neighbourhood can be challenging and expensive. Transport options have been reduced due to rolling fuel shortages, inflation, and fears of kidnappings. Prices for some trips have quadrupled in the past year. Healthcare – Shuttered clinics Several clinics and hospitals have suspended some of their services or closed due to gang violence; others are full because of the cholera outbreak. Staff shortages are chronic. Although most of Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) hospitals are now open, some are not operating at full capacity. The MSF clinic in Cité Soleil, one of the neighbourhoods most impacted by the gang violence, closed between March and the end of May due to insecurity. The organisation continues to run mobile clinics in some areas. Pregnancies and STDs Prophylactics for HIV and other sexually transmitted diseases are usually available. Emergency contraception is also available, but many women fail to reach a clinic within the 72-hour window. Abortion is still illegal in Haiti. For women who can afford it, Misoprostol – sold as Cytotec in Haiti – is often used to induce abortions and can be found in pharmacies or with street-sellers. Follow-up care is another story. Unsafe abortions contribute to Haiti’s high maternal morbidity rate, already the highest in the western hemisphere. Trauma counselling Even if a woman manages to access emergency healthcare, it is less likely she will be given long-term counselling for trauma after rape. Haiti has long had a shortage of mental healthcare workers, and therapy has often been viewed as a luxury most can’t afford when the urgency of basic survival needs are the priority. The social stigma of sexual violence also leads many rape survivors to carry the burden in silence. Police Most rapes go unreported, and with good reason. Many police stations have been abandoned after being torched and looted by gangs. Dozens of police officers have also been violently killed or kidnapped by gang members. With little money left in Haiti’s coffers, dozens of officers held protests earlier this year. More than 3,000 have left the force since 2021. Housing Women often flee their homes and neighbourhoods after rapes. More than 160,000 people have been displaced. With scant government support and a lack of protected displacement sites, some women have reported being raped again in these insecure environments. Legal system Even when Haiti had a functioning government, very few rape cases ever made it to trial. With no remaining elected officials left, many of Haiti’s institutions – including the courts – have screeched to a halt. Clerks are often on strike, and limited governmental funding means many court offices are run down or closed. Although victims technically have access to the justice system, many can’t afford attorneys. Three survivors from Cité Soleil, a shantytown on the outskirts of the capital that is entirely controlled by gangs, tell their stories. For safety reasons, their names have been changed, but their testimonies (which they voice themselves in the short video clips below) are all too real, and their experiences reflect those of an untold number of women who, just like them, confront impossible challenges and dangers every day just to keep themselves and their children alive. There is little support for rape survivors. Kari: ‘We can’t find support. It’s war everywhere.’ Kari, 39, had already lost her baby and her husband to gang violence before she was raped, then later kidnapped. While held captive, she was beaten and raped again repeatedly over three days before being released naked into the streets. She sees no point in reporting any of it to the police. Struggling psychologically and physically from an infection due to the rapes, and trying to look after five children on her own, Kari has received no assistance, bar some food from a local priest and some support from a women’s community organisation. Kari’s testimony: First, Kari, a 39-year-old resident of Cité Soleil, lost her baby to a stray bullet. Less than a year later, in June 2021, her husband was shot by criminals while fishing on his canoe. Kari was still trying to recover from those tragedies when the bloody events of July 2022 unfolded. That month, 10 days of heavy gang warfare in the seaside shantytown left nearly 500 people wounded, missing, or dead; multiple sexual assaults were registered; and 3,000 people fled their homes, Kari and four of her children among them. “I started to live badly on 8 July 2022. [Gang members] burned my house down and were violent to me. I wasn’t a victim of sexual violence, but they raped a young woman who was living in the house. I lost all my important documents,” she said. Since the death of her husband, Kari had been struggling to meet her children´s needs. She made money selling goods – fish, rice, dried baby shrimps – but the attack of July 2022 left her with nothing. Helpless, she fled the neighbourhood with a group of people. To do so, they had to cross an area called dèyè mi (“behind the wall” in Krèyol), known to be the frontier between two gangs ́ territory. It is also the only way in and out of the Brooklyn neighbourhood of Cité Soleil where she lived. “As I was walking in dèyè mi with other people because there was no public transportation, men from the area grabbed us and raped us,” she said. “I was also hit by a bullet and my leg still hasn’t healed. When it rains, the pain dominates me.” Kari spent some time living in the Plaza Hugo Chávez, a public square in the centre of Port-au-Prince where thousands of Haitians fleeing from violence had settled in an improvised camp. She had managed to take a few things from her house to sell, but the precarity of her situation pushed her to leave for the Dominican Republic with her two youngest children, aged 17 and 11. She didn’t last long in the neighbouring country – Haiti and the Dominican Republic share the Caribbean island of Hispaniola – as her children couldn’t get proper schooling there. Three months later, they returned to Port-au-Prince. Back home, she started trading again, as many women do to survive. On Tuesday 14 March, she took a bus with 16 other women she used to sell products with. Their destination was Arcahaie, a town 25 miles northwest of the capital. Travelling out of Cité-Soleil is not safe, but Kari didn’t have a choice. Business had started to slow, and she had borrowed the equivalent of $140, only managing to give $18 back. “While I was going to Arcahaie, arriving at Source Matelas (a neighbourhood north of the capital where there have been a series of violent gang raids in the past few months), people stopped the bus I was on and ordered us to get down and follow a funeral,” Kari said. After the funeral, she and other women were kidnapped by the men who had forced them out of the bus. “We entered a house. They asked for our identification documents. I told them that I had come to sell, that I had no ID with me,” she said. “They pushed us and said that we surely live in the area of Ti Gabriel (one of Cité Soleil´s gang leaders). ´You are thieves, we are going to kill you,’ they told us.” The men kept them captives for three days, beating and raping them repeatedly. “They did everything they shouldn’t do to us,” Kari recalled. “When I was still conscious, I counted seven men. I am asthmatic, and although I had an asthma attack, they kept beating me,” she said. She ended up passing out, but that didn’t stop her assailants either. “When I regained consciousness, I saw young men who could have been my children raping me. I told them: ´If you want to kill me, you can do it, even if I have young children; God will continue to watch over them. It’s better to kill me.’” During those three days, the women had to do the gang members‘ laundry. They barely ate. The men constantly told their captives they would kill them and continued to rape them, until the fourth night came. “After all that, they changed the dialogue and asked us if we wanted to stay with them. I told them that I have four children without a father. We spoke to them at length. In the end, they released us, naked. As we left, people of goodwill in the area gave us clothes to put on.” It took Kari eight hours to reach her mother for help. Kari´s mother bought medicinal leaves to take care of her wounds. The window to take medication to prevent unwanted pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases is 72 hours, but 15 days passed before a friend convinced Kari to go to the hospital. There, she received medication for an infection, but she still hasn’t fully recovered. Kari hasn’t been to the police to file a complaint. She doesn’t believe it will make a difference. “There is no justice,” she said. Since the kidnapping, Kari lives in extreme poverty. The gang members stole all the goods she planned to sell, which means she has no money to resume her business. She still has to pay her debt and is now also responsible for her fifth child as well – a six-year-old girl who hadn’t been living with her before. Kari doesn’t have enough money to pay for rent, so they live in a camp set up in a school. When it rains, they must spend the night standing or sleep under the water. To eat, they depend on a priest who distributes food; for water, they rely on rain. Pressed by their desperation even for basic food needs, her 20-year-old son, the eldest, dropped his studies to go fishing. Kari blames authorities for her situation, and for leaving her no other option than risking her life to survive. “We, who are from Brooklyn, have never had the Haitian state saying ‘no, [these violent attacks] shouldn’t take place. If we had enough money, I don’t think we would be in the streets. We know that if [the gang members] take us, they will kill us.” Since the rape of last March, Kari has been struggling psychologically. The only support she has found is at the women’s organisation Nègès Mawon. But in the past few weeks, the rise in gang-related violence has prevented her from reaching the organisation, which is located in a neighbourhood out of Cité Soleil. She says she feels ashamed of what happened to her, and can´t overcome the trauma of her assaults. “I intended to hurt myself because I saw that I was living in bad circumstances. The violence I suffered in Source Matelas is the one affecting me the most,” she told The New Humanitarian. When she remembers what happened to her, she can’t hold back her tears. “I was a fat person; I became small as you see me. They took my business; they beat me, and they raped me”, she said. “I demand justice from [the authorities]. We who are unfortunate are asking for more security. In Cité Soleil, we suffer more. We can’t find support; it’s war everywhere.” Madeline: ‘My mother keeps crying – she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do.’ Madeline, 16, was heading home to Cité Soleil after trying to make some money reselling food in the city when armed men stopped her bus, killed some people on board, and took others hostage. Raped and beaten, she found herself covered in blood when she regained consciousness. An unknown number of men raped her over several days before she was released, again, naked. Later, at hospital, she learned she was pregnant from the rape. Feeling trapped by the rising tide of gang violence and the possibility of being raped again, Madeline has repeatedly tried to take her own life. Madeline’s testimony: The day she was raped, Madeline, a 16-year-old girl from Cité Soleil, had decided it was time to help her parents make some money. The situation was desperate for them. They barely had any food or clean water, and her school had been closed after several students got hit by bullets on their way back home after classes. “My parents had set aside money to pay for my education. But the school had to stop; that’s why I asked them for the money,” she said. They gave her 2,500 gourdes, the equivalent of $18. With that she bought cloves and dried baby shrimp to sell out of the capital, in Arcahaie, with a group of women. They reached the town and spent the day working. Then came the trip back to Port-au-Prince. “That day, we had been walking in the sun, selling all day and we were thirsty. After we finished, we were heading home when a group of armed men stopped the bus we were on. It was 28 March 2023,” Madeline recalled. “They drove the bus in the undergrowth. Afterward they beat us, some of us were killed, and we asked to be spared. They took us, they tore the clothes we were wearing, and they raped us. They abused us so much that I lost consciousness. When I woke up, I saw that I was soaked in blood.” Madeline and her companions were taken hostage for three days. She told The New Humanitarian she doesn’t remember how many men sexually abused her; they took turns. Following what appears to be a common modus operandi when the gangs in Haiti kidnap women, the perpetrators had their captives do their laundry and later released them naked. After the rape, Madeline was taken to the hospital, but not soon enough to be given emergency contraception. They told her she was pregnant. “I am very sad and in a lot of pain. I am now pregnant, and I have no relief. My mother has no money, nor does my father,” Madeline said. “My mother keeps crying; she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do. My father has not said a word. They are sad… Where I live, if it is blocked, we will not find water – there is only one road for access. Even for food, we cannot eat well.” Since the rape, Madeline has been feeling dizzy and having suicidal thoughts. “Several times I took water with Clorox [bleach] to drink. There is always someone who sees me and takes it from my hands to throw it away and advise me on it,” she said, adding that if she finds help, she will move somewhere else. “I hope in the future I can leave where I live to have another life. I have this in mind,” she said. “As long as you live in Cité Soleil, you always think that a bullet could hit you, that you could be a victim. I hope one day I will be free, that I will no longer be under (the gangs´) control.” Tamara: ‘I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.’ Tamara, 24, was raped by two gang members. When she regained consciousness, she found her husband had been killed and his body burnt. Two months later, she was raped again by three men after being set up by someone pretending to help her. She took her three children to a main square in the capital, Port-au-Prince, where she begged to survive until they were thrown out by the authorities. More recently, her nine-year-old daughter was also raped by a gang member. Tamara became pregnant from her ordeal and continues to suffer physically after drinking something on purpose to make herself abort. Tamara’s testimony: At 24, Tamara never had an easy life. She has taken care of herself since the age of 15, when she had her first child. She managed to get by. By the time she met her husband, she was already a mother of two. She started a new life with him, had another child, and he supported them all. They lived in Cité Soleil. On the night of 8 July 2022, they were woken up by violent clashes that erupted between gangs in the area. Her husband didn’t want to try to flee because he thought it wasn´t safe, but she convinced him that they needed to go. “The men invaded our neighbourhood. People were shot dead. They also set houses on fire. People were running everywhere. I didn’t want to die in the house; I had to leave,” Tamara said. They took their children and left their home with the little clothing they had on. They walked for hours. But when they reached dèyè mi, gang members stopped them. Tamara, in tears, recalled what happened next when they spoke to her husband. “The men said: ´Here is someone who has put his gun on the ground; he is running away because he sees that he is going to die´… While they were talking to him, some of them took me aside and two of them raped me on the grass. I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.” After that, Tamara asked for her husband; they told her to follow them. She found him severely beaten and could barely recognise him. When she went to him, the gang members hit her in the head and she lost consciousness. What she saw when she woke up is a trauma she will never overcome: Her husband’s body was completely burnt into charred remains. “Then, I took the three children and left… I went to Hugo Chávez square. I stayed there for four months in misery. I was selling water, begging for money. I worked with food vendors near the airport. I was doing things to be able to live,” she recalled. On 25 September 2022, Tamara was raped again. That day, her children – who are now nine, six, and one – had not eaten and were crying. “They were hungry; the baby had fallen ill because of the rain, so I arranged a bed for her and told the older ones to watch over her. It must have been 6 or 7pm. I went out and spoke to a man who asked me what my problem was and if he could help me”. Tamara explained her situation, and the man offered to buy her food and give her some money. She followed him until four different men stopped them and the original man ran away. She would later understand that it was all part of a set-up. When her captors took her to the nearby undergrowth, the man who had originally offered her to help was waiting for them. “He was sitting down and asked me: ´Am I your father to feed you? I don’t even know you.’ He started insulting me,” Tamara said. “They asked me to undress, and one said he would put a knife on my neck. Facing five men, I couldn’t fight and there was no help around.” Three of them brutally raped her. “After all of this, I told myself I had to die,” said Tamara. “I heard several voices [in my head] while I was looking for a place to do it. Some voices told me to kill myself; others told me that life was not over. I finally got dressed and left.” Three months later, she found out that she was pregnant and decided, despite her beliefs, to terminate her pregnancy. “I said I cannot be pregnant… I am in a country where I will find no support. I already have three children without a dad, so I was forced to make a sacrifice. I drank a liquid that led me to lose the child. I almost died, and everything is a problem. I had to do things I never agreed with in my life.” Tamara still struggles with the medical consequences of her self-managed abortion. Nègès Mawon has helped her by providing medication. But women victims of sexual violence in Haiti find no protection. Nor do their children. One night in November 2022, she recalled how the mayor of Tabarré – the municipality that has jurisdiction over Hugo Chávez Square – decided to evict the people living there and close the square. Civil protection brigadiers and police officers didn’t give them much time to take their belongings. Tamara lost the little she had. The state, she said, did’t help after this happened: “Some people received 5,000 Haitian gourdes ($35.5], while I received a coupon for food, but no money. Why?” Last February, Tamara suffered a new blow when her nine-year-old daughter was raped on her way to buy water in Cité Soleil. Two gang members held her down tightly, while a third raped her. “Since she was a victim, she has not been the same anymore. She has seemed absent; sometimes, she sits alone. When I call her, she reacts only when I am close to her,” Tamara said. “At the clinic, she has seen a psychologist, but I still need psychological support [for her] and support for her schooling.” To this day, she hasn’t filed a police report for any of the rapes. She says she doesn’t want “to face the bandits”, that she has been able to manage, even though it is sometimes difficult, especially since she is living back in Cité Soleil “I’m having a hard time. I can’t eat. I can’t send my children to school and I can’t even cross the entrance to my neighbourhood,” she said. Every time she needs to go near dèyè mi, or go through that area to exit Cité Soleil, she is terrified. Last time she tried to go through dèyè mi despite her fear, she was sexually abused again. Gang members stopped her at 11am and forced her to take all her clothes off. “I thought they were going to rape me,” she said. But they didn’t. Instead, they told her to stay face down on the pavement with her legs apart, for hours. The sun was hitting hard. “They made me lie down with my vagina directly on the ground, which was very hot,” Tamara said. “They told us they had raped us enough times, and that since we have AIDS they had decided not to”. Tamara did not contract AIDS, but for gang members, bringing up STDs is another way to aggress women, by denigrating them. “At around 2pm, they told us we could leave and go give infections to other thieves”, Tamara recalled. “Since then, I haven’t felt well. I can’t bear all this anymore.” Data difficulties: Even assessing the scale and needs is hard Data on gender-based violence, and rape by gang members specifically, is very limited in Haiti because attacks so often go unreported. However, a recent UN study and records kept by Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) do shed some light on its scale, at least in the capital. The study, which surveyed 591 women and girls from in and around Cité Soleil in December 2022, showed that areas with lower levels of gang warfare registered fewer cases of GBV and that sexual violence was concentrated in the Brooklyn neighborhood, where the three survivors come from. The area was the scene of intense gang conflict in 2022. Eighty percent of the women and girls who participated in this research had been victims of one or multiple forms of sexual violence by one or more perpetrators. In 33% of the cases, the assailants were described as bandits, gang members, or kidnappers. Fourteen percent of the victims were only 10 to 18 years old. Eighty-four percent of the study respondents did not report the attacks they were victims of. When the perpetrator was a stranger, most said that they believed, “it would put them in danger from the gangs, including risk of death; that they did not trust the local authorities, fearing retaliation; that they did not know where or how to report; or they felt in general that there was no state presence”. Forty percent of the women and girls interviewed said they did not have access to healthcare after their assault; the reasons for that were either that there was no staff, that the health services were too far away, that reaching them was too dangerous, or that they did not want to be identified. The vast majority of those who had access to healthcare (83%) said it had been beneficial. Sixty-nine percent of respondents said they most would want to see a psychologist, psychotherapist, or psychiatrist. Alarming statistics The three survivors interviewed by The New Humanitarian have all received support from Nègès Mawon, one of the few Haitian NGOs assisting victims of rape. The feminist organisation assigns rape survivors a sponsor who takes them to medical services (MSF, AHF Haiti, and Zanmi Lasante) for medical care, treatment, or follow-ups. The sponsor, who is usually a survivor of sexual violence herself, helps them with the legal process as well. If the victim doesn’t want to report the rape, the information is sent to the National Network of Human Rights Defense (RNDDH) to keep a record of each case and document it, in the hope that the information could still be used for prosecution if the justice system improves. Nègès Mawon also has a psychologist available for the victims and provides them with the money for transportation to reach its offices, or to get to the different centres giving them support. Between May 2022 and March 2023, the organisation registered 652 cases of women and girl rape victims in just four neighbourhoods of Port-au-Prince, including Cité Soleil. Fourteen of them became pregnant as a result of the rape, eight had complications from self-managed abortions, 90 contracted STDs, and nine were murdered. MSF also has alarming statistics. In the first five months of 2023, the organisation assisted 1,005 survivors of sexual violence in Port-au-Prince – almost twice the number they registered during the same period of 2022. Michele Trainiti, MSF’s head of mission in Haiti, told The New Humanitarian that the profile of perpetrators has changed. While victims used to be predominantly assaulted by someone from their family or intimate circle, now only 20% of the perpetrators belong to that category. MSF records, however, do not entirely reflect the reality, Trainiti explained. “The trend is increasing, but we don’t have access everywhere in Haiti, and the patients also have challenges in accessing our services,” he said. “Our data has to be taken only as the tip of the iceberg; it does not reflect the extent of the needs, which are way higher.” This story was originally published by The New Humanitarian. ‘Impossible to Have Healthy People on a Sick Planet’: Fighting Back Against Air Pollution 30/06/2023 Maayan Hoffman The World Health Organization (WHO) estimates that some 99% of the world’s population lives where the WHO air quality guidelines are not met. Air pollution poses one of the most significant environmental risks to health in the modern world, and in the latest episode of the “Global Health Matters” podcast, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with two grassroots advocates about their experiences in dealing with the impact of air pollution on their communities. “We have poor black communities that were never intended and were never allowed to reach any other potential other than unskilled or low-skilled workers,” Rico Euripidou, Campaign Coordinator for GroundWork, an environmental justice NGO working primarily in southern Africa, said. Referencing what he sees in poorer South African communities, Euripidou stated, “These people bear a disproportionate burden from the environmental determinants of health. They have higher levels of air pollution.” Speaking of her own experiences working in Indian communities, Shweta Narayan, Global Climate & Health Campaigner of Health Care Without Harm, told Aslanyan that “fence-line communities in India are also in a similar position. They are economically, socially, and politically marginalised. The most polluted sites in the country are away from their policy-makers. They are far from where you see. They are just invisibilized. So a lot of our work with fence-line communities is to make visible this invisible.” South Asia and India have suffered from lack of investments in clean transport and energy generation that would reduce outdoor air pollution sources It is widely acknowledged that government policies and investments supporting cleaner transport, renewable power generation, more energy-efficient homes, industry, and better municipal waste management would reduce key sources of outdoor air pollution. South Africa and India have long suffered from poorer implementation of legislation. South Africa brought in a Clean Air Act in 2004, but Euripidou stated that actual implementation has been difficult. “Those plans were never, ever put into effect. So municipalities in South Africa that are struggling with service delivery just didn’t have the wherewithal; they didn’t have the budgets to appoint air quality officers, to maintain the air pollution monitoring equipment in their jurisdictions, or to do sufficient investigations for exceedances of ambient air quality.” Narayan has had some success in engaging local government in India, referencing a project working with the Health Department in the State of Chhattisgarh, where local health workers “have trained themselves in the science of air pollution, and they have been able to use low-cost devices to identify what the air quality is like so that they can use that information to advise vulnerable populations.” As for what the future holds, both Naryan and Euripidou are optimistic that the situation is still reversible as long as governments take immediate action. And immediate action is needed: the WHO estimates that between seven and nine million people die annually from health complications caused by air pollution. The tipping point of no return is not too far in the future though, as Narayan states: “It is impossible to have healthy people on a sick planet. The blatant disregard for the environment, which is entrenched in our current economic and social models, has pushed the natural world to its limits.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters. Image Credits: TDR. TB Vaccine Candidate Receives $550M Boost for Phase 3 Trial 29/06/2023 Megha Kaveri The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and SouthEast Asia. A tuberculosis (TB) vaccine candidate that has shown modest efficacy rates received a $550 million boost from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and Wellcome Trust, which announced on Tuesday that they will cover its Phase 3 clinical trials. The candidate vaccine, M72, showed modest 54% efficacy in preventing the development of symptomatic TB in a Phase 2b trial involving over 3500 adults with latent TB. The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and Southeast Asia. If this phase of the trials returns effective results, M72 will be the first vaccine targeting adults and adolescents, protecting those who already have latent TB infection from developing severe infection. Around 5%-10% of those with latent TB infection go on to develop TB disease. People with weak immune systems, especially those living with HIV, are at a higher risk for developing the disease. Although M72’s efficacy is modest, a TB vaccine for adults with at least 50% efficacy can avert up to 8.5 million TB deaths and up to 76 million new infections by 2050. “To support the M72 Phase III clinical trial, which will cost an estimated US$550 million, Wellcome is providing up to $150 million and the Gates Foundation will fund the remainder, about $400 million,” a press release from BMGF said. “TB remains one of the world’s deadliest infectious diseases,” said Julia Gillard, chair of the Board of Governors at Wellcome. “Sustainable progress against TB and wider disease threats will depend on global collaboration, financial backing, and political will.” The only TB vaccine in use today, Bacille Calmette-Guérin (BCG), was first given to people in 1921. It helps protect babies and young children against severe systemic forms of TB but offers limited protection against pulmonary TB among adolescents and adults. “With TB cases and deaths on the rise, the need for new tools has never been more urgent,” said Bill Gates, co-chair of the BMGF. “Greater investment in safe and effective TB vaccines alongside a suite of new diagnostics and treatments could transform TB care for millions of people, saving lives and lowering the burden of this devastating and costly disease.” M72 was initially developed by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in partnership with Aeras and the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative (IAVI), but GSK has since transferred the vaccine’s license to the Gates Medical Research Institute (Gates MRI), an affiliate of the BMGF. M72 is one of 17 TB vaccine candidates currently in the development pipeline. Image Credits: Photo by Diana Polekhina on Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Haitian Gangs Use Rape as Weapon of Terror – And There is Little Support for Survivors 30/06/2023 André Paultre & Daniela Mohor Some 80% of the neighbourhoods of Haiti’s capital city, Port-au-Prince, are controlled by gangs who rape with impunity. PORT-AU-PRINCE – In Haiti, rape has become a weapon of war for gangs. What happens in the hours and days after women and girls are raped can determine their future, but most survivors face insurmountable obstacles before they can start recovering physically and mentally. And that’s if they aren’t raped a second time or third time. Once a woman is raped in Haiti, she faces a maze of other challenges. These are just a few: Gang-controlled streets To reach safety, she must first traverse urban areas that have become battlefields. Roughly 80% of Port-au-Prince’s neighbourhoods are controlled by gangs. Hundreds of people have been killed or injured by stray bullets since the start of the year. Transport – Cost and access: Finding transport to reach a clinic or hospital outside of her neighbourhood can be challenging and expensive. Transport options have been reduced due to rolling fuel shortages, inflation, and fears of kidnappings. Prices for some trips have quadrupled in the past year. Healthcare – Shuttered clinics Several clinics and hospitals have suspended some of their services or closed due to gang violence; others are full because of the cholera outbreak. Staff shortages are chronic. Although most of Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) hospitals are now open, some are not operating at full capacity. The MSF clinic in Cité Soleil, one of the neighbourhoods most impacted by the gang violence, closed between March and the end of May due to insecurity. The organisation continues to run mobile clinics in some areas. Pregnancies and STDs Prophylactics for HIV and other sexually transmitted diseases are usually available. Emergency contraception is also available, but many women fail to reach a clinic within the 72-hour window. Abortion is still illegal in Haiti. For women who can afford it, Misoprostol – sold as Cytotec in Haiti – is often used to induce abortions and can be found in pharmacies or with street-sellers. Follow-up care is another story. Unsafe abortions contribute to Haiti’s high maternal morbidity rate, already the highest in the western hemisphere. Trauma counselling Even if a woman manages to access emergency healthcare, it is less likely she will be given long-term counselling for trauma after rape. Haiti has long had a shortage of mental healthcare workers, and therapy has often been viewed as a luxury most can’t afford when the urgency of basic survival needs are the priority. The social stigma of sexual violence also leads many rape survivors to carry the burden in silence. Police Most rapes go unreported, and with good reason. Many police stations have been abandoned after being torched and looted by gangs. Dozens of police officers have also been violently killed or kidnapped by gang members. With little money left in Haiti’s coffers, dozens of officers held protests earlier this year. More than 3,000 have left the force since 2021. Housing Women often flee their homes and neighbourhoods after rapes. More than 160,000 people have been displaced. With scant government support and a lack of protected displacement sites, some women have reported being raped again in these insecure environments. Legal system Even when Haiti had a functioning government, very few rape cases ever made it to trial. With no remaining elected officials left, many of Haiti’s institutions – including the courts – have screeched to a halt. Clerks are often on strike, and limited governmental funding means many court offices are run down or closed. Although victims technically have access to the justice system, many can’t afford attorneys. Three survivors from Cité Soleil, a shantytown on the outskirts of the capital that is entirely controlled by gangs, tell their stories. For safety reasons, their names have been changed, but their testimonies (which they voice themselves in the short video clips below) are all too real, and their experiences reflect those of an untold number of women who, just like them, confront impossible challenges and dangers every day just to keep themselves and their children alive. There is little support for rape survivors. Kari: ‘We can’t find support. It’s war everywhere.’ Kari, 39, had already lost her baby and her husband to gang violence before she was raped, then later kidnapped. While held captive, she was beaten and raped again repeatedly over three days before being released naked into the streets. She sees no point in reporting any of it to the police. Struggling psychologically and physically from an infection due to the rapes, and trying to look after five children on her own, Kari has received no assistance, bar some food from a local priest and some support from a women’s community organisation. Kari’s testimony: First, Kari, a 39-year-old resident of Cité Soleil, lost her baby to a stray bullet. Less than a year later, in June 2021, her husband was shot by criminals while fishing on his canoe. Kari was still trying to recover from those tragedies when the bloody events of July 2022 unfolded. That month, 10 days of heavy gang warfare in the seaside shantytown left nearly 500 people wounded, missing, or dead; multiple sexual assaults were registered; and 3,000 people fled their homes, Kari and four of her children among them. “I started to live badly on 8 July 2022. [Gang members] burned my house down and were violent to me. I wasn’t a victim of sexual violence, but they raped a young woman who was living in the house. I lost all my important documents,” she said. Since the death of her husband, Kari had been struggling to meet her children´s needs. She made money selling goods – fish, rice, dried baby shrimps – but the attack of July 2022 left her with nothing. Helpless, she fled the neighbourhood with a group of people. To do so, they had to cross an area called dèyè mi (“behind the wall” in Krèyol), known to be the frontier between two gangs ́ territory. It is also the only way in and out of the Brooklyn neighbourhood of Cité Soleil where she lived. “As I was walking in dèyè mi with other people because there was no public transportation, men from the area grabbed us and raped us,” she said. “I was also hit by a bullet and my leg still hasn’t healed. When it rains, the pain dominates me.” Kari spent some time living in the Plaza Hugo Chávez, a public square in the centre of Port-au-Prince where thousands of Haitians fleeing from violence had settled in an improvised camp. She had managed to take a few things from her house to sell, but the precarity of her situation pushed her to leave for the Dominican Republic with her two youngest children, aged 17 and 11. She didn’t last long in the neighbouring country – Haiti and the Dominican Republic share the Caribbean island of Hispaniola – as her children couldn’t get proper schooling there. Three months later, they returned to Port-au-Prince. Back home, she started trading again, as many women do to survive. On Tuesday 14 March, she took a bus with 16 other women she used to sell products with. Their destination was Arcahaie, a town 25 miles northwest of the capital. Travelling out of Cité-Soleil is not safe, but Kari didn’t have a choice. Business had started to slow, and she had borrowed the equivalent of $140, only managing to give $18 back. “While I was going to Arcahaie, arriving at Source Matelas (a neighbourhood north of the capital where there have been a series of violent gang raids in the past few months), people stopped the bus I was on and ordered us to get down and follow a funeral,” Kari said. After the funeral, she and other women were kidnapped by the men who had forced them out of the bus. “We entered a house. They asked for our identification documents. I told them that I had come to sell, that I had no ID with me,” she said. “They pushed us and said that we surely live in the area of Ti Gabriel (one of Cité Soleil´s gang leaders). ´You are thieves, we are going to kill you,’ they told us.” The men kept them captives for three days, beating and raping them repeatedly. “They did everything they shouldn’t do to us,” Kari recalled. “When I was still conscious, I counted seven men. I am asthmatic, and although I had an asthma attack, they kept beating me,” she said. She ended up passing out, but that didn’t stop her assailants either. “When I regained consciousness, I saw young men who could have been my children raping me. I told them: ´If you want to kill me, you can do it, even if I have young children; God will continue to watch over them. It’s better to kill me.’” During those three days, the women had to do the gang members‘ laundry. They barely ate. The men constantly told their captives they would kill them and continued to rape them, until the fourth night came. “After all that, they changed the dialogue and asked us if we wanted to stay with them. I told them that I have four children without a father. We spoke to them at length. In the end, they released us, naked. As we left, people of goodwill in the area gave us clothes to put on.” It took Kari eight hours to reach her mother for help. Kari´s mother bought medicinal leaves to take care of her wounds. The window to take medication to prevent unwanted pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases is 72 hours, but 15 days passed before a friend convinced Kari to go to the hospital. There, she received medication for an infection, but she still hasn’t fully recovered. Kari hasn’t been to the police to file a complaint. She doesn’t believe it will make a difference. “There is no justice,” she said. Since the kidnapping, Kari lives in extreme poverty. The gang members stole all the goods she planned to sell, which means she has no money to resume her business. She still has to pay her debt and is now also responsible for her fifth child as well – a six-year-old girl who hadn’t been living with her before. Kari doesn’t have enough money to pay for rent, so they live in a camp set up in a school. When it rains, they must spend the night standing or sleep under the water. To eat, they depend on a priest who distributes food; for water, they rely on rain. Pressed by their desperation even for basic food needs, her 20-year-old son, the eldest, dropped his studies to go fishing. Kari blames authorities for her situation, and for leaving her no other option than risking her life to survive. “We, who are from Brooklyn, have never had the Haitian state saying ‘no, [these violent attacks] shouldn’t take place. If we had enough money, I don’t think we would be in the streets. We know that if [the gang members] take us, they will kill us.” Since the rape of last March, Kari has been struggling psychologically. The only support she has found is at the women’s organisation Nègès Mawon. But in the past few weeks, the rise in gang-related violence has prevented her from reaching the organisation, which is located in a neighbourhood out of Cité Soleil. She says she feels ashamed of what happened to her, and can´t overcome the trauma of her assaults. “I intended to hurt myself because I saw that I was living in bad circumstances. The violence I suffered in Source Matelas is the one affecting me the most,” she told The New Humanitarian. When she remembers what happened to her, she can’t hold back her tears. “I was a fat person; I became small as you see me. They took my business; they beat me, and they raped me”, she said. “I demand justice from [the authorities]. We who are unfortunate are asking for more security. In Cité Soleil, we suffer more. We can’t find support; it’s war everywhere.” Madeline: ‘My mother keeps crying – she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do.’ Madeline, 16, was heading home to Cité Soleil after trying to make some money reselling food in the city when armed men stopped her bus, killed some people on board, and took others hostage. Raped and beaten, she found herself covered in blood when she regained consciousness. An unknown number of men raped her over several days before she was released, again, naked. Later, at hospital, she learned she was pregnant from the rape. Feeling trapped by the rising tide of gang violence and the possibility of being raped again, Madeline has repeatedly tried to take her own life. Madeline’s testimony: The day she was raped, Madeline, a 16-year-old girl from Cité Soleil, had decided it was time to help her parents make some money. The situation was desperate for them. They barely had any food or clean water, and her school had been closed after several students got hit by bullets on their way back home after classes. “My parents had set aside money to pay for my education. But the school had to stop; that’s why I asked them for the money,” she said. They gave her 2,500 gourdes, the equivalent of $18. With that she bought cloves and dried baby shrimp to sell out of the capital, in Arcahaie, with a group of women. They reached the town and spent the day working. Then came the trip back to Port-au-Prince. “That day, we had been walking in the sun, selling all day and we were thirsty. After we finished, we were heading home when a group of armed men stopped the bus we were on. It was 28 March 2023,” Madeline recalled. “They drove the bus in the undergrowth. Afterward they beat us, some of us were killed, and we asked to be spared. They took us, they tore the clothes we were wearing, and they raped us. They abused us so much that I lost consciousness. When I woke up, I saw that I was soaked in blood.” Madeline and her companions were taken hostage for three days. She told The New Humanitarian she doesn’t remember how many men sexually abused her; they took turns. Following what appears to be a common modus operandi when the gangs in Haiti kidnap women, the perpetrators had their captives do their laundry and later released them naked. After the rape, Madeline was taken to the hospital, but not soon enough to be given emergency contraception. They told her she was pregnant. “I am very sad and in a lot of pain. I am now pregnant, and I have no relief. My mother has no money, nor does my father,” Madeline said. “My mother keeps crying; she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do. My father has not said a word. They are sad… Where I live, if it is blocked, we will not find water – there is only one road for access. Even for food, we cannot eat well.” Since the rape, Madeline has been feeling dizzy and having suicidal thoughts. “Several times I took water with Clorox [bleach] to drink. There is always someone who sees me and takes it from my hands to throw it away and advise me on it,” she said, adding that if she finds help, she will move somewhere else. “I hope in the future I can leave where I live to have another life. I have this in mind,” she said. “As long as you live in Cité Soleil, you always think that a bullet could hit you, that you could be a victim. I hope one day I will be free, that I will no longer be under (the gangs´) control.” Tamara: ‘I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.’ Tamara, 24, was raped by two gang members. When she regained consciousness, she found her husband had been killed and his body burnt. Two months later, she was raped again by three men after being set up by someone pretending to help her. She took her three children to a main square in the capital, Port-au-Prince, where she begged to survive until they were thrown out by the authorities. More recently, her nine-year-old daughter was also raped by a gang member. Tamara became pregnant from her ordeal and continues to suffer physically after drinking something on purpose to make herself abort. Tamara’s testimony: At 24, Tamara never had an easy life. She has taken care of herself since the age of 15, when she had her first child. She managed to get by. By the time she met her husband, she was already a mother of two. She started a new life with him, had another child, and he supported them all. They lived in Cité Soleil. On the night of 8 July 2022, they were woken up by violent clashes that erupted between gangs in the area. Her husband didn’t want to try to flee because he thought it wasn´t safe, but she convinced him that they needed to go. “The men invaded our neighbourhood. People were shot dead. They also set houses on fire. People were running everywhere. I didn’t want to die in the house; I had to leave,” Tamara said. They took their children and left their home with the little clothing they had on. They walked for hours. But when they reached dèyè mi, gang members stopped them. Tamara, in tears, recalled what happened next when they spoke to her husband. “The men said: ´Here is someone who has put his gun on the ground; he is running away because he sees that he is going to die´… While they were talking to him, some of them took me aside and two of them raped me on the grass. I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.” After that, Tamara asked for her husband; they told her to follow them. She found him severely beaten and could barely recognise him. When she went to him, the gang members hit her in the head and she lost consciousness. What she saw when she woke up is a trauma she will never overcome: Her husband’s body was completely burnt into charred remains. “Then, I took the three children and left… I went to Hugo Chávez square. I stayed there for four months in misery. I was selling water, begging for money. I worked with food vendors near the airport. I was doing things to be able to live,” she recalled. On 25 September 2022, Tamara was raped again. That day, her children – who are now nine, six, and one – had not eaten and were crying. “They were hungry; the baby had fallen ill because of the rain, so I arranged a bed for her and told the older ones to watch over her. It must have been 6 or 7pm. I went out and spoke to a man who asked me what my problem was and if he could help me”. Tamara explained her situation, and the man offered to buy her food and give her some money. She followed him until four different men stopped them and the original man ran away. She would later understand that it was all part of a set-up. When her captors took her to the nearby undergrowth, the man who had originally offered her to help was waiting for them. “He was sitting down and asked me: ´Am I your father to feed you? I don’t even know you.’ He started insulting me,” Tamara said. “They asked me to undress, and one said he would put a knife on my neck. Facing five men, I couldn’t fight and there was no help around.” Three of them brutally raped her. “After all of this, I told myself I had to die,” said Tamara. “I heard several voices [in my head] while I was looking for a place to do it. Some voices told me to kill myself; others told me that life was not over. I finally got dressed and left.” Three months later, she found out that she was pregnant and decided, despite her beliefs, to terminate her pregnancy. “I said I cannot be pregnant… I am in a country where I will find no support. I already have three children without a dad, so I was forced to make a sacrifice. I drank a liquid that led me to lose the child. I almost died, and everything is a problem. I had to do things I never agreed with in my life.” Tamara still struggles with the medical consequences of her self-managed abortion. Nègès Mawon has helped her by providing medication. But women victims of sexual violence in Haiti find no protection. Nor do their children. One night in November 2022, she recalled how the mayor of Tabarré – the municipality that has jurisdiction over Hugo Chávez Square – decided to evict the people living there and close the square. Civil protection brigadiers and police officers didn’t give them much time to take their belongings. Tamara lost the little she had. The state, she said, did’t help after this happened: “Some people received 5,000 Haitian gourdes ($35.5], while I received a coupon for food, but no money. Why?” Last February, Tamara suffered a new blow when her nine-year-old daughter was raped on her way to buy water in Cité Soleil. Two gang members held her down tightly, while a third raped her. “Since she was a victim, she has not been the same anymore. She has seemed absent; sometimes, she sits alone. When I call her, she reacts only when I am close to her,” Tamara said. “At the clinic, she has seen a psychologist, but I still need psychological support [for her] and support for her schooling.” To this day, she hasn’t filed a police report for any of the rapes. She says she doesn’t want “to face the bandits”, that she has been able to manage, even though it is sometimes difficult, especially since she is living back in Cité Soleil “I’m having a hard time. I can’t eat. I can’t send my children to school and I can’t even cross the entrance to my neighbourhood,” she said. Every time she needs to go near dèyè mi, or go through that area to exit Cité Soleil, she is terrified. Last time she tried to go through dèyè mi despite her fear, she was sexually abused again. Gang members stopped her at 11am and forced her to take all her clothes off. “I thought they were going to rape me,” she said. But they didn’t. Instead, they told her to stay face down on the pavement with her legs apart, for hours. The sun was hitting hard. “They made me lie down with my vagina directly on the ground, which was very hot,” Tamara said. “They told us they had raped us enough times, and that since we have AIDS they had decided not to”. Tamara did not contract AIDS, but for gang members, bringing up STDs is another way to aggress women, by denigrating them. “At around 2pm, they told us we could leave and go give infections to other thieves”, Tamara recalled. “Since then, I haven’t felt well. I can’t bear all this anymore.” Data difficulties: Even assessing the scale and needs is hard Data on gender-based violence, and rape by gang members specifically, is very limited in Haiti because attacks so often go unreported. However, a recent UN study and records kept by Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) do shed some light on its scale, at least in the capital. The study, which surveyed 591 women and girls from in and around Cité Soleil in December 2022, showed that areas with lower levels of gang warfare registered fewer cases of GBV and that sexual violence was concentrated in the Brooklyn neighborhood, where the three survivors come from. The area was the scene of intense gang conflict in 2022. Eighty percent of the women and girls who participated in this research had been victims of one or multiple forms of sexual violence by one or more perpetrators. In 33% of the cases, the assailants were described as bandits, gang members, or kidnappers. Fourteen percent of the victims were only 10 to 18 years old. Eighty-four percent of the study respondents did not report the attacks they were victims of. When the perpetrator was a stranger, most said that they believed, “it would put them in danger from the gangs, including risk of death; that they did not trust the local authorities, fearing retaliation; that they did not know where or how to report; or they felt in general that there was no state presence”. Forty percent of the women and girls interviewed said they did not have access to healthcare after their assault; the reasons for that were either that there was no staff, that the health services were too far away, that reaching them was too dangerous, or that they did not want to be identified. The vast majority of those who had access to healthcare (83%) said it had been beneficial. Sixty-nine percent of respondents said they most would want to see a psychologist, psychotherapist, or psychiatrist. Alarming statistics The three survivors interviewed by The New Humanitarian have all received support from Nègès Mawon, one of the few Haitian NGOs assisting victims of rape. The feminist organisation assigns rape survivors a sponsor who takes them to medical services (MSF, AHF Haiti, and Zanmi Lasante) for medical care, treatment, or follow-ups. The sponsor, who is usually a survivor of sexual violence herself, helps them with the legal process as well. If the victim doesn’t want to report the rape, the information is sent to the National Network of Human Rights Defense (RNDDH) to keep a record of each case and document it, in the hope that the information could still be used for prosecution if the justice system improves. Nègès Mawon also has a psychologist available for the victims and provides them with the money for transportation to reach its offices, or to get to the different centres giving them support. Between May 2022 and March 2023, the organisation registered 652 cases of women and girl rape victims in just four neighbourhoods of Port-au-Prince, including Cité Soleil. Fourteen of them became pregnant as a result of the rape, eight had complications from self-managed abortions, 90 contracted STDs, and nine were murdered. MSF also has alarming statistics. In the first five months of 2023, the organisation assisted 1,005 survivors of sexual violence in Port-au-Prince – almost twice the number they registered during the same period of 2022. Michele Trainiti, MSF’s head of mission in Haiti, told The New Humanitarian that the profile of perpetrators has changed. While victims used to be predominantly assaulted by someone from their family or intimate circle, now only 20% of the perpetrators belong to that category. MSF records, however, do not entirely reflect the reality, Trainiti explained. “The trend is increasing, but we don’t have access everywhere in Haiti, and the patients also have challenges in accessing our services,” he said. “Our data has to be taken only as the tip of the iceberg; it does not reflect the extent of the needs, which are way higher.” This story was originally published by The New Humanitarian. ‘Impossible to Have Healthy People on a Sick Planet’: Fighting Back Against Air Pollution 30/06/2023 Maayan Hoffman The World Health Organization (WHO) estimates that some 99% of the world’s population lives where the WHO air quality guidelines are not met. Air pollution poses one of the most significant environmental risks to health in the modern world, and in the latest episode of the “Global Health Matters” podcast, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with two grassroots advocates about their experiences in dealing with the impact of air pollution on their communities. “We have poor black communities that were never intended and were never allowed to reach any other potential other than unskilled or low-skilled workers,” Rico Euripidou, Campaign Coordinator for GroundWork, an environmental justice NGO working primarily in southern Africa, said. Referencing what he sees in poorer South African communities, Euripidou stated, “These people bear a disproportionate burden from the environmental determinants of health. They have higher levels of air pollution.” Speaking of her own experiences working in Indian communities, Shweta Narayan, Global Climate & Health Campaigner of Health Care Without Harm, told Aslanyan that “fence-line communities in India are also in a similar position. They are economically, socially, and politically marginalised. The most polluted sites in the country are away from their policy-makers. They are far from where you see. They are just invisibilized. So a lot of our work with fence-line communities is to make visible this invisible.” South Asia and India have suffered from lack of investments in clean transport and energy generation that would reduce outdoor air pollution sources It is widely acknowledged that government policies and investments supporting cleaner transport, renewable power generation, more energy-efficient homes, industry, and better municipal waste management would reduce key sources of outdoor air pollution. South Africa and India have long suffered from poorer implementation of legislation. South Africa brought in a Clean Air Act in 2004, but Euripidou stated that actual implementation has been difficult. “Those plans were never, ever put into effect. So municipalities in South Africa that are struggling with service delivery just didn’t have the wherewithal; they didn’t have the budgets to appoint air quality officers, to maintain the air pollution monitoring equipment in their jurisdictions, or to do sufficient investigations for exceedances of ambient air quality.” Narayan has had some success in engaging local government in India, referencing a project working with the Health Department in the State of Chhattisgarh, where local health workers “have trained themselves in the science of air pollution, and they have been able to use low-cost devices to identify what the air quality is like so that they can use that information to advise vulnerable populations.” As for what the future holds, both Naryan and Euripidou are optimistic that the situation is still reversible as long as governments take immediate action. And immediate action is needed: the WHO estimates that between seven and nine million people die annually from health complications caused by air pollution. The tipping point of no return is not too far in the future though, as Narayan states: “It is impossible to have healthy people on a sick planet. The blatant disregard for the environment, which is entrenched in our current economic and social models, has pushed the natural world to its limits.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters. Image Credits: TDR. TB Vaccine Candidate Receives $550M Boost for Phase 3 Trial 29/06/2023 Megha Kaveri The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and SouthEast Asia. A tuberculosis (TB) vaccine candidate that has shown modest efficacy rates received a $550 million boost from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and Wellcome Trust, which announced on Tuesday that they will cover its Phase 3 clinical trials. The candidate vaccine, M72, showed modest 54% efficacy in preventing the development of symptomatic TB in a Phase 2b trial involving over 3500 adults with latent TB. The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and Southeast Asia. If this phase of the trials returns effective results, M72 will be the first vaccine targeting adults and adolescents, protecting those who already have latent TB infection from developing severe infection. Around 5%-10% of those with latent TB infection go on to develop TB disease. People with weak immune systems, especially those living with HIV, are at a higher risk for developing the disease. Although M72’s efficacy is modest, a TB vaccine for adults with at least 50% efficacy can avert up to 8.5 million TB deaths and up to 76 million new infections by 2050. “To support the M72 Phase III clinical trial, which will cost an estimated US$550 million, Wellcome is providing up to $150 million and the Gates Foundation will fund the remainder, about $400 million,” a press release from BMGF said. “TB remains one of the world’s deadliest infectious diseases,” said Julia Gillard, chair of the Board of Governors at Wellcome. “Sustainable progress against TB and wider disease threats will depend on global collaboration, financial backing, and political will.” The only TB vaccine in use today, Bacille Calmette-Guérin (BCG), was first given to people in 1921. It helps protect babies and young children against severe systemic forms of TB but offers limited protection against pulmonary TB among adolescents and adults. “With TB cases and deaths on the rise, the need for new tools has never been more urgent,” said Bill Gates, co-chair of the BMGF. “Greater investment in safe and effective TB vaccines alongside a suite of new diagnostics and treatments could transform TB care for millions of people, saving lives and lowering the burden of this devastating and costly disease.” M72 was initially developed by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in partnership with Aeras and the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative (IAVI), but GSK has since transferred the vaccine’s license to the Gates Medical Research Institute (Gates MRI), an affiliate of the BMGF. M72 is one of 17 TB vaccine candidates currently in the development pipeline. Image Credits: Photo by Diana Polekhina on Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Some 80% of the neighbourhoods of Haiti’s capital city, Port-au-Prince, are controlled by gangs who rape with impunity.
PORT-AU-PRINCE – In Haiti, rape has become a weapon of war for gangs. What happens in the hours and days after women and girls are raped can determine their future, but most survivors face insurmountable obstacles before they can start recovering physically and mentally. And that’s if they aren’t raped a second time or third time. Once a woman is raped in Haiti, she faces a maze of other challenges. These are just a few: Gang-controlled streets To reach safety, she must first traverse urban areas that have become battlefields. Roughly 80% of Port-au-Prince’s neighbourhoods are controlled by gangs. Hundreds of people have been killed or injured by stray bullets since the start of the year. Transport – Cost and access: Finding transport to reach a clinic or hospital outside of her neighbourhood can be challenging and expensive. Transport options have been reduced due to rolling fuel shortages, inflation, and fears of kidnappings. Prices for some trips have quadrupled in the past year. Healthcare – Shuttered clinics Several clinics and hospitals have suspended some of their services or closed due to gang violence; others are full because of the cholera outbreak. Staff shortages are chronic. Although most of Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) hospitals are now open, some are not operating at full capacity. The MSF clinic in Cité Soleil, one of the neighbourhoods most impacted by the gang violence, closed between March and the end of May due to insecurity. The organisation continues to run mobile clinics in some areas. Pregnancies and STDs Prophylactics for HIV and other sexually transmitted diseases are usually available. Emergency contraception is also available, but many women fail to reach a clinic within the 72-hour window. Abortion is still illegal in Haiti. For women who can afford it, Misoprostol – sold as Cytotec in Haiti – is often used to induce abortions and can be found in pharmacies or with street-sellers. Follow-up care is another story. Unsafe abortions contribute to Haiti’s high maternal morbidity rate, already the highest in the western hemisphere. Trauma counselling Even if a woman manages to access emergency healthcare, it is less likely she will be given long-term counselling for trauma after rape. Haiti has long had a shortage of mental healthcare workers, and therapy has often been viewed as a luxury most can’t afford when the urgency of basic survival needs are the priority. The social stigma of sexual violence also leads many rape survivors to carry the burden in silence. Police Most rapes go unreported, and with good reason. Many police stations have been abandoned after being torched and looted by gangs. Dozens of police officers have also been violently killed or kidnapped by gang members. With little money left in Haiti’s coffers, dozens of officers held protests earlier this year. More than 3,000 have left the force since 2021. Housing Women often flee their homes and neighbourhoods after rapes. More than 160,000 people have been displaced. With scant government support and a lack of protected displacement sites, some women have reported being raped again in these insecure environments. Legal system Even when Haiti had a functioning government, very few rape cases ever made it to trial. With no remaining elected officials left, many of Haiti’s institutions – including the courts – have screeched to a halt. Clerks are often on strike, and limited governmental funding means many court offices are run down or closed. Although victims technically have access to the justice system, many can’t afford attorneys. Three survivors from Cité Soleil, a shantytown on the outskirts of the capital that is entirely controlled by gangs, tell their stories. For safety reasons, their names have been changed, but their testimonies (which they voice themselves in the short video clips below) are all too real, and their experiences reflect those of an untold number of women who, just like them, confront impossible challenges and dangers every day just to keep themselves and their children alive. There is little support for rape survivors. Kari: ‘We can’t find support. It’s war everywhere.’ Kari, 39, had already lost her baby and her husband to gang violence before she was raped, then later kidnapped. While held captive, she was beaten and raped again repeatedly over three days before being released naked into the streets. She sees no point in reporting any of it to the police. Struggling psychologically and physically from an infection due to the rapes, and trying to look after five children on her own, Kari has received no assistance, bar some food from a local priest and some support from a women’s community organisation. Kari’s testimony: First, Kari, a 39-year-old resident of Cité Soleil, lost her baby to a stray bullet. Less than a year later, in June 2021, her husband was shot by criminals while fishing on his canoe. Kari was still trying to recover from those tragedies when the bloody events of July 2022 unfolded. That month, 10 days of heavy gang warfare in the seaside shantytown left nearly 500 people wounded, missing, or dead; multiple sexual assaults were registered; and 3,000 people fled their homes, Kari and four of her children among them. “I started to live badly on 8 July 2022. [Gang members] burned my house down and were violent to me. I wasn’t a victim of sexual violence, but they raped a young woman who was living in the house. I lost all my important documents,” she said. Since the death of her husband, Kari had been struggling to meet her children´s needs. She made money selling goods – fish, rice, dried baby shrimps – but the attack of July 2022 left her with nothing. Helpless, she fled the neighbourhood with a group of people. To do so, they had to cross an area called dèyè mi (“behind the wall” in Krèyol), known to be the frontier between two gangs ́ territory. It is also the only way in and out of the Brooklyn neighbourhood of Cité Soleil where she lived. “As I was walking in dèyè mi with other people because there was no public transportation, men from the area grabbed us and raped us,” she said. “I was also hit by a bullet and my leg still hasn’t healed. When it rains, the pain dominates me.” Kari spent some time living in the Plaza Hugo Chávez, a public square in the centre of Port-au-Prince where thousands of Haitians fleeing from violence had settled in an improvised camp. She had managed to take a few things from her house to sell, but the precarity of her situation pushed her to leave for the Dominican Republic with her two youngest children, aged 17 and 11. She didn’t last long in the neighbouring country – Haiti and the Dominican Republic share the Caribbean island of Hispaniola – as her children couldn’t get proper schooling there. Three months later, they returned to Port-au-Prince. Back home, she started trading again, as many women do to survive. On Tuesday 14 March, she took a bus with 16 other women she used to sell products with. Their destination was Arcahaie, a town 25 miles northwest of the capital. Travelling out of Cité-Soleil is not safe, but Kari didn’t have a choice. Business had started to slow, and she had borrowed the equivalent of $140, only managing to give $18 back. “While I was going to Arcahaie, arriving at Source Matelas (a neighbourhood north of the capital where there have been a series of violent gang raids in the past few months), people stopped the bus I was on and ordered us to get down and follow a funeral,” Kari said. After the funeral, she and other women were kidnapped by the men who had forced them out of the bus. “We entered a house. They asked for our identification documents. I told them that I had come to sell, that I had no ID with me,” she said. “They pushed us and said that we surely live in the area of Ti Gabriel (one of Cité Soleil´s gang leaders). ´You are thieves, we are going to kill you,’ they told us.” The men kept them captives for three days, beating and raping them repeatedly. “They did everything they shouldn’t do to us,” Kari recalled. “When I was still conscious, I counted seven men. I am asthmatic, and although I had an asthma attack, they kept beating me,” she said. She ended up passing out, but that didn’t stop her assailants either. “When I regained consciousness, I saw young men who could have been my children raping me. I told them: ´If you want to kill me, you can do it, even if I have young children; God will continue to watch over them. It’s better to kill me.’” During those three days, the women had to do the gang members‘ laundry. They barely ate. The men constantly told their captives they would kill them and continued to rape them, until the fourth night came. “After all that, they changed the dialogue and asked us if we wanted to stay with them. I told them that I have four children without a father. We spoke to them at length. In the end, they released us, naked. As we left, people of goodwill in the area gave us clothes to put on.” It took Kari eight hours to reach her mother for help. Kari´s mother bought medicinal leaves to take care of her wounds. The window to take medication to prevent unwanted pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases is 72 hours, but 15 days passed before a friend convinced Kari to go to the hospital. There, she received medication for an infection, but she still hasn’t fully recovered. Kari hasn’t been to the police to file a complaint. She doesn’t believe it will make a difference. “There is no justice,” she said. Since the kidnapping, Kari lives in extreme poverty. The gang members stole all the goods she planned to sell, which means she has no money to resume her business. She still has to pay her debt and is now also responsible for her fifth child as well – a six-year-old girl who hadn’t been living with her before. Kari doesn’t have enough money to pay for rent, so they live in a camp set up in a school. When it rains, they must spend the night standing or sleep under the water. To eat, they depend on a priest who distributes food; for water, they rely on rain. Pressed by their desperation even for basic food needs, her 20-year-old son, the eldest, dropped his studies to go fishing. Kari blames authorities for her situation, and for leaving her no other option than risking her life to survive. “We, who are from Brooklyn, have never had the Haitian state saying ‘no, [these violent attacks] shouldn’t take place. If we had enough money, I don’t think we would be in the streets. We know that if [the gang members] take us, they will kill us.” Since the rape of last March, Kari has been struggling psychologically. The only support she has found is at the women’s organisation Nègès Mawon. But in the past few weeks, the rise in gang-related violence has prevented her from reaching the organisation, which is located in a neighbourhood out of Cité Soleil. She says she feels ashamed of what happened to her, and can´t overcome the trauma of her assaults. “I intended to hurt myself because I saw that I was living in bad circumstances. The violence I suffered in Source Matelas is the one affecting me the most,” she told The New Humanitarian. When she remembers what happened to her, she can’t hold back her tears. “I was a fat person; I became small as you see me. They took my business; they beat me, and they raped me”, she said. “I demand justice from [the authorities]. We who are unfortunate are asking for more security. In Cité Soleil, we suffer more. We can’t find support; it’s war everywhere.” Madeline: ‘My mother keeps crying – she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do.’ Madeline, 16, was heading home to Cité Soleil after trying to make some money reselling food in the city when armed men stopped her bus, killed some people on board, and took others hostage. Raped and beaten, she found herself covered in blood when she regained consciousness. An unknown number of men raped her over several days before she was released, again, naked. Later, at hospital, she learned she was pregnant from the rape. Feeling trapped by the rising tide of gang violence and the possibility of being raped again, Madeline has repeatedly tried to take her own life. Madeline’s testimony: The day she was raped, Madeline, a 16-year-old girl from Cité Soleil, had decided it was time to help her parents make some money. The situation was desperate for them. They barely had any food or clean water, and her school had been closed after several students got hit by bullets on their way back home after classes. “My parents had set aside money to pay for my education. But the school had to stop; that’s why I asked them for the money,” she said. They gave her 2,500 gourdes, the equivalent of $18. With that she bought cloves and dried baby shrimp to sell out of the capital, in Arcahaie, with a group of women. They reached the town and spent the day working. Then came the trip back to Port-au-Prince. “That day, we had been walking in the sun, selling all day and we were thirsty. After we finished, we were heading home when a group of armed men stopped the bus we were on. It was 28 March 2023,” Madeline recalled. “They drove the bus in the undergrowth. Afterward they beat us, some of us were killed, and we asked to be spared. They took us, they tore the clothes we were wearing, and they raped us. They abused us so much that I lost consciousness. When I woke up, I saw that I was soaked in blood.” Madeline and her companions were taken hostage for three days. She told The New Humanitarian she doesn’t remember how many men sexually abused her; they took turns. Following what appears to be a common modus operandi when the gangs in Haiti kidnap women, the perpetrators had their captives do their laundry and later released them naked. After the rape, Madeline was taken to the hospital, but not soon enough to be given emergency contraception. They told her she was pregnant. “I am very sad and in a lot of pain. I am now pregnant, and I have no relief. My mother has no money, nor does my father,” Madeline said. “My mother keeps crying; she doesn’t see what she is going to be able to do. My father has not said a word. They are sad… Where I live, if it is blocked, we will not find water – there is only one road for access. Even for food, we cannot eat well.” Since the rape, Madeline has been feeling dizzy and having suicidal thoughts. “Several times I took water with Clorox [bleach] to drink. There is always someone who sees me and takes it from my hands to throw it away and advise me on it,” she said, adding that if she finds help, she will move somewhere else. “I hope in the future I can leave where I live to have another life. I have this in mind,” she said. “As long as you live in Cité Soleil, you always think that a bullet could hit you, that you could be a victim. I hope one day I will be free, that I will no longer be under (the gangs´) control.” Tamara: ‘I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.’ Tamara, 24, was raped by two gang members. When she regained consciousness, she found her husband had been killed and his body burnt. Two months later, she was raped again by three men after being set up by someone pretending to help her. She took her three children to a main square in the capital, Port-au-Prince, where she begged to survive until they were thrown out by the authorities. More recently, her nine-year-old daughter was also raped by a gang member. Tamara became pregnant from her ordeal and continues to suffer physically after drinking something on purpose to make herself abort. Tamara’s testimony: At 24, Tamara never had an easy life. She has taken care of herself since the age of 15, when she had her first child. She managed to get by. By the time she met her husband, she was already a mother of two. She started a new life with him, had another child, and he supported them all. They lived in Cité Soleil. On the night of 8 July 2022, they were woken up by violent clashes that erupted between gangs in the area. Her husband didn’t want to try to flee because he thought it wasn´t safe, but she convinced him that they needed to go. “The men invaded our neighbourhood. People were shot dead. They also set houses on fire. People were running everywhere. I didn’t want to die in the house; I had to leave,” Tamara said. They took their children and left their home with the little clothing they had on. They walked for hours. But when they reached dèyè mi, gang members stopped them. Tamara, in tears, recalled what happened next when they spoke to her husband. “The men said: ´Here is someone who has put his gun on the ground; he is running away because he sees that he is going to die´… While they were talking to him, some of them took me aside and two of them raped me on the grass. I looked at the children on the ground crying. I felt that I was no longer alive.” After that, Tamara asked for her husband; they told her to follow them. She found him severely beaten and could barely recognise him. When she went to him, the gang members hit her in the head and she lost consciousness. What she saw when she woke up is a trauma she will never overcome: Her husband’s body was completely burnt into charred remains. “Then, I took the three children and left… I went to Hugo Chávez square. I stayed there for four months in misery. I was selling water, begging for money. I worked with food vendors near the airport. I was doing things to be able to live,” she recalled. On 25 September 2022, Tamara was raped again. That day, her children – who are now nine, six, and one – had not eaten and were crying. “They were hungry; the baby had fallen ill because of the rain, so I arranged a bed for her and told the older ones to watch over her. It must have been 6 or 7pm. I went out and spoke to a man who asked me what my problem was and if he could help me”. Tamara explained her situation, and the man offered to buy her food and give her some money. She followed him until four different men stopped them and the original man ran away. She would later understand that it was all part of a set-up. When her captors took her to the nearby undergrowth, the man who had originally offered her to help was waiting for them. “He was sitting down and asked me: ´Am I your father to feed you? I don’t even know you.’ He started insulting me,” Tamara said. “They asked me to undress, and one said he would put a knife on my neck. Facing five men, I couldn’t fight and there was no help around.” Three of them brutally raped her. “After all of this, I told myself I had to die,” said Tamara. “I heard several voices [in my head] while I was looking for a place to do it. Some voices told me to kill myself; others told me that life was not over. I finally got dressed and left.” Three months later, she found out that she was pregnant and decided, despite her beliefs, to terminate her pregnancy. “I said I cannot be pregnant… I am in a country where I will find no support. I already have three children without a dad, so I was forced to make a sacrifice. I drank a liquid that led me to lose the child. I almost died, and everything is a problem. I had to do things I never agreed with in my life.” Tamara still struggles with the medical consequences of her self-managed abortion. Nègès Mawon has helped her by providing medication. But women victims of sexual violence in Haiti find no protection. Nor do their children. One night in November 2022, she recalled how the mayor of Tabarré – the municipality that has jurisdiction over Hugo Chávez Square – decided to evict the people living there and close the square. Civil protection brigadiers and police officers didn’t give them much time to take their belongings. Tamara lost the little she had. The state, she said, did’t help after this happened: “Some people received 5,000 Haitian gourdes ($35.5], while I received a coupon for food, but no money. Why?” Last February, Tamara suffered a new blow when her nine-year-old daughter was raped on her way to buy water in Cité Soleil. Two gang members held her down tightly, while a third raped her. “Since she was a victim, she has not been the same anymore. She has seemed absent; sometimes, she sits alone. When I call her, she reacts only when I am close to her,” Tamara said. “At the clinic, she has seen a psychologist, but I still need psychological support [for her] and support for her schooling.” To this day, she hasn’t filed a police report for any of the rapes. She says she doesn’t want “to face the bandits”, that she has been able to manage, even though it is sometimes difficult, especially since she is living back in Cité Soleil “I’m having a hard time. I can’t eat. I can’t send my children to school and I can’t even cross the entrance to my neighbourhood,” she said. Every time she needs to go near dèyè mi, or go through that area to exit Cité Soleil, she is terrified. Last time she tried to go through dèyè mi despite her fear, she was sexually abused again. Gang members stopped her at 11am and forced her to take all her clothes off. “I thought they were going to rape me,” she said. But they didn’t. Instead, they told her to stay face down on the pavement with her legs apart, for hours. The sun was hitting hard. “They made me lie down with my vagina directly on the ground, which was very hot,” Tamara said. “They told us they had raped us enough times, and that since we have AIDS they had decided not to”. Tamara did not contract AIDS, but for gang members, bringing up STDs is another way to aggress women, by denigrating them. “At around 2pm, they told us we could leave and go give infections to other thieves”, Tamara recalled. “Since then, I haven’t felt well. I can’t bear all this anymore.” Data difficulties: Even assessing the scale and needs is hard Data on gender-based violence, and rape by gang members specifically, is very limited in Haiti because attacks so often go unreported. However, a recent UN study and records kept by Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) do shed some light on its scale, at least in the capital. The study, which surveyed 591 women and girls from in and around Cité Soleil in December 2022, showed that areas with lower levels of gang warfare registered fewer cases of GBV and that sexual violence was concentrated in the Brooklyn neighborhood, where the three survivors come from. The area was the scene of intense gang conflict in 2022. Eighty percent of the women and girls who participated in this research had been victims of one or multiple forms of sexual violence by one or more perpetrators. In 33% of the cases, the assailants were described as bandits, gang members, or kidnappers. Fourteen percent of the victims were only 10 to 18 years old. Eighty-four percent of the study respondents did not report the attacks they were victims of. When the perpetrator was a stranger, most said that they believed, “it would put them in danger from the gangs, including risk of death; that they did not trust the local authorities, fearing retaliation; that they did not know where or how to report; or they felt in general that there was no state presence”. Forty percent of the women and girls interviewed said they did not have access to healthcare after their assault; the reasons for that were either that there was no staff, that the health services were too far away, that reaching them was too dangerous, or that they did not want to be identified. The vast majority of those who had access to healthcare (83%) said it had been beneficial. Sixty-nine percent of respondents said they most would want to see a psychologist, psychotherapist, or psychiatrist. Alarming statistics The three survivors interviewed by The New Humanitarian have all received support from Nègès Mawon, one of the few Haitian NGOs assisting victims of rape. The feminist organisation assigns rape survivors a sponsor who takes them to medical services (MSF, AHF Haiti, and Zanmi Lasante) for medical care, treatment, or follow-ups. The sponsor, who is usually a survivor of sexual violence herself, helps them with the legal process as well. If the victim doesn’t want to report the rape, the information is sent to the National Network of Human Rights Defense (RNDDH) to keep a record of each case and document it, in the hope that the information could still be used for prosecution if the justice system improves. Nègès Mawon also has a psychologist available for the victims and provides them with the money for transportation to reach its offices, or to get to the different centres giving them support. Between May 2022 and March 2023, the organisation registered 652 cases of women and girl rape victims in just four neighbourhoods of Port-au-Prince, including Cité Soleil. Fourteen of them became pregnant as a result of the rape, eight had complications from self-managed abortions, 90 contracted STDs, and nine were murdered. MSF also has alarming statistics. In the first five months of 2023, the organisation assisted 1,005 survivors of sexual violence in Port-au-Prince – almost twice the number they registered during the same period of 2022. Michele Trainiti, MSF’s head of mission in Haiti, told The New Humanitarian that the profile of perpetrators has changed. While victims used to be predominantly assaulted by someone from their family or intimate circle, now only 20% of the perpetrators belong to that category. MSF records, however, do not entirely reflect the reality, Trainiti explained. “The trend is increasing, but we don’t have access everywhere in Haiti, and the patients also have challenges in accessing our services,” he said. “Our data has to be taken only as the tip of the iceberg; it does not reflect the extent of the needs, which are way higher.” This story was originally published by The New Humanitarian.
‘Impossible to Have Healthy People on a Sick Planet’: Fighting Back Against Air Pollution 30/06/2023 Maayan Hoffman The World Health Organization (WHO) estimates that some 99% of the world’s population lives where the WHO air quality guidelines are not met. Air pollution poses one of the most significant environmental risks to health in the modern world, and in the latest episode of the “Global Health Matters” podcast, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with two grassroots advocates about their experiences in dealing with the impact of air pollution on their communities. “We have poor black communities that were never intended and were never allowed to reach any other potential other than unskilled or low-skilled workers,” Rico Euripidou, Campaign Coordinator for GroundWork, an environmental justice NGO working primarily in southern Africa, said. Referencing what he sees in poorer South African communities, Euripidou stated, “These people bear a disproportionate burden from the environmental determinants of health. They have higher levels of air pollution.” Speaking of her own experiences working in Indian communities, Shweta Narayan, Global Climate & Health Campaigner of Health Care Without Harm, told Aslanyan that “fence-line communities in India are also in a similar position. They are economically, socially, and politically marginalised. The most polluted sites in the country are away from their policy-makers. They are far from where you see. They are just invisibilized. So a lot of our work with fence-line communities is to make visible this invisible.” South Asia and India have suffered from lack of investments in clean transport and energy generation that would reduce outdoor air pollution sources It is widely acknowledged that government policies and investments supporting cleaner transport, renewable power generation, more energy-efficient homes, industry, and better municipal waste management would reduce key sources of outdoor air pollution. South Africa and India have long suffered from poorer implementation of legislation. South Africa brought in a Clean Air Act in 2004, but Euripidou stated that actual implementation has been difficult. “Those plans were never, ever put into effect. So municipalities in South Africa that are struggling with service delivery just didn’t have the wherewithal; they didn’t have the budgets to appoint air quality officers, to maintain the air pollution monitoring equipment in their jurisdictions, or to do sufficient investigations for exceedances of ambient air quality.” Narayan has had some success in engaging local government in India, referencing a project working with the Health Department in the State of Chhattisgarh, where local health workers “have trained themselves in the science of air pollution, and they have been able to use low-cost devices to identify what the air quality is like so that they can use that information to advise vulnerable populations.” As for what the future holds, both Naryan and Euripidou are optimistic that the situation is still reversible as long as governments take immediate action. And immediate action is needed: the WHO estimates that between seven and nine million people die annually from health complications caused by air pollution. The tipping point of no return is not too far in the future though, as Narayan states: “It is impossible to have healthy people on a sick planet. The blatant disregard for the environment, which is entrenched in our current economic and social models, has pushed the natural world to its limits.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters. Image Credits: TDR. TB Vaccine Candidate Receives $550M Boost for Phase 3 Trial 29/06/2023 Megha Kaveri The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and SouthEast Asia. A tuberculosis (TB) vaccine candidate that has shown modest efficacy rates received a $550 million boost from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and Wellcome Trust, which announced on Tuesday that they will cover its Phase 3 clinical trials. The candidate vaccine, M72, showed modest 54% efficacy in preventing the development of symptomatic TB in a Phase 2b trial involving over 3500 adults with latent TB. The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and Southeast Asia. If this phase of the trials returns effective results, M72 will be the first vaccine targeting adults and adolescents, protecting those who already have latent TB infection from developing severe infection. Around 5%-10% of those with latent TB infection go on to develop TB disease. People with weak immune systems, especially those living with HIV, are at a higher risk for developing the disease. Although M72’s efficacy is modest, a TB vaccine for adults with at least 50% efficacy can avert up to 8.5 million TB deaths and up to 76 million new infections by 2050. “To support the M72 Phase III clinical trial, which will cost an estimated US$550 million, Wellcome is providing up to $150 million and the Gates Foundation will fund the remainder, about $400 million,” a press release from BMGF said. “TB remains one of the world’s deadliest infectious diseases,” said Julia Gillard, chair of the Board of Governors at Wellcome. “Sustainable progress against TB and wider disease threats will depend on global collaboration, financial backing, and political will.” The only TB vaccine in use today, Bacille Calmette-Guérin (BCG), was first given to people in 1921. It helps protect babies and young children against severe systemic forms of TB but offers limited protection against pulmonary TB among adolescents and adults. “With TB cases and deaths on the rise, the need for new tools has never been more urgent,” said Bill Gates, co-chair of the BMGF. “Greater investment in safe and effective TB vaccines alongside a suite of new diagnostics and treatments could transform TB care for millions of people, saving lives and lowering the burden of this devastating and costly disease.” M72 was initially developed by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in partnership with Aeras and the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative (IAVI), but GSK has since transferred the vaccine’s license to the Gates Medical Research Institute (Gates MRI), an affiliate of the BMGF. M72 is one of 17 TB vaccine candidates currently in the development pipeline. Image Credits: Photo by Diana Polekhina on Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
TB Vaccine Candidate Receives $550M Boost for Phase 3 Trial 29/06/2023 Megha Kaveri The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and SouthEast Asia. A tuberculosis (TB) vaccine candidate that has shown modest efficacy rates received a $550 million boost from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and Wellcome Trust, which announced on Tuesday that they will cover its Phase 3 clinical trials. The candidate vaccine, M72, showed modest 54% efficacy in preventing the development of symptomatic TB in a Phase 2b trial involving over 3500 adults with latent TB. The third phase of the clinical trials is expected to have 26,000 participants, including those living with HIV and without TB infection, across more than 50 sites in Africa and Southeast Asia. If this phase of the trials returns effective results, M72 will be the first vaccine targeting adults and adolescents, protecting those who already have latent TB infection from developing severe infection. Around 5%-10% of those with latent TB infection go on to develop TB disease. People with weak immune systems, especially those living with HIV, are at a higher risk for developing the disease. Although M72’s efficacy is modest, a TB vaccine for adults with at least 50% efficacy can avert up to 8.5 million TB deaths and up to 76 million new infections by 2050. “To support the M72 Phase III clinical trial, which will cost an estimated US$550 million, Wellcome is providing up to $150 million and the Gates Foundation will fund the remainder, about $400 million,” a press release from BMGF said. “TB remains one of the world’s deadliest infectious diseases,” said Julia Gillard, chair of the Board of Governors at Wellcome. “Sustainable progress against TB and wider disease threats will depend on global collaboration, financial backing, and political will.” The only TB vaccine in use today, Bacille Calmette-Guérin (BCG), was first given to people in 1921. It helps protect babies and young children against severe systemic forms of TB but offers limited protection against pulmonary TB among adolescents and adults. “With TB cases and deaths on the rise, the need for new tools has never been more urgent,” said Bill Gates, co-chair of the BMGF. “Greater investment in safe and effective TB vaccines alongside a suite of new diagnostics and treatments could transform TB care for millions of people, saving lives and lowering the burden of this devastating and costly disease.” M72 was initially developed by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in partnership with Aeras and the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative (IAVI), but GSK has since transferred the vaccine’s license to the Gates Medical Research Institute (Gates MRI), an affiliate of the BMGF. M72 is one of 17 TB vaccine candidates currently in the development pipeline. Image Credits: Photo by Diana Polekhina on Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts